Clinical trial NCT02569398
Conditions: Asymptomatic Amyloid-positive
Keywords: Alzheimer disease Atabecestat Dementia
Sponsor: Janssen Research & Development, LLC
Start date: 2015-10-29; Completion date: 2018-12-20
Enrollment: 557 participants; Allocation: RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
The purpose of this study is to evaluate whether treatment with atabecestat slows cognitive decline compared with placebo treatment, as measured by a composite cognitive measure, the Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite (PACC), in amyloid-positive participants who are asymptomatic at risk for developing Alzheimer's dementia.

Detailed description:
This is a randomized (study drug assigned by chance), double-blind (neither the researchers nor the participants know what treatment the participant is receiving), multi-center (more than one hospital or medical school team work on a medical research study), placebo-controlled, parallel-group study in participants who are asymptomatic and at risk for developing Alzheimer's dementia. The study will consist of a Screening Phase (approximately 90 days), treatment Phase (54 months) and follow-up Phase (7 to 28 days). In treatment Phase eligible Participants will be randomized to receive study drug or placebo once daily for up to 4.5 years. The maximum study duration for a participant will be 58 months. Participants' safety will be monitored throughout the study.

Arms: arm 1: Participants will receive one atabecestat, 5 milligram (mg) tablet orally once daily up to 54 months. arm 2: Participants will receive one atabecestat, 25 mg tablet orally once daily up to 54 months. arm 3: Participants will receive one matching placebo tablet orally once daily up to 54 months.
Interventions: intervention 1: Atabecestat, 5 mg intervention 2: Atabecestat, 25 mg intervention 3: Placebo
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: One atabecestat, 5 mg tablet orally once daily up to 54 months. intervention 2: One atabecestat, 25 mg tablet orally once daily up to 54 months. intervention 3: One matching placebo tablet orally once daily up to 54 months.

Protocol documents:
Prot_000.pdf: 
1
Approved, 25 May 2018
Janssen Research & Development *
Clinical Protocol
A Phase 2b/3 Randomized, Double-blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel Group, Multicenter 
Study Investigating the Efficacy and Safety of JNJ-54861911 in Subjects who are 
Asymptomatic At Risk for Developing Alzheimer’s Dementia
Protocol 54861911ALZ2003; Phase 2b/3
AMENDMENT 6
JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
*Janssen Research & Development is a global organization that operates through different legal entities in 
various countries. Therefore, the legal entity acting as the sponsor for Janssen Research & Development 
studies may vary, such as, but not limited to Janssen Biotech, Inc.; Janssen Products, LP; Janssen 
Biologics, BV; Janssen-Cilag International NV; Janssen, Inc; Janssen Infectious Diseases BVBA; Janssen 
Sciences Ireland UC; or Janssen Research & Development, LLC. The term “sponsor” is used throughout 
the protocol to represent these various legal entities; the sponsor is identified on the Contact Information 
page that accompanies the protocol. 
This study will be conducted under US Food and Drug Administration investigational new drug
regulations (21 CFR Part 312).
EudraCT NUMBER: 2015-000948-42
Status:
Approved
Date:
25 May 2018
Prepared by:
Janssen Research & Development, LLC
EDMS number:
EDMS-ERI-91347002, 8.0
GCP Compliance: This study will be conducted in compliance with Good Clinical Practice, and applicable regulatory 
requirements. 
Confidentiality Statement
The information in this document contains trade secrets and commercial information that are privileged or confidential and may 
not be disclosed unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulations. In any event, persons to whom the 
information is disclosed must be informed that the information is privileged or confidential and may not be further disclosed by 
them. These restrictions on disclosure will apply equally to all future information supplied to you that is indicated as privileged or 
confidential.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
2
Approved, 25 May 2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................... 2
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS............................................................................................................................ 5
LIST OF IN-TEXT TABLES AND FIGURES................................................................................................ 5
PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS....................................................................................................................... 6
SYNOPSIS.................................................................................................................................................. 31
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE – SCREENING PHASE ....................................................................... 41
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE – DOUBLE-BLIND TREATMENT AND FOLLOW-UP 
PHASES ............................................................................................................................................ 45
ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................................................... 51
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS.......................................................................................................................... 53
1.
INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................ 54
1.1.
Result of Permanent Cessation of Screening, Randomization, and Dosing of Atabecestat ......... 54
1.2.
Background Information on the Disease to be Treated ................................................................. 54
1.3.
Target Population – Asymptomatic Subjects at Risk for Alzheimer’s Dementia............................ 55
1.4.
Background Information on Atabecestat........................................................................................ 57
1.5.
Overall Rationale for the Study...................................................................................................... 62
2.
OBJECTIVES AND HYPOTHESES.................................................................................................. 64
2.1.
Objectives ...................................................................................................................................... 64
2.2.
Hypotheses .................................................................................................................................... 66
3.
STUDY DESIGN AND RATIONALE ................................................................................................. 66
3.1.
Overview of Study Design.............................................................................................................. 66
3.2.
Study Design Rationale.................................................................................................................. 68
3.2.1.
Blinding, Control, Study Phase/Periods, Treatment Groups ...................................................... 68
3.2.2.
Study Population......................................................................................................................... 68
3.2.3.
Dose Selection............................................................................................................................ 69
3.2.4.
Study Duration ............................................................................................................................ 70
3.2.5.
Cognitive and Functional Outcome Measures............................................................................ 71
3.2.6.
Biomarkers.................................................................................................................................. 72
3.2.6.1.
Determination of Elevated Amyloid Accumulation at Screening ............................................. 73
3.2.6.2.
Fluid Biomarkers (Other than CSF Aβ for Screening)............................................................. 73
3.2.6.3.
Imaging.................................................................................................................................... 76
3.2.7.
Safety Evaluations...................................................................................................................... 77
3.2.8.
Pharmacokinetic Evaluations ..................................................................................................... 78
3.2.9.
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcomes .................................................................. 78
3.2.10.
Interim Analyses ......................................................................................................................... 78
4.
SUBJECT POPULATION.................................................................................................................. 79
4.1.
Inclusion Criteria ............................................................................................................................ 79
4.2.
Exclusion Criteria ........................................................................................................................... 81
4.3.
Prohibitions and Restrictions ......................................................................................................... 85
5.
TREATMENT ALLOCATION AND BLINDING................................................................................. 86
6.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION .................................................................................................. 87
7.
TREATMENT COMPLIANCE............................................................................................................ 88
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
3
Approved, 25 May 2018
8.
PRESTUDY AND CONCOMITANT THERAPY ................................................................................ 89
9.
STUDY EVALUATIONS .................................................................................................................... 90
9.1.
Study Procedures........................................................................................................................... 90
9.1.1.
Overview..................................................................................................................................... 90
9.1.2.
Screening Phase ........................................................................................................................ 93
9.1.3.
Double-blind Treatment Phase................................................................................................... 97
9.1.4.
Posttreatment Phase (Follow-Up) .............................................................................................. 99
9.1.5.
Long-Term Extension Study ....................................................................................................... 99
9.2.
Efficacy........................................................................................................................................... 99
9.2.1.
Primary Efficacy Measure: Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite..................................... 99
9.2.2.
Secondary Efficacy Measures .................................................................................................. 101
9.2.2.1.
Clinical Scales for Cognitive Outcome Measures ................................................................. 101
9.2.2.1.1.
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status............................. 101
9.2.2.1.2.
Neuropsychological Assessment Battery - Daily Living Tests........................................... 101
9.2.2.2.
Clinical Scales for Functional Outcome Measures................................................................ 102
9.2.2.2.1.
Cognitive Function Index.................................................................................................... 102
9.2.2.2.2.
Cognitive Function Index-acute.......................................................................................... 102
9.2.2.2.3.
ADCS Activities of Daily Living – Prevention Instrument ................................................... 102
9.2.2.2.4.
Clinical Dementia Rating Scale.......................................................................................... 102
9.3.
Efficacy Endpoints........................................................................................................................ 103
9.3.1.
Primary Endpoint ...................................................................................................................... 103
9.3.2.
Secondary Endpoints................................................................................................................ 103
9.4.
Biomarkers ................................................................................................................................... 104
9.4.1.
Fluid Biomarkers....................................................................................................................... 104
9.4.1.1.
CSF Biomarkers .................................................................................................................... 104
9.4.1.2.
Plasma Biomarkers ............................................................................................................... 105
9.4.2.
Imaging Biomarkers.................................................................................................................. 105
9.4.2.1.
Amyloid Positron Emission Tomography Substudy............................................................... 105
9.4.2.2.
Tau Positron Emission Tomography Substudy ..................................................................... 106
9.4.2.3.
Magnetic Resonance Imaging............................................................................................... 106
9.5.
Additional Clinical Scales............................................................................................................. 107
9.5.1.
Rosen-modified Hachinski Ischemic Scale............................................................................... 107
9.5.2.
Geriatric Depression Scale....................................................................................................... 107
9.5.3.
Views & Perceptions about Amyloid Imaging........................................................................... 107
9.5.4.
Concerns about Alzheimer's Disease Dementia ...................................................................... 107
9.5.5.
Impact of Events Scale............................................................................................................. 108
9.5.6.
Future Time Perspective Scale ................................................................................................ 108
9.5.7.
Assessment of Psychological Well Being................................................................................. 108
9.5.8.
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale .................................................................................. 108
9.5.9.
Computerized Cognitive Battery............................................................................................... 109
9.5.10.
Financial Capacity Instrument .................................................................................................. 110
9.5.11.
Amsterdam IADL Questionnaire............................................................................................... 110
9.6.
Pharmacokinetic Evaluations....................................................................................................... 110
9.6.1.
Evaluations ............................................................................................................................... 110
9.6.2.
Analytical Procedures............................................................................................................... 111
9.6.3.
Pharmacokinetic Parameters ................................................................................................... 111
9.7.
Genomic Evaluations ................................................................................................................... 111
9.8.
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcomes.................................................................... 112
9.8.1.
Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire........................................................................ 112
9.8.2.
Short Form-36........................................................................................................................... 112
9.8.3.
European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 5-level ........................................................................ 112
9.9.
Safety Evaluations ....................................................................................................................... 113
9.9.1.
Adverse Events......................................................................................................................... 113
9.9.2.
Vital Signs................................................................................................................................. 113
9.9.3.
Electrocardiogram..................................................................................................................... 113
9.9.4.
Physical and Neurological Examinations.................................................................................. 113
9.9.5.
Dermatological Examination..................................................................................................... 114
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
4
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.9.6.
Clinical Laboratory Tests .......................................................................................................... 114
9.10.
Sample Collection and Handling.................................................................................................. 116
10.
SUBJECT COMPLETION/WITHDRAWAL..................................................................................... 117
10.1.
Completion ................................................................................................................................... 117
10.2.
Discontinuation of Study Treatment............................................................................................. 117
10.3.
Withdrawal From the Study.......................................................................................................... 118
11.
STATISTICAL METHODS............................................................................................................... 118
11.1.
Subject Information ...................................................................................................................... 119
11.2.
Sample Size Determinations........................................................................................................ 119
11.2.1.
Primary Cognitive Endpoint ...................................................................................................... 119
11.3.
Efficacy Analyses ......................................................................................................................... 119
11.3.1.
Analysis of the Primary Endpoint.............................................................................................. 119
11.3.2.
Analysis of the Secondary Endpoints....................................................................................... 120
11.3.3.
Multiple Comparison Adjustment.............................................................................................. 121
11.3.4.
Handling of Missing Data.......................................................................................................... 121
11.3.5.
Subgroup Analyses................................................................................................................... 121
11.4.
Potential Study Design Modifications........................................................................................... 121
11.4.1.
Blinded Sample Size Adjustment ............................................................................................. 121
11.4.2.
Potential Design Modifications Based on External Data .......................................................... 121
11.4.3.
Unblinded Interim Analyses to Assess Futility.......................................................................... 122
11.5.
Pharmacokinetic Analyses........................................................................................................... 123
11.6.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses............................................................................ 123
11.7.
Biomarker Analyses ..................................................................................................................... 124
11.8.
Pharmacogenomic and Gene Expression Analyses.................................................................... 124
11.9.
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcome Analyses...................................................... 124
11.10.
Safety Analyses ........................................................................................................................... 124
11.11.
Data Monitoring Committee ......................................................................................................... 126
12.
ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING .................................................................................................... 126
12.1.
Definitions .................................................................................................................................... 127
12.1.1.
Adverse Event Definitions and Classifications ......................................................................... 127
12.1.2.
Attribution Definitions................................................................................................................ 128
12.1.3.
Severity Criteria ........................................................................................................................ 128
12.2.
Special Reporting Situations........................................................................................................ 129
12.3.
Procedures................................................................................................................................... 129
12.3.1.
All Adverse Events.................................................................................................................... 129
12.3.2.
Serious Adverse Events ........................................................................................................... 130
12.3.3.
Adverse Events of Special Interest........................................................................................... 131
12.3.4.
Adverse Drug Reactions........................................................................................................... 131
12.3.5.
Pregnancy................................................................................................................................. 132
12.4.
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Safety......................................................................................... 132
13.
PRODUCT QUALITY COMPLAINT HANDLING............................................................................ 132
13.1.
Procedures................................................................................................................................... 132
13.2.
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Product Quality .......................................................................... 133
14.
STUDY DRUG INFORMATION....................................................................................................... 133
14.1.
Physical Description of Study Drug.............................................................................................. 133
14.2.
Packaging .................................................................................................................................... 133
14.3.
Labeling........................................................................................................................................ 133
14.4.
Preparation, Handling, and Storage............................................................................................. 133
14.5.
Drug Accountability ...................................................................................................................... 133
15.
STUDY-SPECIFIC MATERIALS..................................................................................................... 134
16.
ETHICAL ASPECTS ....................................................................................................................... 135
16.1.
Study-Specific Design Considerations......................................................................................... 135
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
5
Approved, 25 May 2018
16.2.
Regulatory Ethics Compliance..................................................................................................... 136
16.2.1.
Investigator Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 136
16.2.2.
Independent Ethics Committee or Institutional Review Board ................................................. 136
16.2.3.
Informed Consent ..................................................................................................................... 138
16.2.4.
Privacy of Personal Data .......................................................................................................... 139
16.2.5.
Long-Term Retention of Samples for Additional Future Research .......................................... 140
16.2.6.
Country Selection ..................................................................................................................... 140
17.
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 140
17.1.
Protocol Amendments.................................................................................................................. 140
17.2.
Regulatory Documentation .......................................................................................................... 141
17.2.1.
Regulatory Approval/Notification .............................................................................................. 141
17.2.2.
Required Prestudy Documentation........................................................................................... 141
17.3.
Subject Identification, Enrollment, and Screening Logs .............................................................. 142
17.4.
Source Documentation................................................................................................................. 142
17.5.
Case Report Form Completion .................................................................................................... 143
17.6.
Data Quality Assurance/Quality Control ...................................................................................... 143
17.7.
Record Retention ......................................................................................................................... 144
17.8.
Monitoring .................................................................................................................................... 144
17.9.
Study Completion/Termination..................................................................................................... 145
17.9.1.
Study Completion ..................................................................................................................... 145
17.9.2.
Study Termination..................................................................................................................... 145
17.10.
On-Site Audits .............................................................................................................................. 145
17.11.
Use of Information and Publication.............................................................................................. 145
REFERENCES.......................................................................................................................................... 148
INVESTIGATOR AGREEMENT ............................................................................................................... 163
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1:
Anticipated Events.................................................................................................... 155
Attachment 2:
Adverse Events of Special Interest .......................................................................... 156
Attachment 3:
Evaluation of Increased Liver Enzymes: .................................................................. 157
Attachment 4:
The Immunological Basis of Drug-Induced Liver Injury............................................ 160
LIST OF IN-TEXT TABLES AND FIGURES
TABLES
Table 1:
Staging Categories for Preclinical Alzheimer Disease Research............................................. 56
Table 2:
Volume of Blood to be Collected From Each Subject............................................................... 93
Table 3:
Minimum Schedule for Follow-Up Blood Sampling and Contact with Medical Monitor.......... 158
FIGURES
Figure 1:
Progression to Clinical Dementia Rating Scale Score of At Least 0.5 - Symptomatic 
Alzheimer’s Disease by Preclinical Alzheimer’s Disease Stage............................................... 56
Figure 2:
Schematic Overview of Design for Study 54861911ALZ2003.................................................. 67
Figure 3:
Modeling of CSF Aβ1-40 Reduction (graph) and Population Predicted Percentiles of 
CSF Aβ1-40 Reduction at Steady State (table) in Subjects in the Early Alzheimer’s 
Disease Spectrum (Preliminary Data from Study 54861911ALZ1005) .................................... 69
Figure 4:
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Modeling of QTcF Prolongation Based on 
Expected Exposures and Observed QTcF Values from Study 54861911ALZ1007................. 70
Figure 5:
Screening Steps........................................................................................................................ 94
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
6
Approved, 25 May 2018
PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS
Protocol Version 
Issue Date
Original Protocol
28 Apr 2015
Amendment 1
26 Jun 2015
Amendment 2
21 July 2015
Amendment 3
02 Mar 2016
Amendment 4
24 Mar 2017
Amendment 5
19 Dec 2017
Amendment 6
25 May 2018
Amendments below are listed beginning with the most recent amendment.
Amendment 6 (25 May 2018)
The overall reason for the amendment: 1) Cessation of screening, randomization, and dosing, 2) JNJ-54861911 
changed to atabecestat, and 3) other minor editorial updates.
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Frequent hepatic enzyme elevations have been observed in subjects receiving JNJ-54861911 
(atabecestat). After a thorough evaluation of all available hepatic safety data and in consultation with external 
experts, the sponsor has concluded that the benefit-risk is no longer favorable to continue development of 
atabecestat in individuals with preclinical sporadic Alzheimer’s disease (AD). The sponsor requested on
17 May 2018 that study sites permanently stop all screening, randomization, and dosing with atabecestat 
immediately in Study 54861911ALZ2003.
Synopsis;
Section 1.1 Result of 
Permanent Cessation 
of Screening, 
Randomization, and 
Dosing of 
Atabecestat
A description of cessation of screening, randomization, and dosing of atabecestat has been 
added. It was noted that subjects will be followed for approximately 3 to 6 months from 
cessation of dosing.
Rationale: Drug name now available for JNJ-54861911.
Throughout the 
document
JNJ-54861911 changed to atabecestat globally with the exception of the title of the study 
and previous protocol amendment summaries.
Rationale: Minor errors were noted.
Throughout the 
protocol
Minor grammatical, formatting, and spelling changes were made.
Amendment 5 (19 December 2017)
This amendment is considered to be substantial based on the criteria set forth in Article 10(a) of Directive 
2001/20/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union.
The overall reason for the amendment: 1) To add an additional blood draw in an optional substudy to characterize 
the T-cell response to study drug as a possible mechanism of drug-induced hepatic enzyme elevation. This substudy 
will be conducted in a limited set of subjects who experienced hepatic enzyme elevations. 2) To update and clarify 2
exclusion criteria, 3) To broaden criteria for medical professional permitted to perform skin examination, 4) To add 
the definition of the primary estimand to reflect the recent draft International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH)
E9 addendum and the feedback received from health authorities, and 5) Other minor clarifications.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
7
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: To remove unaligned protocol text relating to the definition of intent-to-treat, and include additional 
clarification on the populations and the analysis of the primary estimand.
Synopsis;
Section 11.3.1 
Analysis of the 
Primary Endpoint
The definition of intent-to-treat set was updated to include all randomized subjects. 
Components of the primary estimand were added consistent with the draft ICH E9 
addendum.
A clarification of which posttreatment observations will be included in the primary 
analysis, depending on treatment discontinuation reason, was added.
Rationale: A footnote was clarified to ensure sites understand that oral dosing (self-administration) at the site is 
only done on the visits with check boxes and not on all visits.
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases
“During scheduled visits” was updated to “At visits specified in the table”. 
Rationale: Some subjects with elevated hepatic enzymes will be asked to provide an additional blood sample in an 
optional substudy. T-cells will be isolated from this blood specimen and tested to determine whether immune based 
mechanisms may be a cause of the elevation of hepatic enzymes.
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases;
3.2.6 Biomarkers;
3.2.6.2 Fluid 
Biomarkers (Other 
than CSR Aβ for 
Screening); 
9.4.1.2 Plasma 
Biomarkers;
9.10 Sample 
Collection and 
Handling;
Attachment 3;
Attachment 4
Text was added to Section 3.2.6.2 regarding additional blood draws for subjects in an 
optional immunologic substudy to characterize the T-cell response in subjects who 
experienced hepatic enzyme elevations.
Cross references were added in the other protocol sections referring to Section 3.2.6.2.
A new attachment was added (Attachment 4) to describe the proposed immunological basis 
of drug-induced liver injury. 
Rationale: Updated for accuracy.
1.3 Background 
Information on 
JNJ-54861911
Multidrug and toxin extrusion protein 2 (MATE-2) was updated to MATE-2K.
Rationale: The level of elevation of ULN was updated for consistency with the rest of the protocol.
3.2.7 Safety 
Evaluations
Monitoring cases for elevated liver enzymes was updated from > to ≥3×ULN (ie, the 
“greater than” symbol was changed to the “greater than or equal to” symbol).
Rationale: To clarify that all cases of vitiligo are excluded. Other small, stable hypopigmented lesions may be 
allowed. Vitiligo tends to progress and it may be difficult to differentiate study drug effects from progression of 
vitiligo even if lesions are small at baseline.
4.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
Exclusion Criterion 14 was updated to indicate that small localized lesions other than 
vitiligo are allowed in the study.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
8
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Based on Goldenberg et al. 200641, a prolonged QTc for males is >450 msec and for females >470 msec.
We have been excluding males and females with QTc >450msec. Since females have higher average QTc than 
males, we are excluding borderline and prolonged female cases rather than just prolonged. There is no rationale for 
this differential entry criteria for females than males. 
We have evidence from a thorough QT study that 50 mg JNJ-54861911 produces only a small and nonsignificant 
(per ICH E14 guidelines) increase in QTc (6.6 msec [90% CI: 4.02, 9.12]). Currently the maximum dose in this 
study is 25 mg and modeled data from the TQT study suggested lack of significant increase in QTc. Therefore, there 
should be no safety consequence to allowing females with borderline QTc to participate in this study. With respect 
to attributing any treatment-emergent QTc prolongation to JNJ-54861911 versus baseline prolonged QT syndrome, 
we need to use equivalent cut-offs for females as males to ensure our analyses are consistent.
Synopsis;
4.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
Exclusion Criterion 17 was updated to increase the threshold of QTcF to 470 msec in 
females (instead of 450 msec in both females and males). 
A summary of the major exclusions in the synopsis was updated to align with the change in 
Exclusion Criterion 17.
Rationale: Based on Goldenberg et al. 200641, a prolonged QTc for males is >450 msec and for females >470 msec. 
The analysis of QTcF interval was updated to align with the revised criterion for male and female QTcF interval as 
noted above.
11.10 Safety 
Analyses
Description of the statistics of the QTcF interval was updated to include different summary 
ranges for males and females.
Rationale: Table 2 was updated to include the optional immunologic sample added to the study.
9.1.1 Overview 
Table 2
An additional sample was added for peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) sampling 
for immunology.
Rationale: The footnote was updated to match the schedule of assessments and to help clarify that this is not the 
same subset that will be in the optional immunologic substudy.
9.1.1 Overview 
Table 2
Footnote c was updated from “only for subset of subjects who participate in PBMC 
sampling” to “only at sites capable of processing PBMC samples”.
Rationale: The timing of the results of the magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) was clarified to ensure the results
were available and reviewed prior to subjects undergoing amyloid testing. This will help avoid premature 
communication of amyloid status in patients who cannot participate due to MRI findings, a potential ethical 
concern.
Synopsis;
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase; 
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase
Text was updated stating that the MRI results must be available and reviewed prior to 
amyloid testing. Figure 5 (and replicated figure in the synopsis) for the screening steps was 
also updated to align with the change in text from a bidirectional to a unidirectional arrow 
between Step III and Step IV.
The sentence and footnote pertaining to the amyloid disclosure visit was updated to remove 
the option for it to be performed prior to Step III assessments.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
9
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: To eliminate further amyloid-positive screen failures due to skin findings identified after amyloid status 
(ie, melanoma, vitiligo). Similar to MRI, some patients are having amyloid status communicated only to later screen 
fail due to skin findings, leading to potential ethical concerns.
Time and Event 
Schedule - Screening 
Phase;
A footnote was updated to clarify the dermatology examination should preferably be done 
before Step III, but must be performed before amyloid testing (Step IV), rather than at any 
time during screening.
Rationale: Clarification was added to provide a definition of “dermatologist” for the sites.
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase
The following definition of dermatologist was added: Medical Doctor/Doctor of 
Osteopathic Medicine dermatology specialist or a non-physician medical specialist such as 
an advanced practice nurse with extensive clinical experience in dermatology, certified to 
conduct independent dermatological examinations, and approved by the sponsor’s medical 
monitor.
Rationale: Updated for consistency in the protocol.
Time and Event 
Schedule - Screening 
Phase;
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases;
9.9.5 Dermatological 
Examination
A cross-reference to Section 9.1.2 was added to align with the updated definition of 
dermatologist.
Rationale: To add clarity for the sites for what constitutes a subjects’ history.
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase
Examples of information to gather for subject history was added, as well as requesting this 
be done prior to other study activities.
Rationale: To allow flexibility on the timing of the analyses in case of any delays during the analysis.
Synopsis;
11.4.3.Unblinded 
Interim Analyses to 
Assess Futility
The words “at least” were added prior to “60 subjects” and “168 subjects” in reference to 
the timing of interim analyses (IA).
Rationale: The CSF IA may not be needed if the long-term CSF data from other sources demonstrates continued 
robust pharmacodynamic effects of JNJ-54861911 at 12 months or more.
Synopsis
“Will” was updated to “may” in regard to an unblinded IA being performed on CSF Aβ1-40.
Rationale: Personnel change at the sponsor company (ie, at Janssen Research and Development).
Investigator 
Agreement
The name of the sponsor’s responsible medical officer was updated.
Rationale: Minor errors were noted.
Throughout the 
protocol
Minor grammatical, formatting, and spelling changes were made.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
10
Approved, 25 May 2018
Amendment 4 (24 March 2017)
This amendment is considered to be substantial based on the criteria set forth in Article 10(a) of Directive 
2001/20/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union.
The overall reason for the amendment: To add new monitoring guidelines and stopping rules for liver enzymes 
during the first 3 months of treatment and to provide additional information on the management of elevated liver 
enzymes, to remove previously prohibited concomitant medications, to remove the stated-choice preference study, 
to update the frequency of the Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study - Activities of Daily Living-Prevention 
Instrument (ADCS-ADL-PI), Cognitive Function Index-acute (CFI-a), and Columbia Suicide Severity Rating 
Scale’s administration, to provide additional information on adverse events of special interest (AESI), and to provide 
new guidelines for rescreening subjects.
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: The results of clinical drug-drug interaction (DDI) study 54861911ALZ1012 showed no clinically 
significant DDI between JNJ-54861911 at a dose of 25 mg and the substrates of the transporters breast cancer 
resistance protein (BCRP), multidrug and toxin extrusion protein 1 (MATE1), multidrug and toxin extrusion protein 
2-K (MATE--2K), and organic cation transporter 2 (OCT-2). As a result, no specific precaution in relation to the 
exposure needs to be taken when co-administering JNJ-54861911 with substrates of the transporters BCRP, 
MATE1, MATE-2K, and OCT-2.
Abbreviations;
1.3 Background 
Information on 
JNJ-54861911; 
3.2.2 Study 
Population;
8 Prestudy and 
Concomitant 
Therapy;
Attachment 1 List of 
Known Substrates for 
Transporters
Additional text describing the DDI study and its clinical relevance was added.
The prohibited concomitant medications were removed in the text and the corresponding 
attachment of known substrates was removed.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
11
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: The stated-choice preference study was removed to reduce subject burden.
Synopsis;
Time and Event 
Schedule - Screening 
Phase;
2.1 Objectives;
3.2.9 Medical 
Resource Utilization 
and Health 
Outcomes;
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase;
9.8 Medical Resource 
Utilization and 
Health Outcomes;
9.8.4 Stated-Choice 
Preference Study;
11.9 Medical 
Resource Utilization
and Health Outcome 
Analyses;
15 Study-Specific 
Materials;
References
The stated-choice preference study was removed from the protocol.
Rationale: Per FDA’s August 2012 Draft Guidance for Industry, suicidal ideation and behavior assessments should 
be performed at all planned visits during which other clinical assessments are to be carried out.
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases;
9.5.8 Columbia 
Suicide Severity 
Rating Scale
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) assessments were added to week 2,
Month (M)1+2 weeks, M2, M2+2 weeks, M4, M5, M8, and M10 visits during the double-
blind treatment phase.
Language updated to clarify the C-SSRS assessments will occur once during screening and 
at each visit during the double-blind phase.
Rationale: A new safety report of drug-induced hepatotoxicity for JNJ-54861911 was identified. 
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases;
1.3 Background 
Information on 
JNJ-54861911;
3.2.7 Safety 
Evaluations;
9.1.1 Overview;
9.1.3 Double-blind 
Treatment Phase;
10.2 Discontinuation 
of Study Treatment
Additional safety labs (hematology and chemistry) are to be drawn approximately 2 weeks 
after randomization, approximately 2 weeks after the Month 1 visit and approximately 2 
weeks after the Month 2 visit. Therefore, visits Week 2, Month 1+2 weeks, and Month 2+2 
weeks were added to the Time and Events Schedule-Double-Blind Treatment and Follow-
Up Phases.
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale assessments were also added to these new visits to 
be consistent with the FDA’s August 2012 Draft Guidance for Industry.
Additional background information was added for the recent clinical cases with elevations 
in liver enzymes.
A statement was added to Section 3.2.7 to mention the additional monitoring for elevated 
liver enzymes.
Description of the visit timing was updated in Section 9.1.1 and Section 9.1.3.
The volume of blood collected was updated to account for the increased blood sampling in 
Section 9.1.1.
Section 10.2 was updated to have discontinuation of study treatment rules separated for the 
first 3 months, and after 3 months of treatment.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
12
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Text updated for clarity.
Synopsis;
11.3.1 Analysis of 
the Primary Endpoint
The use of Wald statistics was removed and was replaced with appropriate contrasts based 
on the mixed effect model for repeated measurement (MMRM).
Rationale: The frequency of administration of the CFI-a and the ADCS-ADL-PI have been increased to address 
FDA’s point that annual collection of data may be insufficient to capture significant changes that may occur 
between visits.
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and
Follow-Up Phases
The frequency of administration of ADCS-ADL-PI and CFI-a was increased, such that they 
both are administered every 3 months during the double-blind period.
Rationale: An additional exploratory biomarker was added.
3.2.6.2 Fluid 
Biomarkers (Other 
than CSF Aβ for 
Screening)
Neurofilament light chains (NFLs) were added to the list of biomarkers.
Rationale: Additional information on AESIs were added for clarity.
3.2.7 Safety 
Evaluation;
12.3.1 All Adverse 
Events;
12.3.3 Adverse 
Events of Special 
Interest;
Attachment 2
Additional information on AESIs was added for lightening of skin, lightening of hair, and 
ophthalmological adverse events (AEs).
Rationale: A sentence was deleted describing the order of assessments being detailed in a separate manual, as there 
is no separate manual.
3.2.5 Cognitive and 
Functional Outcome 
Measures
The following sentence was deleted “Additional details of the various cognitive tests and 
functional outcome measures, versions and alternate forms, and their sequence of 
performance are described in a separate manual.”
Rationale: A word was updated as the criteria is mandatory.
Synopsis;
4 Subject Population
The word “should” was changed to “must” in the following sentence: “To be considered for 
screening, subjects should must meet the following criteria:
•
Subjects 60 to 64 years of age must have 1 of the following additional key risk factors: 
a previously known APOE ε4 genotype, a positive family history for dementia (minimum 
of 1 first degree relative), or a previously known biomarker status demonstrating elevated 
amyloid accumulation in CSF or by PET.
•
For subjects 65 years of age or older, age is a sufficient risk factor to be considered for 
screening.”
Rationale: Occasional use of cannabinoids may not be contraindicated for the study.
4.2 Exclusion 
Criteria; 
9.9.6 Clinical 
Laboratory Tests
Cannabinoids were removed Exclusion criterion 25, and subsequently from the required 
drug screen.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
13
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: A reference to a drug packaging/blister card was added as a tool for treatment compliance, as this was 
not described previously in the protocol.
7 Treatment 
Compliance
A reference to a drug packaging/blister card was added.
Rationale: A definition of overdose was added, based on doses exceeding the existing experience with the 
compound from Phase 1.
7 Treatment 
Compliance
Overdose was described in more detail adding in the number of tablets per day, and per 
month that would be considered a potential overdose. A rationale for the number of tablets 
chosen was also added.
Rationale: No separate manual is being used in this study so it was removed and updated.
9.1.1 Overview
Language was updated from “separate manual” to “site training” and details on the 
information provided in the separate manual was deleted.
Rationale: An MRI read before amyloid testing would prevent amyloid-positive subjects from eventually not being 
randomized because of MRI. Amyloid testing/disclosure for subjects that will not be allowed to participate in the 
study for other reasons (eg, pathologic MRI) should be prevented.
Screening;
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase
A statement that it is preferred that the investigator review the magnetic resonance imaging 
(MRI) results before the subject undergoes amyloid testing.
Rationale: Updates were made to clarify the dermatological examination.
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase;
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases; 
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase;
9.9.5 Dermatological 
Examination
It was clarified that the examination is performed by a dermatologist and photographs are 
collected by the dermatologist or assigned designee in Section 9.1.2, and the Time and 
Events Schedule-Screening Phase.
The bolded words were added to Section 9.9.5 “Whenever a skin lesion not previously 
documented is reported by the study subject, informant, investigator, or study personnel, 
and if deemed medically relevant, subject should undergo a dermatologic exam by a 
dermatologist. In addition, digital images of the lesion will be acquired by the 
dermatologist or qualified designee at the time the lesion is discovered and at follow-up 
visits with a frequency which is deemed appropriate by the sponsor. As skin lesions may 
be temporary, the site personnel may consider documenting immediately at site with a 
photograph in addition to referring the subject to the dermatologist.”
A corresponding footnote was added to the Time and Events Schedule-Double-Blind 
Treatment and Follow-Up Phases.
Rationale: Rescreening criteria were added to allow more flexibility for those who were screen failures yet remain 
likely to qualify for study enrollment.
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase
Conditions were added to describe in what cases a screen failed subject can be rescreened.
Rationale: The Time and Events Schedule-Screening Phase was updated to correct errors and to ensure consistency 
with other updates throughout the protocol.
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase
Added a footnote for informed consent: “The Informant should sign an ICF or equivalent 
document prior to completing any study procedures.
Added “and photography” to the dermatological examination in the table and added 
“performed by a dermatologist with photography (taken by dermatologist or qualified 
designee)” to the footnote.
Footnote “l” was removed from the Financial Capacity Instrument (FCI) as this footnote 
was not applicable to FCI.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
14
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: The timing of the Cognitive Function Index (CFI), CFI-a, and ADCS-ADL-PI was updated as these 
assessments were erroneously moved in Amendment 3.
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase;
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase
CFI, CFI-a, and ADCS-ADL-PI assessments were moved from the “Amyloid Status 
Disclosure Conversation Visit” column to the “Baseline Cognitive Measures” column, and 
the text in Section 9.1.2 was updated to match the Time and Events Schedule-Screening 
Phase.
Rationale: The Time and Events Schedule-Double-Blind Treatment and Follow-up Phases was updated to correct 
errors and to ensure consistency with other updates throughout the protocol.
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases
Added “and photography” to the row title for Dermatological Examination in the table.
Additional detail was added to the footnote “h”.
The footnote letter for Amsterdam IADL questionnaire (A-IADL-Q) (informant) was 
corrected. 
The footnote order was corrected for amyloid positron emission tomography (PET) and tau 
PET.
Additional information was added to the amyloid PET footnote to take into account local 
rules or regulations.
Footnote “r” was reworded.
Footnote “t” was removed. 
Rationale: The fasting requirement was removed to reduce subject burden.
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase;
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases;
9.9.6 Clinical 
Laboratory Tests
The requirement for fasting before clinical laboratory tests was removed.
Rationale: An incorrect sentence was deleted.
9.1.1 Overview
The following was deleted: “All visit-specific, patient-reported outcome assessments 
should be performed before any tests (including cognitive tests), procedures, or other 
consultations for that visit to prevent influencing subject perceptions.”
Rationale: Additional wording was added to ensure investigators are aware that the examinations during the 
double-blind treatment phase included a dermatologic examination.
9.1.3 Double-blind 
Treatment Phase
Dermatologic examination was added for clarity.
Rationale: Confirmation with the medical monitor was added to ensure subjects’ treatment is not interrupted for 
non-significant events.
Synopsis;
9.1.3 Double-blind 
Treatment Phase
A sentence was updated with the text in bold “Interruption of treatment should be limited to 
significant events, and confirmed with the medical monitor”.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
15
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Assessment for cognitive functional ability is not planned for posttreatment phase. The telephone 
contact location was moved from posttreatment procedures to long-term extension as it only relates to subjects not 
participating in the long-term extension study.
9.1.4 Posttreatment 
Phase (Follow-Up);
9.1.5 Long-Term 
Extension Study
Text regarding telephone contact was moved and updated from Section 9.1.4 to Section 
9.1.5.
Section 9.1.5 heading changed from Long-Term Extension to Long-Term Extension Study.
Cognitive functional ability was removed.
Rationale: The previous description was for a different version of the ADCS-ADL-PI.
9.2.2.2.3 ADCS 
Activities of Daily 
Living – Prevention 
Instrument
The description of the ADCS-ADL-PI was updated.
Rationale: Text not deleted during a previous amendment has now been deleted, as it was not applicable in the 
updated context.
9.4.1.1 CSF 
Biomarkers
The following was deleted “and safety information, including glucose levels, and cell 
counts.”
Rationale: Additional text adds flexibility with amyloid PET scan internal protocols across countries.
9.4.2.1 Amyloid 
Positron Emission
Tomography 
Substudy
Language was added to allow for the effect of local regulations on PET scans and the 
priority of the Month 24 scan.
Rationale: Additional text clarifies MRI reports for investigators.
9.4.2.3 Magnetic 
Resonance Imaging
Additional text was added to describe the process in the event of an MRI report indicating 
“not eligible” or “for further consultation”.
Rationale: The Behavioral Pattern Separation Object Task was deleted as it will not be used in this study.
9.5.9 Computerized 
Cognitive Battery
The Behavioral Pattern Separation Object Task and its description were removed.
Rationale: Additional text was added for the management of increased liver enzymes to guide investigators and 
ensure subject safety.
9.9.6 Clinical 
Laboratory Tests
The following text was added: “The investigator’s review of laboratory results should 
address the exclusion criteria, particularly criterion 18. The investigator should use clinical 
judgment and provide documented evidence when deemed necessary by the medical 
monitoring team that the subject does not have “ongoing hepatic, renal, cardiac, vascular, 
pulmonary, gastrointestinal, endocrine, hematologic, rheumatologic, psychiatric, or 
metabolic conditions” that are significant in the clinical trial setting. Abnormal laboratory 
results may be repeated to rule out worsening abnormalities and, in consultation with the 
sponsor’s medical monitor, to establish subject eligibility prior to amyloid testing. In the 
case of hepatic enzyme elevations, attempts should be made to establish an etiology of an 
underlying condition and demonstrate normalization. The sponsor’s medical monitor may 
request additional evaluation (see Attachment 3).”
Rationale: Clarifications were made to the presentation of Section 10.2.
10.2 Discontinuation 
of Study Treatment 
Reporting instructions were added.
Updated “liver function tests” to “liver enzymes”.
Bullet points were rearranged and additional text was added to clarify that re-initiation is 
related to QT interval not liver enzymes, and to reference Attachment 3 for liver enzymes.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
16
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Reporting requirements should not have been presented in the statistical analysis section.
11.10 Safety 
Analyses
A subheading was added for Adverse Events of Special Interest.
The sentence regarding reporting was removed.
Rationale: Text updated to reflect change from hierarchical hypothesis testing procedure to gatekeeping strategy.
Synopsis;
Section 2.2 
Hypotheses;
11.3.1 Analysis of 
the Primary Endpoint
The hypothesis was updated from using language “the high dose regimen” to “either dose 
regimen”.
Rationale: Text revised to clarify that all randomized subjects are included in primary efficacy analysis set.
Synopsis; 
11.3.1 Analysis of 
the Primary 
Endpoint;
11.3.2 Analysis of 
the Secondary 
Endpoints
The analysis population was updated from a “modified intent-to-treat population” to 
“intent-to-treat analysis set.”
Rationale: The description of the statistical analyses for CFI-a was moved, as it is not medical resource utilization.
Synopsis;
11.9 Medical 
Resource Utilization, 
and Health Outcomes 
and Stated-Choice 
Preferences 
Analyses;
11.3.2 Analysis of 
the Secondary 
Endpoints
The description of the statistical analyses for CFI-a was moved from Medical Resource 
Utilization and Health Outcome Analyses (Section 11.9) into the section describing 
secondary endpoints (Section 11.3.2).
Rationale: A subsection on Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs) was added to ensure the information on elevated liver 
enzymes was easy to find.
12.3.4 Adverse Drug 
Reactions
A subsection for ADRs was added.
Rationale: Prohibition 3 related to alcohol consumption was removed, as it would be hard to ensure subjects follow 
this criterion and doing so will not adversely affect the quality of the study or the safety of the subjects.
4.3 Prohibitions and 
Restrictions
Prohibition 3 was removed.
Rationale: Text was updated to ensure consistency within the protocol.
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase;
9.1.1 Overview;
9.1.3 Double-blind 
Treatment Phase
The following was updated for consistency with the language in the rest of the protocol: 
“up to 90 days” was replaced with “approximately 90 days” in Section 9.1.2, and the word 
“about” was updated to “approximately” in Section 9.1.1 and Section 9.1.3.
Rationale: The text was updated to match the Time and Events Schedule.
9.1.3 Double-blind 
Treatment Phase
The description of regular visit intervals was updated to match the Time and Events 
Schedule.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
17
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Subsection was moved up so that the description of CFI-a followed immediately after the description of 
CFI.
9.5.10 Cognitive 
Function Index-
acute;
9.2.2.2.2 Cognitive 
Function Index-acute
Previous Section 9.5.10 was moved to become Section 9.2.2.2.2.
Rationale: The protocol text was updated for consistency with the Time and Events Schedule.
9.8.1 Healthcare 
Resource Utilization 
Questionnaire
The word “all” was removed and updated to “specified” in the statement “at all visits 
during the double-blind treatment phase…”
Rationale: To clarify that reporting also applies to AESIs.
9.9.1 Adverse Events
The phrase “including AESI” was added.
Rationale: An attachment was added to describe the evaluation of increased liver enzymes and the procedures that 
the investigator should follow.
Attachment 3
Detailed description of the procedures the investigator should follow when alanine 
aminotransferase (ALT) or AST are ≥3×ULN.
Rationale: The term substudy was removed for instances other than the amyloid PET for clarity.
3.2.8 
Pharmacokinetic 
Evaluations;
9.1.3 Double-blind 
Treatment Phase; 
9.4.1.1 CSF 
Biomarkers
Removed “substudy” and reworded the sentences appropriately.
Rationale: Added a sentence to clarify that some amyloid PET scans are part of a substudy.
9.4.2.1 Amyloid 
Positron Emission 
Tomography 
Substudy
Added the following sentence: “Amyloid PET scans will be collected for amyloid screening 
as well as longitudinally from the subset of subjects with baseline/screening amyloid PET 
scans.”
Rationale: Text revised to reflect updated sample sizes for biomarker interim analyses with justification based on 
futility criteria. Relocated to Interim Analysis (IA) section because justification is directly related to the IAs.
Synopsis;
11.2.2 Amyloid 
Positron Emission 
Tomography; 
11.2.3 Cerebrospinal 
Fluid;
11.2.4 Tau Positron 
Emission 
Tomography;
11.4.3 Unblinded 
Interim Analyses to 
Assess Futility
The description of sample size determination for potential IAs and sample size 
determination for maintenance of pharmacodynamics effect was removed from the 
Synopsis as the corresponding text was consolidated and moved in the main text.
The subsections for amyloid PET, CSF, and tau PET were removed, the text was updated, 
consolidated and moved to Section 11.4.3.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
18
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Multiple comparison procedure changed from hierarchical procedure to gatekeeping strategy to lessen 
reliance on a dose-response assumption and allow testing on key secondary efficacy endpoint if only 1 dose is 
superior to placebo on the primary efficacy endpoint.
Synopsis;
11.3.3 Multiple 
Comparison 
Adjustment
The multiple comparison adjustment was updated.
Rationale: The text was corrected, as it was not accurately correlated to the Time and Events schedule for the study 
-- the PACC assessment is not conducted at Month 39 (ie, at 3.25 years), but is conducted at Month 42 (ie, at 
3.5 years).
Synopsis;
3.2.4 Study Duration;
11.4.2 Potential 
Design Modifications 
Based on External 
Data
In the text describing a potential change to the timing of the primary endpoint (based on 
interim data analyses of emerging external data) 3.25 years was corrected to 3.5 years.
Rationale: Amyloid-beta (Aβ)1-40 futility decision will be based on CSF result only, not plasma.
11.4.3 Unblinded 
Interim Analyses to 
Assess Futility
Removed “and plasma.”
Rationale: The analytical parameters for MRI have been updated to reflect the best available technology.
11.7 Biomarker 
Analyses
The parameters of key interest for MRI were updated.
Rationale: AESI were added into the protocol, which have special reporting requirements.
12.2 Special 
Reporting Situations
AESI were added.
Rationale: A clarification was added to the Amendment 3 Description of Changes that the pharmacokinetic (PK) 
sample at the ET visit was removed from the Time and Events Schedule, as it was not written in detail before.
Amendment 3
The following bolded sentence was added to the Description of Changes for Amendment 3 
under the Rationale: “The Time and Events Schedule was updated to correct errors and 
avoid confusion at the clinical trial sites.” The PK sample at the ET visit was removed.
Rationale: Additional detail was added for clarity as to which test is being referenced.
15 Study-Specific 
Materials
PET Imaging was updated to Amyloid PET, and Tau Imaging was updated to tau PET.
Rationale: Subject diaries are not being provided by the sponsor.
15 Study-Specific 
Materials
Subject medication diary was removed.
Rationale: The list of anticipated events was updated after an analysis of anticipated events in the target population.
Attachment 1 
“Fractures associated with falls”, and “Falls” were added to the list of anticipated events.
Rationale: A clause was added to the attachment to be consistent with the body of the protocol.
Attachment 1
The clause “if allowed by local practice/regulations” was added to the sentence regarding 
expedited reporting.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
19
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Minor errors were noted.
Throughout the 
protocol
Minor grammatical, formatting, and spelling changes were made.
Amendment 3 (02 March 2016)
This amendment is considered to be substantial based on the criteria set forth in Article 10(a) of Directive 
2001/20/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union.
The overall reason for the amendment: To reduce the 10-mg treatment to 5-mg of JNJ-54861911, to add 
additional scales to the study, and other required changes which were relevant to the study.
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: A stated-choice preference study was added as an exploratory measure to analyze subjects’ willingness 
to accept tradeoffs between treatment-related benefits and potential adverse events. The purpose is to understand the 
subjects’ perspective on benefits and risks.
Synopsis;
Time and Event 
Schedule - Screening 
Phase;
2.1 Objectives;
3.2.9 Medical 
Resource Utilization 
and Health 
Outcomes;
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase;
9.1.3 Double-Blind 
Treatment Phase;
9.8 Medical Resource 
Utilization and 
Health Outcomes;
9.8.4 Stated-Choice 
Preference Study;
11.9 Medical 
Resource 
Utilization/Health 
Outcome Analysis;
15 Study-Specific 
Materials,
References
A stated-choice preference study was added and described in Section 9.8.4 in detail, as well 
as updated in all other appropriate sections.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
20
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: A new safety signal for potential liver injury has been identified and is under investigation. There seems 
to be a possible dose-relationship and it is desirable to increase the likelihood of a clean dose in the trial. The latest 
modelling data based on patients in the ALZ1005 trial provides a narrower spread of the distribution of the Aβ 
lowering than before, which makes 5 mg still a suitable dose from an efficacy point of view (median decrease 52%, 
95% percentiles 27% to 72%).
Synopsis;
3.1 Overview of 
Study Design;
6 Dosage and 
Administration;
Throughout the 
protocol
References to the 10-mg dose were removed and replaced with the updated 5-mg dose. 
Additionally, the dose reduction alters the treatment group regimens: Treatment group 1 
will receive only one 5-mg tablet instead of two 5-mg tablets; Treatment group 2 will 
receive only one 25-mg tablet instead of a 25-mg tablet and a matching placebo, and 
Treatment group 3 will receive only 1 matching placebo instead of 2 placebo tablets.
Rationale: Based on the dose reduction from 10 mg to 5 mg, Figure 3 was updated to highlight the 5 mg column, 
and the text was updated to match the figure.
3.2.3 Dose Selection 
(Figure 3)
Adjustments were made to the text and to the figure on the expected reduction in CSF Aβ 
based on the dose reduction.
Rationale: A correction was made regarding blood sampling timing. Additionally, the placement of this paragraph 
was updated for better readability.
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase
“In Step IV” was deleted and replaced with “during screening” in the following sentence: 
“The following blood samples will also be collected during screening”, The paragraph 
was moved to later in Section 9.1.2 to be in general screening procedures instead of Step IV 
procedures.
Rationale: Updates were made to the plasma biomarkers section to specify specific samples which were incorrectly 
written as being collected in screening, are actually collected at multiple time points in the study.
9.4.1.2 Plasma 
Biomarkers
The descriptor “screening phase” was deleted from the text after “Time and Events 
Schedule” in reference to when venous blood samples and RNA blood sample are drawn.
Rationale: A correction was made in the type of sample being collected during screening.
9.4.1.2 Plasma
Biomarkers
“PD/biomarker” was deleted and replaced with “platelet-rich” plasma sample. This is a 
correction in the type of sample being collected.
Rationale: The text changed to give a range of the standard deviation and to add clarity to the assumptions.
Synopsis;
11.2.1 Primary 
Cognitive Endpoint
Adjustments were made to the power calculation for the primary cognitive endpoint, and 
the paragraph re-written to add clarification on assumptions of power and attrition.
Rationale: Clarification was made to the total number of enrolled subjects.
Synopsis;
3.1 Overview of 
Study Design
(Figure 2);
4 Subject Population;
11.2.1 Primary 
Cognitive Endpoint
The current number of subjects listed in the protocol was clarified to be a minimum number 
of subjects (1,650 subjects, 550/treatment arm), and a maximum number of subjects was
added (2,400 subjects, 800/treatment arm).
Rationale: Sentences were added to clarify the assumption for missing data.
Synopsis;
11.3.1 Analysis of 
Primary Endpoint
Added sentences: All observed data will be included in the analysis. Missing-at-random is 
assumed for all missing data.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
21
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Random effects were modified for the analysis of primary and secondary endpoints.
Synopsis;
11.3.1 Analysis of 
the Primary 
Endpoint;
11.3.2 Analysis of 
the Secondary 
Endpoints
Stratification factor center/region as a random effect was deleted. Country was added as a 
fixed effect for the model.
Rationale: The DMC will not be involved with blinded sample size adjustment, as the DMC may be privy to 
certain unblinded study data.
Synopsis;
11.4.1 Blinded 
Sample Size 
Adjustments;
11.11 Data 
Monitoring 
Committee
The following sentence was deleted from the synopsis and Section 11.4.1 “An independent 
external DMC (see Section 11.11) will make recommendations on sample size adjustment 
per prespecified decision rules.” Reference to blinded sample size re-estimation was 
removed from Section 11.11.
Rationale: Three new in vitro p-glycoprotein (P-gp)/multidrug resistance protein 1 (MDR1) inhibition studies were
conducted and the results are considered relevant to this clinical study.
1.3 Background 
Information on 
JNJ-54861911
A short description of the 3 in vitro P-gp/MDR1 studies and their results were added into 
the background information.
Rationale: Because previous nonclinical in vitro data indicated that JNJ-54861911 might be an inhibitor of P-gp, 
and organic anion-transporting polypeptide 1B1 (OATP1B1) a conservative approach was taken by not permitting 
digoxin or dabigatran etexilate use during the trial. The new data shows there is no clinically relevant P-gp or 
OATP1B1 inhibition by JNJ-54861911.
8 Prestudy and 
Concomitant 
Therapy;
Attachment 1 List of 
Known Transporters
Digoxin, dabigatran etexilate, and procainamide were removed from the prohibited 
concomitant medications, and P-gp and OATP1B1 were removed from the list of 
transporters.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
22
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: A new cognitive function index measure (Cognitive Function Index-acute [CFI-a]) was added to assess 
cognitive function based on a shorter time scale than the CFI.
Synopsis;
2.1 Objectives;
Time and Events 
Schedule; 
List of 
Abbreviations; 
3.2.5 Cognitive and 
Functional Outcome 
Measures;
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase;
9.1.3 Double-blind 
Treatment Phase; 
9.5.10 Cognitive 
Function Index-
Acute;
11.9 Medical 
Resource Utilization, 
Health Outcomes and 
Stated-Choice 
Preferences 
Analyses;
15 Study-Specific
Materials
An exploratory objective was added to evaluate the performance of the CFI-a scale in 
assessing decline of cognitive function and performance of everyday activities. The 
description of the scale was added to Section 9.5.10. References to the scale schedule were
added throughout the protocol.
Rationale: A statement was added in protocol and a list added as an attachment to define anticipated adverse events
based upon updated FDA guidance. This is in effort to reduce the number of individual case safety reports reported 
in an expedited manner to the FDA. This is relevant to certain SAEs, that are pre-defined as likely to be 
manifestations of the underlying disease, commonly occurring in the study population independent of drug 
exposure, and for which there are few reasons to believe that the drug caused the event.
12.3.1 All Adverse 
Events;
Attachment 2
The sentence “Anticipated adverse events may be recorded and reported based on local 
rules and regulations.” as well as a reference to an attachment was added within the 
protocol text. An attachment was added to describe in detail, the events considered 
anticipated adverse events, as well as their reporting procedures and requirements.
Rationale: Language was added to allow for changes to the informed consent form, which would allow subjects, 
especially screen failures to be contacted again for future or other, more appropriate studies.
16.2.3 Informed 
Consent
Additional wording was added into the consent language regarding re-contacting subjects.
Rationale: Language was added to state that a subject who has cognitive decline during the study can renew 
consent or assent in accordance with local law or guidance.
16.2.3 Informed 
Consent
Additional wording was added to the consent language regarding cognitive decline.
Rationale: The error in the sentence was removed, and timing was clarified, as Step IV is not the amyloid 
disclosure visit. 
Synopsis; 
9.1.2 Screening 
Phase
The following sentence was corrected for clarity: “the amyloid disclosure visit ‘Step IV, 
elevated amyloid accumulation”, this was changed to “Step IV assessments”.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
23
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Sentences were added to clarify the statistical analysis of the added instruments, CFI-a and the stated-
choice preference study.
Synopsis;
11.9 Medical 
Resource Utilization, 
Health Outcomes and 
Stated-Choice 
Preferences Analyses
Sentences were added describing the analysis of the stated-choice preference study by
summary statistics and regression modeling and the use of descriptive statistics and 
evaluation of the CFI-a ability to measure change over time for analysis of the data from 
the CFI-a..
Rationale: In order to match the footnote which says PACC and RBANS, NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, 
and computerized cognitive battery can be done prior to Step IV procedures, the columns were merged for Steps I 
through III for these assessments within the table.
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase
Table cells were merged for PACC and RBANS, NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, 
and computerized cognitive battery for Screening steps I to III.
Rationale: The Time and Events Schedule was updated to correct errors and avoid confusion at the clinical trial 
sites.
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase;
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases
Blood sample collection (for APOE genotyping and pharmacogenomics analysis) time
point was moved from Step IV to Step I.
Table cells were merged for peripheral blood mononuclear cell sample collection in order 
to clarify that it can occur any time prior to amyloid disclosure.
Fluid biomarkers blood collection was updated to “blood collection for plasma and gene 
expression (RNA).
CSF collection was updated to add corresponding plasma sample.
A footnote was added to correct the timing of the tau PET: “Tau PET to be performed after 
amyloid disclosure but before first drug intake at M0.”
“subject and informant” was added to CDR to clarify who will complete these measures.
Footnote d was moved from D1 of the double-blind treatment phase to the study procedure 
title to indicate all time points should be collected prior to dosing, not just the first 
collection. This was done for blood collection for PD markers and for gene expression 
(RNA), and for CSF collection and corresponding plasma collection.
The PK sample at the ET visit was removed.
Rationale: The amount of CSF was not previously disclosed, this update has specified that it is maximally 12mL, 
per individual lumbar puncture.
3.2.6 Biomarkers
Specification of maximally 12mL for the CSF collection was added.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
24
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: The Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living Questionnaire (A-IADL-Q) was added to measure 
difficulties subjects have with complex daily activities. This test was added due to its good construct and content 
validity, its high internal consistency and high test-re-test reliability.
Synopsis;
List of 
Abbreviations;
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase;
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases;
2.1 Objectives;
3.2.5 Cognitive and 
Functional Outcome 
Measures;
9.1 Study 
Procedures;
9.5 Additional 
Clinical Scales
An exploratory objective was added to explore the effect of JNJ-54861911 compared with 
placebo on instrumental activities of daily living (IADL) as measured by the A-IADL-Q. 
This scale was added and described in Section 9.5.11 in detail, as well as updated in all 
other appropriate sections. 
Rationale: A sentence regarding interim analysis (IA) was moved down a few paragraphs within the synopsis for 
better clarity as it is not related to blinded sample size increases.
Synopsis
The following sentence was moved: “An independent external statistical support group will 
perform the IAs. The external DMC will review the results of the IAs and make 
recommendations based on prespecified decision rules. All personnel involved in the 
conduct of the study will remain blinded throughout the study.”
Rationale: Minor errors were noted.
Throughout the 
protocol
Minor grammatical, formatting, and spelling changes were made.
Rationale: A sentence was added to clarify that the order of administration of procedures will be provided in a 
separate manual.
9.1.1 Overview
The following sentence was added: “Guidance on the order of administration of scales and 
procedures will be provided to the sites in a separate manual.”
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
25
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: The word “and” was updated to “or” in order to clarify that the test will not need to be performed again 
depending on when the Early Termination (ET) visit occurs. In addition, a sentence was added to clarify that no 
subject will receive more than 3 amyloid positron emission tomography (PET) scans during the study.
9.4.2.1 Amyloid 
Positron Emission 
Tomography 
Substudy;
9.4.2.2 Tau Positron 
Emission 
Tomography 
Substudy;
Time and Events 
Schedule-Screening 
Phase;
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases
The word “and” was replaced with “or” in the following sentence: PET imaging for brain 
amyloid will be performed longitudinally at Months 0, 24, and 48 (and at the ET visit, if 
applicable) in the subset of subjects who have a screening/baseline amyloid PET 
assessment. In addition, the following sentence was added: “Note, no subject will receive 
more than 3 amyloid PET scans during the study.” This note was also added as a footnote 
to the Time and Events Schedule.
Rationale: The phrase “including screening samples” was added to clarify that due to the nature of this study 
samples from screening are retained.
16.2.5 Long-Term 
Retention of Samples 
for Additional Future 
Research
A sentence was updated to clarify the retention of samples included screening samples. 
“Samples collected (including screening samples) in this study may be stored for up to 15 
years (or according to local regulations) for additional research.”
Rationale: New abbreviations were introduced into the protocol with the addition of new scales and in vitro data. 
Abbreviations
The “Abbreviations” section was updated to include the new terms for the in vitro data and 
scales.
Rationale: Clarification and corrections were made to the description of the Cognitive Function Index (CFI).
9.2.2.2.1 Cognitive 
Function Index
Specification was added that out of the 15 questions, only 14 of those questions are scored.
Rationale: Clarification was made to the EQ-5D that was being used.
Throughout the 
protocol
The designation “5L” was added after “EQ-5D” (EQ-5D-5L) in order to specify the version 
being used.
Rationale: Section 11.4.4 was removed because the option to adapt the endpoint using the unblinded interim data 
will no longer be considered.
Synopsis;
3.1 Overview of 
Study Design;
11.4.4 Potential 
Unblinded Interim 
Analysis for Design 
Adaptations
Section 11.4.4 was removed from the text. References within the rest of the protocol to the 
unblinded interim analyses to optimize the primary endpoint, were removed.
Rationale: To add consistency the term study partner was updated to informant.
Throughout the 
protocol
Throughout the protocol the term “study partner” and “informant” were both used. These 
terms were all updated to informant.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
26
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: The term “assay” was removed, the intention is to use a single laboratory, however there is a possibility 
that the planned assay could change over the course of the study.
3.2.6.1 
Determination of 
Elevated Amyloid 
Accumulation at 
Screening
The words “assay and” were deleted from the following sentence “The use of a single assay 
and laboratory allows for the use of a single threshold and simplifies operational logistics.
Rationale: A sentence was added to emphasize that dermatologic photography was a requirement of the study.
9.9.5 Dermatological 
Examination
The following sentence was modified, and a sentence added: “A digital photograph of the 
frontal scalp, open eyes, and eyebrows will be collected to monitor for dermatological 
changes. This is an essential requirement of the safety monitoring in the trial.”
Rationale: Updates were made to Table 2 to reflect the changes from the Time and Events Schedule.
9.1.1 Overview 
(Table 2)
Biomarker sample for plasma and gene expression (RNA) was added as 1, 10 mL sample 
due to the extra sample being collected at screening. The total blood volume was amended 
to reflect this change.
Rationale: The use of ADCS-PACC was updated to PACC. Both versions of the PACC are composed of 4 
measures that are weighted towards episodic memory and includes a timed executive function test and a global 
cognitive screening test. The PACC version used and described here, uses 3 alternate forms for each of the 4 
elements and includes minor differences from the ADCS-PACC to allow optimal translation and cultural adaptation 
of items into multiple country-languages.
9.2.1 Primary 
Efficacy Measures: 
Preclinical Alzheimer 
Cognitive 
Composite;
Synopsis (Figure);
List of abbreviations;
Throughout the 
protocol
References to ADCS-PACC were updated to PACC and the differences were described in 
Section 9.2.1. The figure in the synopsis and Figure 5 were updated to reflect the change 
from ADCS-PACC to PACC.
Rationale: To add clarity to the protocol.
Synopsis;
3.1 Overview of 
Study Design; 
3.2.1 Blinding, 
Control, Study 
Phase/Periods, 
Treatment Groups;
5 Treatment 
Allocation and 
Blinding
The randomization stratification was updated from study center/region to country.
Rationale: The completion of 2 additional clinical studies impacted the potential safety profile of this study, 
therefore they have been added into the protocol background.
1.3 Background 
Information on 
JNJ-54861911;
1.4 Overall Rationale 
for the Study
Two additional clinical studies have been completed and added to the list, as well as the 
safety information updated according to the results of these studies.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
27
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: A new safety signal for potential liver injury has been identified and is under investigation. Based on the 
currently available information extra visits to monitor liver function were added.
Synopsis;
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases
The number of monthly visits was increased from the first 3 months, to every month for 
months 1 to 6. Additionally, visits at 8 months and 10 months were added. Four additional 
visits were added to the time and events schedule for Month 4, Month 5, Month 8, and 
Month 10. At all of these visits, blood will be collected for hematology and chemistry. 
Additionally, safety labs (hematology and chemistry) will be collected every 3 months for 
the rest of the treatment duration, adding 11 safety labs to the time and events schedule. 
The visit numbers were updated to reflect these additions. A corresponding footnote was 
added to the time and events schedule and text within Section 9.1.1 to describe the timing 
of the visits.
Rationale: This level of detail was not included for the other evaluations within the protocol and was therefore 
removed for consistency.
Time and Events 
Schedule-
Double-Blind 
Treatment and 
Follow-Up Phases
The following footnote was deleted: “ADCS-PACC or RBANS versions at Early 
Termination visit should be the next version in the series as defined in the cognition 
manual.
Rationale: To align the table with the updated text within the protocol.
9.1.1 Overview;
Table 2
The maximum amount of blood drawn in the study was increased. Table 2 was updated to 
align with the additional biomarker sample for plasma and gene expression (RNA) added to 
the screening samples and the additional hematology and serum chemistry for Months 4, 5, 
8, 10, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 42, 45, and 51.
Rationale: A new safety signal for potential liver injury has been identified and is under investigation. Based on the 
available information, additional criteria for discontinuation and re-initiation were added for safety.
10.2 Discontinuation 
of Study Treatment
An additional reason for discontinuation and re-initiation based on liver function tests was 
added. The added criteria are:
•
A subject has 1 (or more) of the below described changes in liver function tests.
•
ALT or AST >8×ULN 
•
ALT or AST >5×ULN for more than 2 weeks
•
ALT or AST >3×ULN and (total bilirubin >2×ULN or INR>1.5)
•
ALT or AST >3×ULN with the appearance of fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper 
quadrant pain or tenderness, fever, rash, and/or eosinophilia (>5%)
Abnormal liver function tests greater than 3×ULN should be confirmed within 48 to 72 
hours. Re-initiation of study treatment should only be done after consultation with the 
sponsor medical monitor and in mutual agreement between the sponsor and the study 
center.
Rationale: There will be no Type I adjustment for all futility IA.
11.2.2 Amyloid 
Positron Emission 
Tomography;
11.2.3 Cerebrospinal 
Fluid;
11.2.4 Tau Positron 
Emission 
Tomography
The following sentence was added: “This IA sample size might be revised based on the 
evidence from emerging external research prior to the time of the IA.”
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
28
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: To add clarity to the protocol.
11.4.1 Blinded 
Sample Size 
Adjustment
The following sentences were updated from: “Blinded interim aggregated study data will be 
used to estimate the variability of the endpoints. Sample size may be increased to account 
for increased variability as well as dropout rate.” to “Blinded interim aggregated study data 
and external data will be used to assess sample size. Sample size may also be increased to 
account for dropout rate”.
Rationale: To add clarity to the protocol.
11.4.1 Blinded 
Sample Size 
Adjustment;
11.4.2 Potential 
Design Modifications 
Based on External 
Data
The following sentence was added “Full details will be specified in the SAP.”
Rationale: The characteristics of the biomarkers are not definite, and the use of external research data might be 
taken into account in the IA.
11.4.3 Unblinded 
Interim Analyses to 
Assess Futility
The words “biomarker based” were deleted.
Rationale: To align the description of the label to the updated dosing regimen.
5 Treatment 
Allocation and 
Blinding
The following sentence was updated from “The label will not identify the study dose (0, 10, 
or 25 mg once daily) in the container.” to “The label will be blinded indicating possible 
tablets packaged as 5 mg, 25 mg, or placebo.”
Amendment 2 (21 July 2015)
This amendment is considered to be non-substantial based on the criteria set forth in Article 10(a) of Directive 
2001/20/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union.
The overall reason for the amendment: The overall reason for the amendment is to add an additional adverse 
event of special interest to Section 11.10.
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: Ophthalmologic adverse events were added as adverse events of special interest.
11.10 Safety 
Analyses
Per recommendation from the Voluntary Harmonisation Procedure, ophthalmologic 
adverse events were added to adverse events of special interest. These events will now be 
recorded and have expedited reporting.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
29
Approved, 25 May 2018
Amendment 1 (26 June 2015)
This amendment is considered to be substantial based on the criteria set forth in Article 10(a) of Directive 
2001/20/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union.
The overall reason for the amendment: The overall reason for the amendment is to add a risk-benefit statement to 
Section 1.3, amend a secondary endpoint, and remove the listing of anticipated events.
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: A risk-benefit evaluation of the study was added.
1.3. Overall Rationale
The sponsor’s evaluation was added to inform the investigators about potential risks and 
benefits of JNJ-54861911.
Rationale: One of the other secondary objectives, “To assess the effect of JNJ-54861911 compared with placebo 
on the Clinical Dementia Rating (CDR) scale,” was clarified to include the statement, “including progression 
from CDR 0 to CDR 0.5 or higher.”
Synopsis;
2.1. Objectives
Subjects must have a CDR scale score of 0 at baseline (an inclusion criterion). The new 
statement clarifies that progression to a CDR score ≥0.5 will be assessed.
Rationale: Attachment 2, “Anticipated Events,” and a reference to it in the body of the protocol was removed.
13.3.1. All Adverse 
Events;
Attachment 2
The list contained specific adverse events that were to be excluded from expedited 
reporting. These anticipated events will be recorded and will be subject to expedited 
reporting when appropriate.
Rationale: “Should” was changed to “will” in the following statement: “A subject’s study treatment should be
discontinued if the investigator believes that for safety reasons (eg, AE) it is in the best interest of the subject, 
including for the following reason: QTcF interval of >500 msec if confirmed upon repeat ECG
[electrocardiogram], and/or QTcF increase versus baseline of >60 msec if confirmed upon repeat ECG, after 
consultation with the sponsor’s medical monitor.”
10.2. Discontinuation 
of Study Treatment
Because the trial population consists of asymptomatic subjects, a more conservative 
approach was adopted, and discontinuation of study treatment (including prolongation of 
the QT interval) is now absolute.
Rationale: A footnote was added to describe the Assessment of Psychological Well Being; lettering of the 
subsequent footnotes was updated.
Time and Event 
Schedule - Screening 
Phase
Footnote d now states, “The Assessment of Psychological Well Being will consist of the 
State-Trait Anxiety Inventory only at screening, as the GDS [Geriatric Depression 
Scale] short version will be extracted from the GDS.”
Rationale: The abbreviation ADCS-DLT-PI was changed to ADCS-ADL-PI for consistency in the protocol.
Time and Event 
Schedule – Double-
blind Treatment and 
Follow-up Phases
The abbreviation ADCS-ADL-PI (Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study - Activities 
of Daily Living - Prevention Instrument) is preferred and used throughout the document.
Rationale: The table listing of the volume per sample was updated.
9.1.1. Overview, 
Table 2, Volume of 
Blood to be Collected 
From Each Subject
The volume per sample for biomarkers and peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) 
(whole blood sample) was reduced, and a typographical error was corrected (PMBC was 
changed to PBMC).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
30
Approved, 25 May 2018
Applicable Section(s)
Description of Change(s)
Rationale: In the description of the Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Activities of Daily Living, a
correction in the number of questions related to physical functioning was made.
9.2.2.2.2. ADCS 
Activities of Daily 
Living
Five questions was reduced to 3 questions.
Rationale: The description of the Geriatric Depression Scale was corrected.
9.5.2. Geriatric 
Depression Scale
“Self-reported” was incorrect and was removed. 
Rationale: A correction was made in the description of the Impact of Events Scale.
9.5.5. Impact of 
Events Scale 
“Imaging-related distress” was changed to “disclosure-related stress.”
Rationale: An explanation of the assessment was added, and the sentence stating that it is a patient-reported 
outcome was removed.
9.5.7. Assessment of 
Psychological Well 
Being
A phrase describing the assessment as “a combination of the GDS (short version) and 
State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (short version)” was added. The assessment is not a 
patient-reported outcome measure, so the sentence was deleted. 
Rationale: “Assessment of Well Being” was changed to “Assessment of Psychological Well Being” in several 
instances throughout the protocol.
Throughout the 
protocol
“Assessment of Psychological Well Being” is the correct term.
Rationale: The “Abbreviations” and “Definitions of Terms” sections were updated.
Abbreviations; 
Definitions of Terms;
1.3. Background 
Information;
1.4 Overall Rationale
A new abbreviation and a definition of terms were introduced into the protocol with the 
addition of the risk/benefit evaluation. They were added to the appropriate list.
Rationale: Minor errors were noted.
Throughout the 
protocol
Minor grammatical, formatting, and spelling changes were made.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
31
Approved, 25 May 2018
SYNOPSIS
A Phase 2b/3 Randomized, Double-blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel Group, Multicenter Study 
Investigating the Efficacy and Safety of JNJ-54861911 in Subjects who are Asymptomatic At Risk for 
Developing Alzheimer’s Dementia
JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat) is a beta-site amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme inhibitor (BACEi)
that is being developed by Janssen Research and Development (JRD) for the treatment of Alzheimer’s 
disease (AD) by reducing production of amyloid-beta (Aβ) fragments.
Study 54861911ALZ2003 is a Phase 2b/3 confirmatory registration trial to evaluate the efficacy and 
safety of atabecestat for slowing cognitive decline in asymptomatic subjects (60 to 85 years of age) who 
are at risk for developing Alzheimer’s dementia due to evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation.
As a result of permanently stopping all screening, randomization, and dosing with atabecestat, the 
subjects will continue in the double-blind treatment phase without treatment for approximately 3 to 
6 months from cessation of dosing. This will permit continued safety monitoring of the subjects per 
protocol. At the end of the 3 to 6 months, the subjects will undergo an early termination visit as per the 
protocol.
EudraCT NUMBER: 2015-000948-42
OBJECTIVES AND HYPOTHESES
Primary Objective
The primary objective of this study is to determine whether treatment with atabecestat slows cognitive 
decline compared with placebo treatment, as measured by a composite cognitive measure, the Preclinical 
Alzheimer Cognitive Composite (PACC), in amyloid-positive subjects who are asymptomatic at risk for 
developing Alzheimer’s dementia.
Secondary Objectives
The key secondary objective of this study is the following:

To determine if atabecestat will slow the decline of cognitive function and performance of everyday 
activities, compared with placebo, based on the Cognitive Function Index (CFI).
The other secondary objectives of this study are the following:

To assess the overall safety and tolerability of atabecestat versus placebo.

To determine if a decline in activities of daily living can be detected based on the ADCS-Activities 
of Daily Living-Prevention Instrument (ADCS-ADL-PI) scale, and if so, to assess the effect of 
atabecestat compared with placebo.

To compare changes in cognitive performance between atabecestat and placebo based on the 
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status (RBANS).

To determine if the Neuropsychological Assessment Battery–Daily Living Tests (NAB-DLTs) for 
Memory and Attention can detect decline in cognitive function, and if so, to assess the effect of 
atabecestat compared with placebo.

To assess the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on the Clinical Dementia Rating (CDR) 
scale, including progression from CDR 0 to CDR 0.5 or higher.

To assess the plasma and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) pharmacokinetics (PK) of atabecestat following 
chronic treatment using a population PK approach and to explore their relationship with efficacy and 
safety parameters (including biomarkers).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
32
Approved, 25 May 2018

To assess the effects of atabecestat on accumulation of cerebral fibrillar amyloid, as measured by 
amyloid positron emission tomography (PET) imaging.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on markers of neurodegeneration (eg, tau peptides) in CSF 
compared with placebo.

To assess the maintenance of atabecestat effects on markers of Aprocessing in CSF and plasma 
compared with placebo.
Exploratory Objectives
The exploratory objectives of this study are the following:

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on brain volume as measured by 
volumetric magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).

To investigate the impact of atabecestat compared with placebo on markers of synaptic dysfunction 
on task-free functional MRI.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on additional downstream markers of neuronal injury, 
neurodegeneration, or inflammation in CSF compared with placebo.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on progression of tau spreading pathology in the brain as 
measured by tau PET imaging.

To explore if baseline markers of neurodegeneration (eg, volumetric MRI, CSF t-tau or p-tau, or tau
PET) are related to cognitive decline and response to treatment with atabecestat.

To explore the correlation between the effect of atabecestat on biomarkers (eg, amyloid PET, plasma 
Aβ, CSF Aβ and t-tau or p-tau, tau PET) and clinical outcomes.

To explore the impact of disclosure of amyloid status on questionnaires probing subject perception 
of amyloid imaging and concern about developing AD dementia.

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on cognition as measured by a
computerized cognitive battery.

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on function as measured by the
Financial Capacity Instrument (FCI).

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on medical resource utilization as 
measured by the Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire (HRUQ) scale.

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on health outcomes as measured by 
the Short Form-36 (SF-36) and European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 5-level (EQ-5D-5L) scales.

To explore the ability of the Cognitive Function Index-acute (CFI-a) to measure decline of cognitive 
function and performance of everyday activities.

To explore the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on instrumental activities of daily life 
(IADL) as measured by the Amsterdam IADL questionnaire (A-IADL-Q).
Hypotheses
The primary hypothesis is that cognitive decline, as measured by the PACC change from baseline at 
Month 54 (Year 4.5), will be significantly less for subjects treated with either atabecestat dose in 
comparison to subjects treated with placebo. The key secondary hypothesis is that functional decline, as 
measured by the CFI change from baseline at Month 54 (Year 4.5), will be significantly less for subjects 
treated with either atabecestat dose in comparison to subjects treated with placebo.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
33
Approved, 25 May 2018
OVERVIEW OF STUDY DESIGN
This is a multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, parallel-group study assessing the 
efficacy and safety of atabecestat over approximately 4.5 years of treatment in subjects (60 to 85 years of 
age) who are asymptomatic and at risk for developing Alzheimer’s dementia due to evidence of elevated 
amyloid accumulation based on CSF or amyloid PET imaging. The study will be conducted in an 
outpatient setting, with a planned recruitment of approximately 1,650 randomized subjects (550 per 
treatment group). It is planned that a total of 1,155 subjects (385 per group) will complete the Month 54 
(Year 4.5) assessments, assuming a 30% attrition rate. The number of subjects randomized can be 
increased based on blinded sample size re-estimation, but the study enrollment will be capped at 2,400 
subjects. Some design elements of this Phase 2b/3 study can be modified during the study based on 
emerging external data. The potential changes include optimization of the primary endpoint and the 
timing of the primary analysis. Sample size may be adjusted using blinded aggregated study data. 
Unblinded interim analyses (IAs) may be performed to assess futility.
The study will consist of 3 phases: a screening phase of approximately 90 days in which subject eligibility 
will be assessed; a double-blind treatment phase during which eligible subjects will receive a fixed dose 
of randomly assigned study drug once daily for up to 4.5 years; and a follow-up phase to be conducted 7 
to 28 days after the last dose of study drug (ie, after the last visit of the double-blind treatment phase). In 
addition to the longitudinal follow-up of subjects’ screening biomarker(s) (ie, amyloid PET and/or CSF), 
subjects will have the opportunity to participate in 1 or more longitudinal pharmacodynamic (PD)
substudies: CSF for biomarkers and drug exposure, amyloid PET imaging, and tau PET imaging. When 
sufficient longitudinal biomarker data has been collected, further collection of biomarker data can be 
terminated to reduce patient and site burden.
Following screening and baseline evaluations, subjects who meet all of the study inclusion criteria and 
none of the study exclusion criteria will be assigned randomly to 1 of 2 doses of atabecestat or placebo in 
a 1:1:1 ratio. Randomization will be stratified by country, and by apolipoprotein E (APOE) ε4 carrier 
status (carrier vs noncarrier). The dose levels of atabecestat selected are in the dose range expected to be 
well tolerated and to achieve a substantial reduction in CSF Aβ at steady-state based on results of single 
and multiple ascending dose studies in healthy elderly subjects and preliminary results in a population 
with predementia Alzheimer’s disease.
An independent Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) will be commissioned for this study to review safety 
and other relevant data on an ongoing basis, and to review findings from the potential IAs and make 
recommendations based on prespecified decision rules.
Screening Phase
The screening phase consists of 4 primary screening steps as shown below. In addition, part of the
baseline cognitive, functional, and medical resource utilization/health outcomes measures will be 
performed during the screening phase, as described further below. Assessments for Step III (MRI) and 
Step IV (Elevated Amyloid Accumulation) may only be performed after the subject is determined to be 
still eligible for the study after review of results from Step I (General Health) and Step II (Clinical 
Scales). Step III must be completed before Step IV. The investigator must review the MRI results before 
the subject undergoes amyloid testing. The specific assessments and procedures to be performed during 
the screening phase are detailed on the Time and Events Schedule-Screening Phase.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
34
Approved, 25 May 2018
* PACC baseline assessment will be performed on Day 1 predose.
AD=Alzheimer’s disease; CDR=Clinical Dementia Rating; CSF=cerebrospinal fluid; ECG=electrocardiogram; 
Min=minimum; MRI=magnetic resonance imaging; NAB-DLT=Neuropsychological Assessment Battery–Daily 
Living Test; PACC=Preclinical
Alzheimer Cognitive Composite; PET=positron emission tomography; 
RBANS=Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status.
Evidence of the subject’s general health will be assessed in screening Step I, while confirmation of the 
subject’s asymptomatic clinical status at baseline, as shown by a CDR global score of 0, will be obtained 
in screening Step II. A practice session with each of the cognitive performance scales (PACC, RBANS, 
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, and the computerized cognitive battery) will occur during the 
screening phase and must be completed (1) prior to Step IV assessments, and (2) no later than 20 days 
(ie, Day -20) before the start of dosing. The subject’s baseline functional performance will be profiled 
during screening by means of the CFI, CFI-a, ADCS-ADL-PI, and A-IADL-Q (informant [selected sites 
only]).
Evidence of any brain disease, other than potential very early signs of AD (eg, mild hippocampal atrophy) 
or typical age-related changes (eg, mild white matter hyperintensity), will be assessed during screening 
Step III by means of cerebral MRI. In screening Step IV, evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation 
will be assessed by a CSF sample for determination of Aβ1-42 concentration, or an amyloid PET scan for 
determination of cerebral fibrillar amyloid, or both. Results of the amyloid pathology assessment will be
disclosed to subjects during a separate in-clinic amyloid status disclosure visit. It is sufficient to 
demonstrate elevated amyloid accumulation by 1 of the 2 markers, but the decision to perform 1 or both 
needs to be made before either result is available. The amyloid disclosure visit will be performed when 
both results, if applicable, are available.
Eligible subjects, based on screening assessments, will return to the site during the screening phase to 
have part of their baseline cognitive and functional measures performed. This visit should be at least 
2 days after the amyloid disclosure visit and between Day -10 and Day -5 (inclusive). Baseline measures 
obtained at this visit will include the CFI, CFI-a, RBANS, NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, 
ADCS-ADL-PI. The computerized cognitive battery, FCI, and A-IADL-Q may be administered at 
selected sites. 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
35
Approved, 25 May 2018
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Subjects who successfully complete the screening assessments will return to the site on Day 1, at which 
time a series of predose baseline measurements (including the PACC) will be performed.
Following confirmatory review of a subject’s eligibility for further participation, eligible subjects will be 
randomly assigned on Day 1 to 1 of 2 dose levels of atabecestat (5 mg or 25 mg, administered once daily) 
or matching placebo in a 1:1:1 ratio. Study drug for the double-blind treatment phase will be dispensed on 
Day 1 and at subsequent visits as listed in the Time and Events Schedule.
Following dosing on Day 1 and during the entire double-blind treatment phase, treatment effects will be 
evaluated by means of cognitive assessments, functional outcome measures, fluid and imaging 
biomarkers, PK, assessment of subject concerns about AD, and safety and tolerability at the time points 
listed in the Time and Events Schedule. During the double-blind treatment phase, subjects will visit the 
site at monthly intervals for the first 6 months, thereafter at Month 8, Month 9, Month 10, Month 12, and 
then at 3-month intervals through Month 54.
The treatment effect of atabecestat on slowing cognitive decline will be assessed in all subjects by regular 
neuropsychological assessments during the double-blind treatment phase, using the PACC, RBANS, and 
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, and will be explored with a computerized cognitive battery. 
Functional outcome or performance will be evaluated in all subjects using the CFI, CFI-a, 
ADCS-ADL-PI, A-IADL-Q (selected sites only) and CDR, and will be explored with the FCI. Medical 
resource utilization and health outcomes will be explored using the HRUQ, SF-36, and EQ-5D-5L.
Assessment of the potential effects of atabecestat on the pathophysiologic processes underlying AD will 
be based on fluid biomarkers (CSF, blood [protein, genomic (DNA)], gene expression [RNA]) as well as
on imaging biomarkers (MRI, amyloid PET, and tau PET). 
Exposure to atabecestat will be determined in plasma samples collected using a sparse sampling approach 
and may be determined in CSF samples collected longitudinally in subjects with available baseline 
measurements.
Safety and tolerability will be assessed at regular intervals throughout the double-blind treatment phase. 
Interruption of Treatment
If a subject has to interrupt treatment due to a significant medical condition or life event, it is possible to 
re-initiate treatment. Interruption of treatment should be limited to significant events, and confirmed with 
the medical monitor. Treatment re-initiation should occur as soon as possible and has to be confirmed by 
the sponsor’s medical officer. The re-initiation may include a general safety examination and safety labs. 
End of Treatment or Early Withdrawal
Every attempt should be made to follow subjects through their final visit of the double-blind treatment 
phase (Month 54). If a subject discontinues the study prematurely for any reason, he/she will be expected 
to complete the Early Termination (ET) visit. Subjects who discontinue study medication prematurely but 
do not withdraw from the study will be asked to complete all regular study visits through the end of the 
study. To reduce burden on subjects and increase compliance, the focus will be on collecting primary and 
secondary clinical outcome measures and reducing other assessments in these subjects.
Posttreatment Phase (Follow-Up)
After a minimum of 7 days to a maximum of 28 days after the last dose of study drug in the double-blind 
treatment phase, subjects will return to the site for a follow-up visit (see the Time and Events Schedule 
for the list of procedures to be completed). Subjects who withdraw prematurely from the study during the 
double-blind treatment phase will also be asked to complete the posttreatment phase (follow-up visit) 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
36
Approved, 25 May 2018
assessments within 7 to 28 days after the last dose of study drug or the ET visit assessments (if 
performed), whichever comes last.
SUBJECT POPULATION
Approximately 1,650 subjects who are asymptomatic and at risk for developing Alzheimer’s dementia are 
planned to be randomized in this study. The number of subjects randomized can be increased based on 
blinded sample size re-estimation, but the study enrollment will be capped at 2,400 subjects. This 
includes male or female subjects who are 60 to 85 years of age (inclusive), are clinically normal 
(asymptomatic) at baseline, as defined by the CDR Scale (CDR score=0), with or without subjective 
memory complaints, and have a typical biomarker pattern for AD indicating elevated amyloid 
accumulation, as shown by a low CSF Aβ1-42 level or a positive amyloid PET scan at screening. The key 
risk factors for elevated amyloid accumulation and development of AD are age (ie, 65 years of age or 
older), APOE genotype, and family history. To be considered for screening, subjects must meet the 
following criteria:

Subjects 60 to 64 years of age must have 1 of the following additional key risk factors: a previously 
known APOE ε4 genotype, a positive family history for dementia (minimum of 1 first degree 
relative), or a previously known biomarker status demonstrating elevated amyloid accumulation in 
CSF or by PET.

For subjects 65 years of age or older, age is a sufficient risk factor to be considered for screening.
The major exclusion criteria include treatment with acetylcholinesterase inhibitors or memantine during 
screening or on Day 1 predose; evidence of brain disease other than potential very early signs of AD or 
typical age-related changes; other abnormalities causing possible cognitive defects; a QT interval 
corrected for heart rate using the Fridericia formula (QTcF) of >450 msec (males) or >470 msec 
(females); dementia or brain disease that can cause dementia; and known familial autosomal dominant 
AD.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Dosage for Subjects randomized and medication dispensed prior to Amendment 3
During the double-blind treatment phase, randomly assigned study medication will include atabecestat
10 mg (administered as two 5-mg tablets of atabecestat), atabecestat 25 mg (administered as one 25-mg 
tablet of atabecestat and 1 matching placebo tablet), or placebo (administered as 2 matching placebo 
tablets). All study medication tablets will be identical in appearance. Study medication should be 
self-administered by subjects orally once daily with a glass of noncarbonated water, preferably between
0700 and 1100 hours (7:00-11:00 AM).
Dosage for Subjects randomized after Amendment 3 and for Subjects with medication re-dispensed after 
Amendment 3
During the double-blind treatment phase, randomly assigned study medication will include atabecestat
5 mg (administered as one 5-mg tablet of atabecestat), atabecestat 25 mg (administered as one 25-mg 
tablet of atabecestat), or placebo (administered as 1 matching placebo tablet). All study medication tablets 
will be identical in appearance. Study medication should be self-administered by subjects orally once 
daily with a glass of noncarbonated water, preferably between 0700 and 1100 hours (7:00-11:00 AM).
Subjects who started the study under the 2 tablets/day regimen will be informed about the upcoming 
change to their regimen at the first visit after the implementation of Amendment 3. Once the subject has 
signed the new informed consent, a switch will be made to the 1 tablet/day regimen.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
37
Approved, 25 May 2018
EFFICACY EVALUATIONS/ENDPOINTS
The primary efficacy endpoint is the change in the PACC score from baseline at Month 54. The PACC 
score is the sum of the transformed z-scores for each of the 4 components of this measure (Free and Cued 
Selective Reminding Test; Delayed Paragraph Recall score on Logical Memory from Wechsler Memory 
Scale; Coding Subtest from the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale IV; and Mini Mental State 
Examination Total score).
The key secondary efficacy endpoint is the change from baseline in the CFI total score at Month 54. 
Other secondary efficacy endpoints include the following: the change from baseline in the 
ADCS-ADL-PI total score at Month 54; the change from baseline in the RBANS total scale score at 
Month 51; the change from baseline in the NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention at Month 54; and the 
change from baseline in the CDR-Sum of Boxes (CDR-SB) at Month 54.
BIOMARKER EVALUATIONS 
Biomarkers to Determine Elevated Amyloid Accumulation
Amyloid PET imaging, or lumbar puncture to collect a cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) sample for 
determination of Aβ1-42 levels, or both will be performed to assess elevated amyloid accumulation at study 
entry and to determine eligibility. Elevated amyloid accumulation can be determined by results for either 
of these biomarkers (CSF Aβ1-42 levels or amyloid PET imaging).
During the double-blind treatment phase, brain amyloid burden by amyloid PET imaging will be 
measured in those subjects with available baseline measurements. These measurements will evaluate the 
impact of therapy in brain regions known to accumulate substantial amyloid in AD (eg, frontal, medial 
temporal, or parietal cortices; anterior and posterior cingulates), as well as a global composite of these 
regions.
Similarly, longitudinal CSF samples will be collected from those subjects with available baseline 
measurements. Different Aβ fragments (eg, Aβ1-37, Aβ1-38, Aβ1-40, and Aβ1-42) will be measured. The 
primary CSF biomarker used to confirm atabecestat target engagement is CSF Aβ1-40 as it is the most 
prevalent.
Fluid Biomarker Evaluations (Other than CSF Aβ)
In the subset of subjects that has CSF collection during screening/baseline and longitudinally during the 
double-blind treatment phase, the potential impact of atabecestat on markers of the pathophysiological 
disease process underlying AD will additionally be assessed by measuring levels of p-tau and t-tau, and
additional exploratory downstream biomarkers of neuronal injury, inflammation, and synaptic 
dysfunction. Exploratory analyses for soluble APP-alpha (sAPPα; cleaved at the alpha-secretase site) and 
sAPP-beta (sAPPβ; cleaved at the BACE/β-secretase site) may be conducted. 
Blood samples may also be analyzed in all subjects for Aβ fragments to confirm atabecestat target 
engagement by means of Aβ1-40. 
A blood sample will be collected at screening for APOE genotyping and for potential exploratory 
pharmacogenomics (DNA) analysis.
Blood samples will be collected at screening and during the double-blind treatment phase and may be 
analyzed for gene expression (RNA) profiles. A peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC) sample will 
be collected at screening to explore the humoral immune response to AD-related proteins (eg, anti-tau 
antibodies) in a subset of sites. Blood-based evaluations may be used for translational biomarker research 
related to atabecestat or the diagnosis of AD. Collections may be modified based on local rules and 
regulations.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
38
Approved, 25 May 2018
Imaging Evaluations (Other Than Amyloid PET)
Brain MRIs will be performed on all subjects for eligibility at screening (read locally and centrally), for 
safety monitoring during the study, and for brain volumetric and functional analyses. 
Brain tau burden by tau PET imaging will be measured longitudinally during the study in a subset of 
subjects who provide separate informed consent. Baseline brain tau signal will be measured in specific 
brain regions, including those known to accumulate tau early in the disease process (eg, hippocampus,
amygdala, and parahippocampus) to determine the degree of tau pathology at study entry. In addition, 
brain tau burden by PET in these specified regions and in a global composite will be measured over the 
course of the study to evaluate the impact of therapy on brain tau burden.
All analyses/data may be used for translational biomarker research related to atabecestat or the diagnosis 
of AD.
PHARMACOKINETIC EVALUATIONS
Venous blood samples for analysis of atabecestat will be collected from all subjects at the time points 
indicated in the Time and Events Schedule. CSF samples will be collected from a subset of subjects for a 
similar analysis.
Population PK modeling of plasma and, if possible, CSF concentrations of atabecestat will be undertaken. 
Data may be combined with those from select Phase 1 or Phase 2 studies to support a relevant structural 
model. This model will be used to predict PK parameters which may include trough concentration (Ctrough) 
and area under the concentration-time curve over the dosing interval (AUCtau) at steady-state.
SAFETY EVALUATIONS
The safety of atabecestat in the study population will be assessed by monitoring AEs and concomitant 
medication use; safety laboratory testing (hematology, chemistry, urinalysis); triplicate recording of 
12-lead electrocardiograms (ECG) at baseline and at 1 to 4 hours after dosing during the double-blind 
treatment phase; measurement of vital signs (blood pressure, pulse rate, temperature) and body weight; 
MRI imaging; and physical, neurological, and dermatological examinations. In addition, suicidality risk 
will be evaluated using the Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS). Subjects will also 
complete the Assessment of Psychological Well Being questionnaire.
An independent external Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) will be established to monitor study data on 
an ongoing basis to ensure the continuing safety of the subjects enrolled in this study.
OTHER EVALUATIONS
Other assessments during the double-blind treatment phase will include the Concerns About Alzheimer’s 
Disease Scale, the Future Time Perspective Scale, HRUQ, SF-36, EQ-5D-5L, and CFI-a. The 
computerized cognitive battery, FCI, and A-IADL-Q may be administered at selected sites. 
STATISTICAL METHODS
Sample Size Determination for Primary Endpoint
The decline in PACC from baseline was assessed using data from clinically normal populations in the 
Alzheimer’s Disease Neuroimaging Initiative (ADNI), Australian Imaging, Biomarkers, and Lifestyle 
Flagship Study of Aging (AIBL), and ADCS Prevention Initiative studies. The average difference in 
PACC decline at 36 months in AIBL between subjects with and without elevated brain amyloid was 1.40 
units (95% CI: 0.52 to 2.29), and the SD at Week 144 (Month 36) was estimated at 2.44 units. If a similar 
decline in PACC at Month 54 is seen and the SD is 2.44, then 385 completers per treatment arm would 
provide 83% power (at the 2-sided alpha of 0.05) to detect a difference from placebo of 0.49. The SD at 
54 months will likely be higher. If the SD at month 54 increases by 20% to 2.93, then 555 completers per 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
39
Approved, 25 May 2018
groups would be required in order to maintain the same power. The sample size is estimated based on an 
MMRM model, assuming a constant correlation of 0.5. Under the above assumptions and assuming the 
attrition is no more than 30%, a total of 1,650 randomized subjects (550/treatment arm) will be required at 
minimum, and 2,400 subjects (800/treatment arm) at maximum.  The treatment difference of 0.49 
represents 35% of the 1.40-unit difference, or a 35% slowing of decline in PACC in subjects with 
elevated brain amyloid. If the average time from amyloid positivity to dementia is 15 years, then, 
assuming linear decline, a 35% slowing of cognition may translate into approximately a 5-year delay in 
the onset of dementia. A 5-year delay could lead to a 57% reduction in the number of patients with 
dementia.
Efficacy Analysis of Primary and Secondary Endpoints
The primary analysis will be carried out in the intent-to-treat analysis set, which includes all randomized 
subjects. The analysis of the PACC change score will only include subjects for whom the PACC change 
score is non-missing at least 1 postbaseline time point.
A mixed effect model for repeated measurement (MMRM) analysis will be performed to assess the
treatment effect for the primary efficacy endpoint. The change from baseline in the PACC at each visit 
that the endpoint is measured will be the dependent variable. The model for the fixed effects will include 
the following terms: baseline of the endpoint measure, treatment group, visit, treatment-by-visit 
interaction, age, sex, education, hippocampal volume, country, and APOE ε4 carrier status. 
The null hypothesis is that there is no treatment difference between either dose of atabecestat and placebo 
for the primary endpoint. The estimated treatment effects at 4.5 years will be compared at a 2-sided 0.05 
significance level using the appropriate contrasts based on the MMRM. The Kenward-Roger 
approximation will be used to estimate the denominator degrees of freedom. If the unstructured 
covariance structure matrix results in a lack of convergence, an alternative covariance structure will be 
used. The details will be specified in the statistical analysis plan (SAP).
The key secondary endpoint is the CFI. Other secondary endpoints include the ADCS-ADL-PI, RBANS, 
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, and CDR-SB. All secondary endpoint analyses will be performed 
in the intent-to-treat analysis set. The change from baseline in CFI total score will be analyzed using an 
MMRM analysis. The change from baseline score at each visit will be the dependent variable. Visits 
scheduled for the measure will be treated as a categorical variable. An unstructured covariance structure 
will be assumed. The model for the fixed effects will include the following terms: baseline of the endpoint 
measure, treatment group, visit, treatment-by-visit interaction, age, sex, education, hippocampal volume, 
country, and APOE ε4 carrier status. If the unstructured covariance structure matrix results in a lack of 
convergence, an alternative covariance structure will be used. For each of the other secondary efficacy 
endpoints, the change from baseline score will be similarly analyzed as above.
Descriptive statistics and evaluation of the CFI-a ability to measure change over time will be described in 
the SAP.
Statistical adjustment will be made to account for multiplicity due to multiple dose comparisons for the 
primary endpoint and the key secondary endpoint. To control the Type I error, the statistical testing for 
these endpoints will be performed using a 2-stage gatekeeping strategy.
For dropout subjects, every effort will be made to retrieve efficacy data at the study endpoint. The impact 
of the missing data on the efficacy results will be assessed using sensitivity analyses. The follow-up data 
from subjects who stop taking study medication prematurely and data from relevant external databases 
will be incorporated in the sensitivity analyses.
If warranted, the treatment effect will be assessed in various subgroups of the study population.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
40
Approved, 25 May 2018
Interim Analyses
Some study design elements may be modified during the study based on a review of emerging external
data. The potential changes include optimization of the primary endpoint (eg, substituting PACC 
components with corresponding RBANS-PACC components or alternative weighting of the PACC 
components), or timing of the primary endpoint (eg, changing from 4.5 years to 3.5 years). Since any of 
the above changes would be done based on external information without any knowledge of unblinded 
study data, there will be no Type I error adjustments. 
Sample size may potentially be increased based on review of blinded aggregated study data. There will be 
no Type I error adjustment for such a sample size increase.
An unblinded IA may be performed on CSF Aβ1-40 to assess futility when at least 60 subjects (20 per 
group) have a Month 12 CSF Aβ1-40 result. Unblinded IAs may potentially be performed on amyloid PET, 
CSF tau/p-tau, and tau PET, and depending on these results, potentially on cognitive endpoints, as well,
for futility. Interim analyses for the other biomarkers would occur when at least 168 subjects (56 per 
group) have a Month 24 amyloid PET, a Month 12 CSF tau/p-tau, and a Month 18 tau PET. There will be 
no Type I error adjustment for the biomarker-based IAs since superiority will not be declared from any of 
them.
An independent external statistical support group will perform the IAs. The external DMC will review the 
results of the IAs and make recommendations based on prespecified decision rules. All personnel 
involved in the conduct of the study will remain blinded throughout the study.
Pharmacokinetic Analyses and Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses
For each dosage, descriptive statistics will be calculated for atabecestat plasma and CSF concentrations at 
each sampling time and for all the estimated atabecestat steady-state PK parameters.
Population PK analysis of concentration-time data of atabecestat will be performed using nonlinear mixed 
effect modeling. Population PK/PD analysis of biomarkers and/or cognitive markers may also be 
performed, and a suitable dose- and/or exposure-response model may be developed.
Biomarker Analyses
Statistical analyses will be performed for CSF Aβ1-40 and plasma Aβ1-40, amyloid PET parameters, CSF 
p-tau, tau PET, and volumetric and task-free functional MRI parameters. In addition, alternate CSF 
markers of neurodegeneration will also be analyzed similarly.
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcome Analyses
Summary statistics will be provided for the HRUQ, SF-36, A-IADL-Q, and EQ-5D-5L scales. For each of 
these outcome measures, the scores will be summarized by treatment group at each of the scheduled time 
points.
Safety Analyses
Safety will be assessed in subjects who received at least 1 dose of study drug. The incidence of AEs will 
be summarized for each treatment group by body system and preferred term. Changes from baseline in 
clinical laboratory values, vital signs measurements, body weight, and ECG variables will be presented 
descriptively. The QT interval corrected for heart rate (ie, QTcF) will be summarized using frequency 
tabulations. For C-SSRS, the percentage of subjects with a suicide-related outcome will be summarized in 
incidence and shift tables. Dermatological examination findings, physical and neurological examination 
findings, and results from the Assessment of Psychological Well Being questionnaire for each scheduled 
time point will be summarized using frequency tabulations of abnormalities.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
41
Approved, 25 May 2018
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE – SCREENING PHASE
Phase
Screeninga
Duration
<--------------------------------------------- 90 days---------------------------------------------->
Daya
Day -90 to Day -1
Day -10 to Day -5
Screening Step/Visit Purpose
I: 
GH
II: 
CS
III: 
MRI
IV: 
EAmA
Amyloid Status 
Disclosure 
Conversation Visitb
Baseline 
Cognitive 
Measures
Visit Numbera
1
2
3
4
5
6
Study Procedures
Screening/Administrative
Full informed consent process prior to study-specific procedures (subject and informant)c
(HIPAA Authorization, if applicable)
X
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
X
Medical history, demographics, and education level
X
Prestudy therapy
X
Preplanned surgery/procedure(s)
X
Safety Assessments
Physical examination
X
Neurological examination
X
Dermatological examination and photography
Xd
Vital signs (supine and standing blood pressure, pulse)
X
Triplicate 12-lead ECG
X
Height
X
Weight
X
Temperature
X
Assessment of Psychological Well Beinge
X
C-SSRS
X
Clinical Laboratory Assessments
Hematology and chemistry
Xf
Thyroid function tests (TSH, T3, T4)
X
Serology
X
Urinalysis
X
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
42
Approved, 25 May 2018
Phase
Screeninga
Duration
<--------------------------------------------- 90 days---------------------------------------------->
Daya
Day -90 to Day -1
Day -10 to Day -5
Screening Step/Visit Purpose
I: 
GH
II: 
CS
III: 
MRI
IV: 
EAmA
Amyloid Status 
Disclosure 
Conversation Visitb
Baseline 
Cognitive 
Measures
Visit Numbera
1
2
3
4
5
6
Study Procedures
Urine drug screen
X
Amyloid Disclosure Assessments
Amyloid status disclosure
X
Views & Perceptions of Amyloid Imaging Scaleg
X
X (post disclosure)
Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia Scale
X
X (post disclosure)
Future Time Perspective Scale
X
X (post disclosure)
Impact of Events Scale
Xh
Cognitive Evaluations 
PACC
Xi
RBANS
Xi
Xj
Clinical Scales and Functional Outcome Measures
CDR (subject and informant)
X
CFI (self and informant)
X
CFI-a (self and informant)
X
ADCS-ADL-PI (self and informant)
X
A-IADL-Qk  (informant)
X
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention
Xi
Xj
Computerized cognitive batteryk
Xi
Xj
FCIk
Xj
GDS
X
HIS
X
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcomes Measures 
HRUQ
X
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
43
Approved, 25 May 2018
Phase
Screeninga
Duration
<--------------------------------------------- 90 days---------------------------------------------->
Daya
Day -90 to Day -1
Day -10 to Day -5
Screening Step/Visit Purpose
I: 
GH
II: 
CS
III: 
MRI
IV: 
EAmA
Amyloid Status 
Disclosure 
Conversation Visitb
Baseline 
Cognitive 
Measures
Visit Numbera
1
2
3
4
5
6
Study Procedures
SF-36
X
EQ-5D-5L
X
Genomics 
Blood sample collection (for APOE genotyping and pharmacogenomic analysis)
X
Fluid Biomarkers
Blood collection for plasma and gene expression (RNA)
X
CSF collection and corresponding plasma sample
Xl
Peripheral blood mononuclear cell sample collection
Xm
Imaging
MRI
Xn,o
Amyloid PETp
Xl,n
Ongoing Subject Review
Concomitant therapy
<-------------------------------------------Continuous ------------------------------------------->
Adverse events
<-------------------------------------------Continuous ------------------------------------------->
Abbreviations: ADCS-ADL-PI=Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study - Activities of Daily Living - Prevention Instrument; A-IADL-Q=Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily 
living questionnaire; APOE=apolipoprotein E; CDR=Clinical Dementia Rating Scale; CFI=Cognitive Function Index; CFI-a=Cognitive Function Index-acute; CS=clinical scales; 
CSF=cerebrospinal fluid; C-SSRS=Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale; EAmA=elevated amyloid accumulation; ECG=electrocardiogram; EQ-5D-5L=European Quality of Life-5 
Dimensions 5-level; FCI=Financial Capacity Instrument; GDS=Geriatric Depression Scale; GH=general health; HIPAA=Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act;
HIS=Rosen-modified Hachinski Ischemic Scale; HRUQ=Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire; ICF=informed consent form; MRI=magnetic resonance imaging; NAB-
DLT=Neuropsychological Assessment Battery - Daily Living Test; PACC= Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite; PET=positron emission tomography; RBANS=Repeatable 
Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status; SF-36=Short Form-36; T3=tri-iodothyronine; T4=thyroxine; TSH=thyroid stimulating hormone.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
44
Approved, 25 May 2018
Footnotes:
a Screening assessments may be performed over multiple visits over a period of 90 days prior to dosing, with the determination of inclusion and exclusion criteria 
occurring over Visits 1 through 5. If needed for biomarker collection or interpretation, or for logistical reasons, this period can be prolonged with written approval 
from the sponsor. Steps III and IV assessments may only be performed after Steps I and II assessments relevant for determination of eligibility are done and if, based 
on the results, the subject is eligible for continued participation. The order of individual assessments within a step is not fixed, unless indicated otherwise. Different 
screening assessments associated with each step may be performed on a single visit day or spread over multiple visit days. Eligible subjects based on Steps I to IV 
assessments will return during the screening phase to the site to have part of their baseline cognitive and functional measures performed between Day -10 and Day -5 
and at least 2 days post amyloid disclosure. Although visit numbers are specified, fewer or additional visits can occur based on the above, and the numbering is 
considered guidance.
b This visit will be performed once Step IV results are available and must take place at least 2 days prior to the baseline cognitive assessments. 
c The Informant should sign an ICF or equivalent document prior to completing any informant related study procedures.
d Dermatological examination performed by a dermatologist (as defined in Section 9.1.2) with photography (taken by dermatologist or qualified designee) it is 
preferred that the dermatology exam be conducted before Step III, but it must be conducted before amyloid testing
e The Assessment of Psychological Well Being will consist of the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory only at screening, as the GDS short version will be extracted from 
the GDS.
f
Including coagulation, vitamin B12, and folic acid.
g Only for those subjects having a PET scan performed to assess eligibility.
h Administered by phone (or at a visit) within 3 days post amyloid disclosure visit.
i
In order to assess for and mitigate practice effects, the PACC, RBANS, NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, and computerized cognitive battery must be 
performed once during the screening period but (1) prior to Step IV assessments, (2) no later than Day -20. 
j
Serves as baseline assessment and will be performed between Day -10 and Day -5 and at least 2 days after the amyloid disclosure visit.
k At selected centers only.
l
Amyloid PET imaging or lumbar puncture to collect a CSF sample for determination of Aβ1-42 levels, or both, will be performed to assess elevated amyloid 
accumulation at study entry and to determine eligibility. Elevated amyloid accumulation can be determined by results for either of these biomarker evaluations, but 
the decision on which tests are going to be done must be made before either result is available. The amyloid disclosure visit will be performed when both results, if 
applicable, are available.
m Only at sites capable of processing PBMC samples.
n MRI and PET collection can be performed at the same visit based on-site preference, and results must be available during screening phase to confirm subject 
eligibility.
o For safety; both volumetric and task-free functional MRI.
p No subjects will receive more than 3 amyloid PET scans during the study.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
45
Approved, 25 May 2018
TIME AND EVENTS SCHEDULE – DOUBLE-BLIND TREATMENT AND FOLLOW-UP PHASES
Phase
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Early 
Termi
nation 
Visit
(ET)b
Follow
up
Visitc
Month (M)a
M0
(D1)
W2* M
1
M1 
+2W
M
2
M2 
+2W
M
3
M
4
M
5
M
6
M
8
M
9
M
10
M
12
M
15
M
18
M
21
M
24
M
27
M
30
M
33
M
36
M
39
M
42
M
45
M
48
M
51
M
54
Visit Window 
(± days)
0
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
Visit Number
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Study Procedures
Screening/Administrative
Review 
inclusion/
exclusion 
criteria
Xd
Disposition 
status
X
X
X
Study Drug Administration
Randomization Xd
  
Dispense study 
medication 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Return study 
medication
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Oral dosing
(self-
administration)e
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Drug 
accountability/ 
Trt. compliance
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Safety Assessments
Physical 
examination
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xf
Neurological 
examination
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xf
Dermatological 
examination
and 
photographyg
X
Xh
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
46
Approved, 25 May 2018
Phase
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Early 
Termi
nation 
Visit
(ET)b
Follow
up
Visitc
Month (M)a
M0
(D1)
W2* M
1
M1 
+2W
M
2
M2 
+2W
M
3
M
4
M
5
M
6
M
8
M
9
M
10
M
12
M
15
M
18
M
21
M
24
M
27
M
30
M
33
M
36
M
39
M
42
M
45
M
48
M
51
M
54
Visit Window 
(± days)
0
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
Visit Number
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Study Procedures
Vital signs 
(supine and 
standing blood 
pressure, pulse)
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Triplicate 12-
lead ECGi
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xf
Height
X
X
Weight
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Temperature
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xf
Assessment of 
Psychological 
Well Being
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C-SSRS (since 
last visit)
Xd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Clinical Laboratory Assessments
Hematology 
and chemistry
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xf
Urinalysis
X
X
X
X
X
Xf
Amyloid Disclosure Assessments
Future Time 
Perspective 
Scale
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Concerns about 
Alzheimer's 
Disease
Dementia Scale
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Cognitive Evaluations 
PACC 
Xd
X
Xj
X
X
X
Xj
X
X
X
Xk
RBANS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
47
Approved, 25 May 2018
Phase
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Early 
Termi
nation 
Visit
(ET)b
Follow
up
Visitc
Month (M)a
M0
(D1)
W2* M
1
M1 
+2W
M
2
M2 
+2W
M
3
M
4
M
5
M
6
M
8
M
9
M
10
M
12
M
15
M
18
M
21
M
24
M
27
M
30
M
33
M
36
M
39
M
42
M
45
M
48
M
51
M
54
Visit Window 
(± days)
0
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
Visit Number
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Study Procedures
Clinical Scales and Functional Outcome Measures
CDR (subject 
and informant)
X
X
X
X
X
X
CFI (self and 
informant)
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
CFI-a (self and 
informant)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
ADCS-ADL-PI 
(self and 
informant)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
A-IADL-Q 
(informant)l
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
Computerized 
cognitive 
batteryl
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
FCIl
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
NAB-DLTs for 
Memory and 
Attention
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcomes Measures
HRUQ
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SF-36
X
X
X
X
X
EQ-5D-5L
X
X
X
X
X
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
48
Approved, 25 May 2018
Phase
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Early 
Termi
nation 
Visit
(ET)b
Follow
up
Visitc
Month (M)a
M0
(D1)
W2* M
1
M1 
+2W
M
2
M2 
+2W
M
3
M
4
M
5
M
6
M
8
M
9
M
10
M
12
M
15
M
18
M
21
M
24
M
27
M
30
M
33
M
36
M
39
M
42
M
45
M
48
M
51
M
54
Visit Window 
(± days)
0
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
Visit Number
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Study Procedures
Pharmacokinetics
Blood sample 
collection 
Xd
Xm
Xm
Xm
Xm
Xm
Xm
Xm
Xm
Xm
Xm
CSF collectiond See Biomarkers- CSF
Fluid and Imaging Biomarkers
Blood 
collection for 
PD markersd
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSF collection
and 
corresponding 
plasma 
collectiond,n
Xo
Xp
X
Xk
Blood 
collection for 
gene expression 
(RNA)d
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Optional 
Immunologic 
Sampleq
<-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------X ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
MRI 
X
X
X
X
X
Xk
Amyloid PETr Xd,o
X
X
X
Tau PETs
Xd,t
X
X
  
Xk
Ongoing Subject Review
Concomitant 
therapy
<-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------Continuous ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
Adverse events <-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------Continuous ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
49
Approved, 25 May 2018
Phase
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Early 
Termi
nation 
Visit
(ET)b
Follow
up
Visitc
Month (M)a
M0
(D1)
W2* M
1
M1 
+2W
M
2
M2 
+2W
M
3
M
4
M
5
M
6
M
8
M
9
M
10
M
12
M
15
M
18
M
21
M
24
M
27
M
30
M
33
M
36
M
39
M
42
M
45
M
48
M
51
M
54
Visit Window 
(± days)
0
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
4
±
2
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
±
12
Visit Number
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Study Procedures
Abbreviations: ADCS-ADL-PI=Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study - Activities of Daily Living - Prevention Instrument; AESI=adverse event of special interest; A-IADL-
Q=Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living questionnaire ; BL=Baseline; CDR=Clinical Dementia Rating Scale; CFI=Cognitive Function Index;  CFI-a=Cognitive Function Index-
acute; CSF=cerebrospinal fluid; C-SSRS=Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale; D=day; ECG=electrocardiogram; EQ-5D-5L=European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 5-level; 
FCI=Financial Capacity Instrument; HRUQ=Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire; MRI=magnetic resonance imaging; NAB-DLT=Neuropsychological Assessment Battery -
Daily Living Test; PACC= Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite; PD=pharmacodynamics; PET=positron emission tomography; RBANS=Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of 
Neuropsychological Status; RNA=ribonucleic acid; SF-36=Short Form-36; Trt=treatment; W=week.
Footnotes:
* Note this visit is to occur approximately 2 weeks after randomization.
a Timing of all study visits postbaseline should be calculated based on the difference in time from the baseline visit, not from the prior study visit. During this phase, 
subjects will visit the site approximately every 2 weeks for the first 3 months (visit 2W=2 weeks post-D1, visit M1=4 weeks post-D1, visit M1+2 weeks=6 weeks 
post-D1, M2=8 weeks post-D1, M2+2weeks=10 weeks post D1, M3=13 weeks post-D1), at monthly intervals from 3 months to 6 months (M4=17 weeks post-D1, 
M5=21 weeks post-D1, M6=26 weeks post-D1), additional visits at Month 8, Month 9, Month 10, and Month 12 (M8=34 weeks pose dose-D1, M9=39 weeks post-
D1, M10=43 weeks post-D1, M12=52 weeks post-D1, and then at 3-month (13-week) intervals through Month 54 (eg, visit M15=65 weeks post-D1, M54=234 weeks 
post-D1).
b If a subject is withdrawn from the study, he/she will be asked to have the Early Termination Visit assessments performed. The subject will complete the posttreatment 
phase (follow-up visit) within 7 to 28 days following the last dose of study drug or the Early Termination Visit assessments (if performed), whichever comes last.
Subjects who discontinue study treatment but elect to remain in the study will continue to have study assessments performed through Month 54; the focus will be on 
collecting primary and secondary clinical outcome measures and reducing other assessments. In both cases (withdrawal from the study or discontinuation of study 
treatment but remaining in the study), the disposition status should be completed for the subject.
c Follow-up Visit assessments to be performed 7 to 28 days after last dose of study drug.
d Predose.
e Between 7:00 and 11:00 AM daily, subjects should self-administer study drug (atabecestat/placebo) with a glass (200 mL) of noncarbonated water. On Day 1, the 
first dose of study drug can take place at any time during the day provided all predose assessments have been performed. At visits specified in the table, , subjects 
should self-administer the study drug on-site (at the study center/clinic).
f
Only if any clinically significant abnormalities observed on previous occasion.
g Whenever a skin lesion not previously documented is reported by the subject or the investigator, in addition to a dermatological exam performed by a dermatologist
(as defined in Section 9.1.2), digital images of the lesion will be acquired at the time (taken by dermatologist or assigned designee) the lesion is discovered and at 
follow-up visits with a frequency that is deemed appropriate by the sponsor of the study. Duration of follow-up of newly documented skin lesions or depigmentation 
might extend beyond the treatment period, as judged adequate by the sponsor to ensure the safety of subjects in this study.
h To be done at Early Termination visit only if not performed at Month 12. Note: If a subject discontinues study treatment before completion of the double-blind
treatment phase or is withdrawn during the double-blind treatment phase, the subject will be asked to complete this at the Early Termination visit if early termination 
is before Month 12.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
50
Approved, 25 May 2018
i
Triplicate ECG recordings to be obtained 1 to 4 hours postdose. The 3 individual ECG tracings are to be obtained as close as possible in succession, but no more than 
2 minutes apart, and the full set of triplicate recordings are to be completed in less than 4 minutes. 
j
Must be performed prior to lumbar puncture.
k Only if assessment not performed during previous visit as scheduled (eg, for PACC and RBANS, perform assessment that was not performed at the last visit per the 
alternating pattern of these assessments).
l
At selected centers only.
m Blood samples for plasma PK determinations will be collected predose and between 1 to 4 hours postdose.
n CSF collection should be done after all other assessments (eg, safety, cognitive, functional, clinical, medical resource utilization/health outcomes).
o May be collected during the screening period upon confirmation of eligibility based on the Steps I to IV screening assessments.
p Flexible CSF time point which may be rescheduled to any time point during the double-blind treatment phase, following interim review of the biomarker data.
q In subjects who experience significant increase in hepatic enzymes, an additional blood draw may be drawn in an optional immunologic substudy (see 
Section 3.2.6.2).
r
No subject will receive more than 3 amyloid PET scans during the study. If mandated by local rules or regulation (eg, exposure limits for radiation), the number of 
follow-up scans can be adjusted.
s
Subjects will provide separate informed consent prior to participation.
t
Tau PET to be performed after amyloid disclosure but before first drug intake at M0.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
51
Approved, 25 May 2018
ABBREVIATIONS
A4
Anti-Amyloid Treatment in Asymptomatic Alzheimer’s study
A
Amyloid-beta
Aβ+
Amyloid-beta positive
AChE
acetylcholinesterase
AD
Alzheimer’s disease
ADCS
Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study
ADCS-ADL-PI
Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study - Activities of Daily Living-Prevention Instrument
ADCS-PACC
Alzheimer's Disease Cooperative Study - Preclinical Alzheimer's Cognitive Composite
ADNI
Alzheimer’s Disease Neuroimaging Initiative
ADR
adverse drug reaction
AE
adverse event
AESI
adverse events of special interest
A-IADL-Q
Amsterdam IADL questionnaire
AIBL
Australian Imaging, Biomarkers and Lifestyle Flagship Study of Aging
ALT
alanine aminotransferase
APOE
apolipoprotein E
APOE ε4
apolipoprotein E, ε4 allele
APP
amyloid precursor protein
ARAD
asymptomatic at risk for Alzheimer dementia
ARC
Anticipated Event Review Committee
ARIA-E
amyloid-related imaging abnormalities – edema or effusion
AST
aspartate aminotransferase
BACE
beta-site amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme (types 1 and 2)
BACEi
beta-site amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme inhibitor
BCRP
breast cancer resistance protein
C-SSRS
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale
CDR
Clinical Dementia Rating scale
CDR-SB
Clinical Dementia Rating scale – sum of boxes
CFI
Cognitive Function Index
CFI-a
Cognitive Function Index-acute
CI
confidence interval
CNS
central nervous system
COPD
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
CSF
cerebrospinal fluid
CYP
cytochrome P450
DAT
dementia of Alzheimer’s type
DDI
drug-drug interaction
DIAT
Diaminothiazine
DMC
Data Monitoring Committee
DSM
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders
DTI
diffusion tensor imaging
DWI
diffusion weighted imaging
eCRF
electronic case report form
ECG
electrocardiogram
eDC
electronic data capture
ET
early termination
EQ-5D
European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions
EQ-5D-5L
European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 5-level
EQ VAS
European Quality Visual Analogue Scale
FCI
Financial Capacity Instrument
FCSRT
Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test
FDG
fluorodeoxyglucose (18 F)
FTP
Future Time Perspective Scale
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
GDS
Geriatric Depression Scale
HBsAg
hepatitis B surface antigen
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
52
Approved, 25 May 2018
HIS
Hachinski Ischemic Scale 
HIV
human immunodeficiency virus
HRUQ
Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire
IA
interim analysis
IADL
instrumental activities of daily living
ICF
informed consent form
ICH
International Council for Harmonisation
IEC
Independent Ethics Committee
IES
Impact of Events Scale
INR
International Normalized Ratio
IRB
Institutional Review Board
IWRS
interactive web response system
JRD
Janssen Research and Development
LC-MS/MS
liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry
LOQ
limit of quantitation
MAD
multiple ascending dose
MATE1
multidrug and toxin extrusion protein 1
MATE-2K
multidrug and toxin extrusion protein 2-K
MCI
mild cognitive impairment
MDR1
multidrug resistance protein 1
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MMRM
mixed effect model for repeated measurement
MMSE
Mini Mental State Examination
MRI
magnetic resonance imaging
NAB-DLT
Neuropsychological Assessment Battery–Daily Living Test
NFLs
neurofilament light chains
NOAEL
no observable adverse effect level
OATP1B1
organic anion-transporting polypeptide B1
OCT2
organic cation transporter 2
PACC
Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite
pAD
prodromal Alzheimer’s Disease
PD
pharmacodynamics
PET
positron emission tomography
P-gp
p-glycoprotein
PK
pharmacokinetics
PBMC
peripheral blood mononuclear cell
PopPK
population PK
PQC
product quality complaint
p-tau
phosphorylated tau
QTc
QT interval corrected
QTcF
QT interval corrected for heart rate according to Fridericia
RBANS
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status
RBC
red blood cell
ROI
region of interest
SAD
single ascending dose
SAE
serious adverse event
SAP
statistical analysis plan
sAPP
soluble amyloid precursor protein (alpha and beta forms)
SD
standard deviation
SF-36
Short Form-36 Scale
SOP
standard operating procedure
SSG
statistical support group
SUSAR
suspected unexpected serious adverse reaction
SUVr
standard uptake value ratio
TEAE
treatment-emergent adverse event
ULN
upper limit of normal
US
United States
WAIS
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
53
Approved, 25 May 2018
WAIS-IV
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale, version IV
WBC
white blood cell
WMS
Wechsler Memory Scale
WMS-IV
Wechsler Memory Scale, version IV
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
AUC
area under the plasma concentration curve
AUC∞
area under the plasma concentration curve extrapolated to infinity
AUClast
area under the plasma concentration curve observed from administration to the last measurable 
concentration
AUCtau
area under the plasma or CSF concentration-time curve from 0 to tau hours post dosing (time tau 
is the dosing interval)
Cmax
maximum plasma or CSF concentration (during a dosing interval)
Ctrough
trough plasma or CSF concentration, ie, the concentration that is just prior to the beginning of, or 
at the end of, a dosing interval
t1/2
terminal (apparent elimination) half-life 
tmax
time to maximum plasma concentration
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
54
Approved, 25 May 2018
1.
INTRODUCTION
1.1.
Result of Permanent Cessation of Screening, Randomization, and Dosing 
of Atabecestat
As a result of permanently stopping all screening, randomization, and dosing with atabecestat, 
the subjects will continue in the double-blind treatment phase without treatment (as in Section 
10.2) for approximately 3 to 6 months from cessation of dosing. This will permit continued 
safety monitoring of the subjects per protocol. At the end of the 3 to 6 months, the subjects will 
undergo an early termination visit as per the protocol.
1.2.
Background Information on the Disease to be Treated 
Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is a fatal neurodegenerative disease that is manifested by progressive
cognitive deficits and memory loss, as well as by behavioral problems such as anxiety. With the 
increasing number of elderly in the population, AD is a growing medical concern. No treatment 
is currently available that targets the underlying cause of these symptoms. 
The hallmark pathologic features of AD are neurofibrillary tangles, which consist of 
hyperphosphorylated tau protein and amyloid plaques, whose main constituent is amyloid-beta 
(Aβ). In amyloid plaques, Aβ1-42 peptide is overrepresented relative to other forms of Aβ 
(eg, Aβ1-40). Aβ1-42 has a high tendency to aggregate, forming oligomers and fibrils as well as 
amyloid plaques. The oligomers and fibrils of Aβ formed immediately after amyloid precursor 
protein (APP) cleavage have been demonstrated to be neurotoxic.50,111 Aβ accumulation and 
amyloid deposition are thought to be early, potentially initiating events in the pathogenesis of 
AD, formulated as the amyloid cascade hypothesis.50
Convergent data from positron emission tomography (PET) amyloid imaging and cerebrospinal 
fluid (CSF) markers in both genetic and sporadic forms of AD suggest that the 
pathophysiological process begins many years prior to the onset of dementia.104,123 The 
accumulation of Aβ in particular is thought to be a very early event that may trigger and 
accelerate neurodegeneration and lead to cognitive decline. Thus, very early intervention with an 
anti-amyloid agent may hold the greatest promise for slowing the inexorable disease progression 
of AD.116
Agents that prevent the formation of Aβ overall, or Aβ1-42 specifically, have been proposed as 
potentially disease-modifying agents for the treatment of AD. Aβ is generated from the APP as 
mentioned above. The N-terminus of Aβ is cleaved by the β-site amyloid precursor protein 
cleaving enzyme 1 (BACE1), and then γ-secretase cleaves the C-terminal end. BACE1 cleavage 
is the first and rate-limiting step. As such, it is hypothesized that BACE1 inhibition can reduce 
the production of toxic amyloid forms and impact the progression of AD. The observed 
correlation between the catalytic efficiency of BACE1 for its substrate APP and the occurrence 
of AD supports this hypothesis. The Swedish APP mutant (KM670/671NL), which is a more 
efficient substrate for BACE1 (±10x), causes a rare familial form of AD that is inherited in a
dominant Mendelian fashion. At the other end of the spectrum, an allelic variant of APP 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
55
Approved, 25 May 2018
(A673T), which is a less efficient substrate for BACE1 (±0.5×), is protective against sporadic 
AD in the wider population.61
Atabecestat is an orally administered BACE inhibitor (BACEi) being developed for the treatment 
of AD. Atabecestat reduces production of Aβ fragments by inhibiting BACE1 processing of 
APP, with the aim of reducing amyloid plaque formation.
1.3.
Target Population – Asymptomatic Subjects at Risk for Alzheimer’s 
Dementia
In recent years the United States (US) National Institute for Aging and the International Working 
Group have proposed guidelines to better define the preclinical (asymptomatic) stages of 
AD.30,116 These working groups developed a hypothetical model for the pathophysiological 
process of AD that closely parallels the hypothetical biomarker model put forth by Jack et al.57
These models postulate that Aβ accumulation begins many years before the onset of overt 
clinical impairment. The key risk factors for elevated amyloid accumulation and development of 
AD are age (ie, 65 years or older), apolipoprotein E (APOE) genotype, and family history. 
Approximately one third of clinically normal older individuals over 75 years of age demonstrate 
evidence of Aβ accumulation on PET amyloid imaging studies40,59,62,84,107,123 or based upon CSF 
measurements.22,33 Similar findings are seen in large autopsy studies.3,8,88 These amyloid-positive 
(Aβ+) clinically normal individuals consistently demonstrate evidence of an “AD-like 
endophenotype” on other biomarkers, including elevations in CSF tau and phosphorylated tau 
(p-tau),22,23,24,33,48 disrupted functional network activity in both functional magnetic resonance 
imaging (MRI) and resting state connectivity,52,55,65,85,113 fluorodeoxyglucose (18F) (FDG) 
hypometabolism,7,58 cortical thinning, and accelerated rates of atrophy.6,14,24,25,60,108,110 Multiple 
studies have now reported that higher Aβ burden in clinically normal individuals is associated 
with evidence of subtle decreases in cognitive performance over time with changes that can be 
detected even within the range of “normal” values.14,28,51,62,77,91,93,98,99,105,115 The accumulating 
longitudinal data also strongly suggests that Aβ+ clinically normal individuals are at increased 
risk for cognitive decline and progression to mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and AD 
dementia.21,29,60,75,112,122 Several published studies from the Alzheimer's Disease Neuroimaging 
Initiative (ADNI), Australian Imaging Biomarker and Lifestyle (AIBL), and Mayo Clinic have 
confirmed a faster rate of cognitive decline in Aβ+ clinically normal individuals.68,71,76,77,124 The 
Alzheimer’s scientific community is of the consensus that these Aβ+ clinically normal
individuals represent an early stage in the continuum of AD pathology. 
Recent publications have outlined 3 stages in the continuum of preclinical AD,116 representing 
the full spectrum of asymptomatic, at risk subjects (Table 1).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
56
Approved, 25 May 2018
Table 1:
Staging Categories for Preclinical Alzheimer Disease Research 
Stage
Description
Aβ (PET or 
CSF)
Markers of neuronal 
injury
(tau, FDG, sMRI)
Evidence of 
subtle cognitive 
change
Stage 1
Asymptomatic cerebral amyloidosis
Positive 
Negative 
Negative
Stage 2
Asymptomatic amyloidosis
+“downstream” neurodegeneration
Positive 
Positive 
Negative
Stage 3
Amyloidosis
+neuronal injury
+subtle cognitive/behavioral decline
Positive 
Positive 
Positive 
Sperling et al.116
Abbreviations: 
Aβ=amyloid-beta; PET=positron emission tomography; CSF=cerebrospinal fluid; 
FDG=fluorodeoxyglucose (18F); sMRI=structural magnetic resonance imaging.
These publications demonstrated that all 3 stages characterized in Table 1 progress, and the 
progression is more rapid in Stage 3 relative to Stage 2, and similarly in Stage 2 relative to 
Stage 1 (Figure 1).  
Figure 1:
Progression to Clinical Dementia Rating Scale Score of At Least 0.5 - Symptomatic Alzheimer’s 
Disease by Preclinical Alzheimer’s Disease Stage
Adapted from Vos et al.124
Abbreviation: SNAP: suspected non-Alzheimer’s pathology.
Janssen Research and Development’s (JRD) intention for the present Phase 2b/3 study is to 
investigate the effect of atabecestat in the population of individuals (60 to 85 years of age) who 
are asymptomatic and at risk of developing Alzheimer’s dementia due to evidence of elevated 
amyloid accumulation (ie, Stages 1, 2, or 3 of preclinical AD; see Table 1).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
57
Approved, 25 May 2018
1.4.
Background Information on Atabecestat
Following is a summary of key nonclinical and clinical information on atabecestat. For a 
comprehensive report of nonclinical and clinical information, refer to the latest version of the 
Investigator’s Brochure.
The term “sponsor” used throughout this document refers to the entities listed in the Contact 
Information page(s), which will be provided as a separate document.
Nonclinical
Repeated-dose toxicity studies up to 6 months duration in the rat and up to 9 months duration in 
the dog were performed; additionally a 6-month carcinogenicity study in the transgenic Tg.rasH2 
mouse was performed. In general, repeated dosing of atabecestat was well tolerated in all 
species. Target organs were limited and were mostly only affected at high doses.
Discoloration of the fur, ie, from dark-brown to paler cream or grey, was observed in the
6-month carcinogenicity study in the Tg.rasH2 mouse from approximately 3 months of dosing at 
dose levels of 100 mg/kg/day. Rochin et al. (2013)104 described the role of BACE-2 in 
melanogenesis with similar fur discoloration (depigmentation) in dark-colored mice. Therefore, 
it is likely that the discoloration, which showed at least partial recovery during a 3-month 
drug-free period, can be ascribed to BACE-2 inhibition by atabecestat. Standard histopathologic 
evaluation of the skin and of the pigmented parts of the eye (iris, retina), as well as 
ophthalmologic examination of the eye, did not reveal any relevant changes in this 6-month 
study. Similar changes cannot be detected in typically used albino animals (rats and mice), but in 
dog studies (eg, beagle dogs with colored fur), no change in fur color, no histological changes of 
the skin, and no changes of the pigmented parts of the eye were seen at either ophthalmologic or 
histopathologic examination at any dose level tested.
Based on the in vitro and in vivo safety pharmacology studies conducted, atabecestat has the
potential to induce QTc prolongation and an increase in heart rate with an in vivo safety margin 
of approximately 9-fold (no observed effect level of 1,850 ng/mL after an oral dose of 10 mg/kg 
in the telemetered conscious dog Good Laboratory Practice [GLP] study) versus the exposure at 
a dose of 25 mg/day in humans (210 ng/mL at steady-state). Therefore an early thorough QT 
study was performed in the clinical program (see Clinical section below).
Atabecestat widely distributes in the whole body, with highest levels reached in pigmented tissue 
(eye and skin), adrenal gland cortex, liver, Harderian gland, preputial gland, and hypophysis.
Two major routes of metabolism were observed in rat and dog in vivo and in human liver 
preparations in vitro: cytochrome P450 (CYP) 3A-mediated glutathione addition and amide 
hydrolysis to form the metabolite diaminothiazine (DIAT). In vitro data suggests the amide 
hydrolysis to form DIAT is not CYP-mediated.
Nonclinical in vitro data indicates that atabecestat is an inhibitor of certain drug transporters at 
anticipated steady-state drug concentrations achieved after a 25 mg once daily dose in humans, 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
58
Approved, 25 May 2018
namely breast cancer resistance protein (BCRP), organic cation transporter 2 (OCT2), or 
multidrug and toxin extrusion protein 1 or protein 2-K (MATE1 or MATE-2K, respectively). 
A clinically relevant interaction between atabecestat at the highest investigated clinical dose 
(25 mg/day) and these transporters was excluded.
Three recent in vitro p-glycoprotein (P-gp)/multidrug resistance protein 1 (MDR1) inhibition 
studies have excluded clinically relevant P-gp inhibition by atabecestat per FDA and European 
Medicines Agency guidance documents.
Three in vitro P-gp/MDR1 inhibition studies were conducted with atabecestat. The initial single 
concentration screening in vitro P-gp-MDR1 inhibition study in LLC-PK1 cells (DMPK-2009-
MTS-0385896A-07) presented 50% inhibition at the single concentration of 10 µM tested, 
suggesting an IC50 value of 10 µM and a corresponding estimated Ki value. Meanwhile a 
comprehensive in vitro P-gp/MDR1 inhibition study in LLC-PK1 cells (FK11041) was 
performed replacing the screening study. Study FK11041 presented an IC50 value of 60.2 µM, 
and, as the digoxin P-gp substrate concentration used was well below Km, an identical Ki value. 
Furthermore, P-gp/MDR1 inhibition was examined in an alternative comprehensive in vitro P-
gp/MDR1 inhibition study (FK10783). This study (FK10783) showed no inhibition up to the 
highest concentration of 100 µM tested, implying an IC50 value >100 µM and a corresponding 
estimated Ki value >50 µM.
A clinically relevant P-gp inhibition by atabecestat at the highest investigated clinical dose 
(25 mg/day) was excluded.
Clinical
JRD has completed a number of Phase 1 studies with atabecestat, including a proof of 
mechanism study in subjects with early AD (54861911ALZ1005) (treatment phase complete), 
and a proof of mechanism study in Japanese subjects (54861911ALZ1008). Several Phase 1 and 
Phase 2 studies are ongoing, including a bioavailability/food effect study with a 25 mg tablet 
(54861911ALZ1011), 
and 
a 
6-month 
safety 
study 
in 
subjects 
with 
early 
AD 
(54861911ALZ2002). An extension study for subjects who have completed any Phase 2 study 
(54861911ALZ2004) will be conducted. A total of approximately 269 subjects have been 
exposed to atabecestat in the following completed single and multiple dose Phase 1 studies:

54861911ALZ1001 (single ascending dose [SAD], 1-150 mg, 42 received atabecestat)

54861911ALZ1002 (multiple ascending dose [MAD] [7-14 days exposure], 5-150 mg, 
52 received atabecestat)

54861911ALZ1003 (single dose bioavailability/food effect, 25 mg, 12 received atabecestat)

54861911ALZ1005 (4 week dosing in subjects with prodromal AD (pAD) or asymptomatic 
at risk for Alzheimer dementia (ARAD), 10, 50 mg, 31 received atabecestat) (clinically 
complete)

54861911ALZ1006 (single ascending dose in Japanese subjects, 25, 50, 100 mg, 
18 received atabecestat)
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
59
Approved, 25 May 2018

54861911ALZ1007 (multiple dose thorough QT study [7 days exposure], 50 mg and 
150 mg, 64 received atabecestat)

54861911ALZ1008 (4week dosing in Japanese ARAD subjects 10, 50 mg, 12 received 
atabecestat)

54861911ALZ1009 (single dose CYP3A4 drug-drug interaction study, 25 mg, 13 received 
atabecestat)

54861911ALZ1010 (multiple dose CYP3A4, CYP2C9, and CYP1A2 cocktail drug-drug 
interaction study [8 days exposure], 50 mg, 16 subjects received atabecestat)

54861911ALZ1012
(single dose drug-drug interaction study for substrates of the 
transporters BCRP, MATE-1, MATE-2K, and OCT-2)
Safety
In general, atabecestat has been well tolerated in the 9 clinical studies that have completed the 
treatment phase. Even the most common side effects were in the range of 1% to 6%
(constipation, diarrhea, vomiting, fatigue, musculoskeletal stiffness, paresthesia, and 
somnolence), and these were considered as either not related or doubtfully related to atabecestat.
Headache was seen in up to 20% to 30% of participants and back pain in up to 3% to 36% of 
subjects, but most likely related to CSF sampling procedures, as a known side effect of this 
procedure. Overall, the conclusion of these studies is that atabecestat was safe and well tolerated
for the treatment durations studied.
A thorough QT trial (54861911ALZ1007) has been performed in 64 healthy subjects (final 
report not yet available) using a 4-way, 7-day cross-over design evaluating a atabecestat dose of 
50 mg/day as well as a supratherapeutic dose of 150 mg/day, and including moxifloxacin 400 mg 
to confirm assay sensitivity. The 150 mg dose showed a prolongation of the corrected QT
interval (QTc) as defined by the International Council for Harmonisation (ICH) E14 guidance,a
ie, the maximum mean difference (90% confidence intervals [CI]) between atabecestat 150 mg 
and placebo was 15.5 msec (12.92, 18.06) at Day 7, 1 hour 30 min. The 50 mg dose showed a 
maximum mean difference from placebo of 6.6 msec (90% CI: 4.02, 9.12) at Day 7, 1 hour. In 
both groups, the observed changes were pronounced 1 to 4 hours after dosing. The observed 
peak concentrations (Cmax) in the thorough QT trial (fasted drug administration) in healthy young 
subjects were slightly higher than those observed when the compound was given with food in 
Phase 1 studies in elderly healthy subjects. See Section 3.2.3 for QTc modeling information 
related to dose selection.
Magnetic resonance imaging findings consistent with cerebral vasogenic edema have been 
reported in clinical trials of amyloid-lowering compounds in AD. These amyloid-related imaging 
abnormalities – edema or effusion (ARIA-E) have been seen mainly with immunotherapy, less 
                                                
a
ICH E14 Guidance for Industry: Clinical evaluation of QT/QTc interval prolongation and proarrhythmic 
potential for non-arrhythmic drugs. US Department of Health and Human Services; Food and Drug 
Administration; Oct 2005.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
60
Approved, 25 May 2018
frequently with other drugs, and occasionally on placebo and spontaneously. No cases of 
ARIA-E have been observed to date in trials of atabecestat, but they may be expected in all large 
amyloid-lowering trials of AD since they occur on placebo.
A 6-month Phase 2a safety study with atabecestat (54861911ALZ2002) in subjects who have
early AD (predementia) was initiated in December 2014, and this study will be followed by a
long-term extension study (54861911ALZ2004). Both studies will provide information on the 
safety of atabecestat in the target population. In study 54861911ALZ2002 the blood values of 
hepatic enzymes in some patients were increased, indicating potential for liver injury. 
Importantly,
there were no
symptoms
clearly related to these elevations, and upon 
discontinuation of the drug, the liver enzyme values have decreased towards normal, and there 
were no lasting effects. The further investigation of this signal is continuing, but there is 
potential that atabecestat can cause injury to the liver and therefore more frequent monitoring of 
these liver tests has been included in this study. To date (17 March 2017), more than 
200 subjects have received atabecestat or placebo in studies longer than 1 month of treatment. 
Eleven subjects (9 on active drug, 1 on placebo, 1 blinded) have experienced an elevation in liver 
enzymes >3×upper limit of normal (ULN) in these studies. None of these subjects had symptoms 
related to these elevations in liver enzymes. One of these subjects, participating in this Study 
54861911ALZ2003, was the subject of a new safety report of drug-induced hepatotoxicity
(based on biopsy results). The treatment assignment was unblinded and the subject was found to 
be on 25 mg atabecestat. As this subject’s increase in ALT and AST were observed in Month 1, 
increased monitoring in the first 3 months of dosing has been introduced.
Based upon these cases, the protocol has been modified to include more frequent monitoring of 
serum chemistry and hematology (indicated in the Time and Events Schedule), guidelines for 
discontinuation of treatment due to abnormal liver enzymes (Section 10.2), and guidelines for 
evaluation and management of such cases (Attachment 3).
Pharmacokinetics, Metabolism, and Pharmacodynamics
Multiple dose pharmacokinetic results from Study 54861911ALZ1002 showed steady-state drug 
plasma levels were reached by Day 5, steady-state plasma Cmax and area under the concentration-
time curve from 0 to tau hours postdosing (AUCtau) were approximately dose proportional across 
the doses studied, and median time to maximum plasma concentration (tmax) was 2 to 4 hours. On 
Day 14, the mean terminal (apparent elimination) half-life (t1/2) ranged from 14.4 to 18.5 hours 
across doses, and mean accumulation ratios for steady-state Cmax and AUCtau ranged from 1.27 to 
1.73 and 1.34 to 2.17, respectively.
Only minor metabolites were observed in human plasma from Study 54861911ALZ1002, and 
none of them were human specific. In Studies 54861911ALZ1001 and 54861911ALZ1002, the 
area under the plasma concentration curve (AUC) ratio of DIAT metabolite to parent compound 
was below 10% and the Cmax ratio of DIAT metabolite to parent compound ranged from 4% to 
7%. Other metabolites identified in human plasma showed lower exposure.
For assessable doses in Study 54861911ALZ1001, atabecestat plasma exposure was similar 
between males and females, with male:female ratios for Cmax of 0.987 and 0.820, and for area 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
61
Approved, 25 May 2018
under the plasma concentration curve observed from administration to the last measurable 
concentration (AUClast) of 0.814 and 0.667 for the 30- and 150-mg dose groups, respectively.
Study 54861911ALZ1003 showed food had little effect on exposure to a atabecestat tablet 
formulation following a high fat/high calorie meal. In the fed state, median tmax was delayed by 
1.5 hours compared to the fasted state.
Results from Phase 1 studies with atabecestat have confirmed observations in animal models (see 
Investigator’s Brochure) in showing that this compound results in profound reductions in Aβ 
levels in the central nervous system. In the completed Phase 1 single- and multiple-ascending 
dose studies with atabecestat in healthy elderly subjects (SAD Study 54861911ALZ1001 and 
MAD Study 54861911ALZ1002), dose-dependent reductions in plasma and CSF Aβ1-40 were 
observed. The onset of inhibition was rapid (maximum reduction in plasma during first 4 hours 
postdose). The onset of Aβ reduction in CSF was delayed by about 6 hours, paralleling the 
expected time course of newly produced, brain-derived Aβ. In the MAD study, the reduction in 
CSF Aβ1-40 with atabecestat was between 85% and 90% with 30 mg/day and approximately 90% 
at doses of 50 mg/day or higher. In both studies, the decreases in plasma and CSF levels were 
relatively stable during the 36-hour postdose period. Preliminary analyses of a proof-of-
mechanism study in a population with early AD (preclinical) (54861911ALZ1005) also showed
dose-dependent reductions in Aβ1-40 in plasma and CSF following oral atabecestat administration
parallel to the reductions seen in healthy volunteers. See Section 3.2.3 for Aβ1-40 modeling 
information from this study related to dose selection.
Drug-Drug Interactions
The effect of once daily administration of 200 mg itraconazole, a strong inhibitor of CYP3A4
activity, on the pharmacokinetics of atabecestat was evaluated in a clinical drug-drug interaction 
(DDI) study (Study 54861911ALZ1009). The results indicated that in the presence of 
itraconazole 200 mg once daily, JNJ54681911 Cmax and area under the plasma concentration 
curve extrapolated to infinity (AUC∞) increased by 13% and 82% respectively, which is not 
considered clinically significant.
Results from a clinical DDI study to evaluate the interaction potential of atabecestat as 
perpetrator when co-administered with a drug cocktail of CYP3A4, CYP1A2, and CYP2C9 
substrates (Study 54861911ALZ1010) did not show a clinically relevant effect of atabecestat on 
the activity of CYP3A4, CYP1A2, or CYP2C9.
Results from a clinical DDI study, to evaluate atabecestat 25 mg dosed once daily, demonstrated 
that atabecestat did not affect the single-dose PK of rosuvastatin (10 mg), a probe substrate for 
BCRP, and of metformin (500 mg), a probe substrate for MATE-1, MATE-2K, and OCT-2, thus 
showing there is no clinically significant drug-drug interaction between atabecestat and the 
substrates of the transporters BCRP, MATE-1, MATE-2K, and OCT-2.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
62
Approved, 25 May 2018
1.5.
Overall Rationale for the Study
The amyloid cascade hypothesis postulates that accumulating amyloid aggregates trigger a 
pathophysiological cascade (including acceleration of tau pathology) that leads to progressive 
neurodegeneration, neuronal loss, and cognitive impairment. Thus, it has been argued that 
intervention with a therapeutic agent that decreases Aβ production is likely to be more effective 
if started at a disease stage before widespread neurodegeneration has occurred.64 A number of 
sponsors are currently testing BACE inhibition at the stage of dementia or in prodromal AD. 
However, by the time individuals are symptomatic, there are already large pools of both soluble 
and insoluble forms of Aβ, as well as widespread neuritic injury and irreversible neuronal loss, 
which are likely to make it more difficult to slow degeneration and preserve function. 
The present Phase 2b/3 confirmatory registration study (54861911ALZ2003) is a multicenter, 
double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, parallel-group study designed to assess the 
efficacy and safety of once daily, oral administration of 2 doses of atabecestat (5 and 25 mg)
over approximately 4.5 years treatment in amyloid-positive subjects (60 to 85 years of age) who 
are asymptomatic at enrollment and therefore at risk for development of AD. See Sections 3.1
and 4 for additional details on the study design and subject population. 
The efficacy of atabecestat will be assessed in Study 54861911ALZ2003 using both cognitive 
and functional outcome endpoints. The persistence of the pharmacodynamic (PD) effect of 
atabecestat on Aβ will be evaluated by measuring relevant biomarkers in plasma and CSF. 
Plasma and CSF Aβ provide a direct read out of target engagement by atabecestat. Additional 
biomarkers to understand downstream effects and biological relevance include brain imaging 
(PET) to measure fibrillar amyloid and tau deposition, as well as markers of neurodegeneration 
in CSF. Safety assessments will include, but are not limited to, AEs, laboratory measures 
(hematology and clinical chemistry), vital signs, triplicate 12-lead electrocardiograms (ECG), 
physical, neurological, and dermatological examinations, suicidality risk, and MRIs.
Ongoing collection of safety data from Study 54861911ALZ2002 and 54861911ALZ2004 
(extension study) will be monitored by a Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) and provided to 
the DMC of Study 54861911ALZ2003. This will help to develop a safety database and detect 
any potential safety issues early.
Risk-Benefit Evaluation of Study 54861911ALZ2003
No clinical benefit of treatment with atabecestat has been demonstrated to date, but the 
mechanism of action and demonstrated pharmacodynamic effect (dose-dependent reduction of 
central Aβ) indicate a potential for a clinical meaningful effect for subjects treated in 
Study 54861911ALZ2003.
Potential subjects will be fully informed of the risks and requirements of the study. Only subjects 
who are able to understand the risks, benefits, and potential AEs of the study and provide their 
consent voluntarily will be enrolled. 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
63
Approved, 25 May 2018
During the screening process, subjects will be informed of their personal biomarker status, which 
will involve the discussion of potential risks of developing cognitive deficits or symptoms of 
AD. Only subjects who are willing and capable of participating in this disclosure process are 
eligible for participation.
In addition to the above described signal on potential liver injury (Section 1.4), based on the 
preclinical data, 3 potential risks of atabecestat administration in humans have been identified: 
QT prolongation, progressive lightening of hair or skin, and seizure.
Preclinical data indicated the potential for QT interval prolongation. A thorough QT trial, Study 
54861911ALZ1007, has been performed in 64 healthy subjects. The supratherapeutic 150-mg 
dose showed a prolongation of the QTc interval, with a maximum mean difference and 90% CIs
between atabecestat 150 mg and placebo of 15.5 msec (12.92, 18.06). The 50-mg dose showed a 
maximum mean difference from placebo of 6.6 msec (90% CI: 4.02, 9.12). At 50 mg, none of 
the subjects showed an increase of >30 msec or a QTcF value >480 msec. In both groups, the 
observed 
changes 
were 
most 
apparent 
1
to 
4 
hours 
after 
dosing. 
Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic modeling was performed to assess the relationship between 
atabecestat plasma concentrations and effect on QTcF prolongation. Results of this modeling 
activity showed that at a once-daily dose of 25 mg, the median changes in the QTcF, as well as 
the 90% population interval, are expected to remain well below 5 msec. 
Additionally, in a 6-month carcinogenicity study in Tg.rasH2 mice, fur discoloration 
(progressive lightening) was observed from Day 85 onwards in animals dosed at 100 mg/kg/day 
or higher. This discoloration appeared partly reversible after a 3-month recovery period. 
Histopathological examination did not reveal any changes in skin or pigmented parts of the eye, 
nor were ophthalmologic changes seen. Note that fur discoloration was, however, not seen in 
acute or chronic studies in beagle dogs. The no observable adverse effect level (NOAEL) for fur 
discoloration at 30 mg/kg/day has a safety margin of 9.9- (♂) to 15.3-fold (♀) (AUC) versus the 
25-mg dose.
Preclinical data also suggested a potential risk of epileptic seizures, based on a 1-month dog 
toxicology study in which short-lasting convulsions and tremors were reported within 2 hours 
after dosing 100 mg/kg/day (Cmax 5.78 [♂] and 7.98 g/mL [♀]). In a 9-month dog study, no 
CNS effects were observed up to the highest dose tested, ie, 60 mg/kg/day (Cmax 3.55 [♂] and 
5.35 g/mL [♀]). The highest dose in this clinical study will be 25 mg/day. Plasma drug 
concentrations in human subjects dosed 25 mg/day are expected to be approximately 16.9- to 
25.5-fold lower than the NOAEL in the 9-month dog study.
In Study 54861911ALZ1009, once-daily administration of 200 mg itraconazole, a strong 
CYP3A4 inhibitor, increased the Cmax and AUC∞of JNJ54681911 by 13% and 82%, 
respectively. As a result, even with this increase in Cmax, no clinically relevant prolongation of 
QTc is expected with the 25-mg dose. Preliminary results of Study 54861911ALZ1010 indicate 
that atabecestat does not have a clinically relevant effect on plasma concentrations of the 
substrates of CYP3A4, CYP1A2, or CYP2C9. Based on these studies, it is recommended that 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
64
Approved, 25 May 2018
drugs that are moderate to strong inhibitors of CYP3A4 should be taken with an assumption that 
a moderate increase of atabecestat could be seen.
In addition to the potential compound-related risks, there are study procedure-related risks. All of 
these procedures (eg, blood draw, lumbar puncture [if applicable], ECG, MRI, and PET) are 
standard clinical assessments with limited associated risks for the subject and are described in the 
respective parts of this clinical study protocol. 
An independent DMC will be commissioned for this study to review safety and other relevant 
data on an ongoing basis.
A placebo arm is necessary to allow for an accurate assessment of safety and tolerability, as well 
as the potential beneficial effect on cognition and function. Because there is at the moment no 
treatment available for subjects at risk for Alzheimer’s dementia, the use of placebo is warranted. 
Initiation of approved symptomatic treatment is possible during the course of the study, if that is 
deemed necessary by the subject and the respective treating physician. Throughout the course of 
the study, the sponsor will have the option, based on recommendations by the DMC or on newly 
emerging safety, biomarker, or efficacy data from ongoing or completed atabecestat studies, to 
revise the dose levels in this study.
2.
OBJECTIVES AND HYPOTHESES
2.1.
Objectives
Primary Objective

The primary objective of this study is to determine whether treatment with atabecestat slows 
cognitive decline compared with placebo treatment, as measured by a composite cognitive 
measure, the Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite (PACC), in amyloid-positive 
subjects who are asymptomatic at risk for developing Alzheimer’s dementia. 
Secondary Objectives
The key secondary objective of this study is the following:

To determine if atabecestat will slow the decline of cognitive function and performance of 
everyday activities, compared with placebo, based on the Cognitive Function Index (CFI).
The other secondary objectives of this study are the following:

To assess the overall safety and tolerability of atabecestat versus placebo.

To determine if a decline in activities of daily living can be detected based on the ADCS-
Activities of Daily Living-Prevention Instrument (ADCS-ADL-PI) scale, and if so, to assess 
the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo.

To compare changes in cognitive performance between atabecestat and placebo based on the 
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status (RBANS).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
65
Approved, 25 May 2018

To determine if the Neuropsychological Assessment Battery–Daily Living Tests 
(NAB-DLTs) for Memory and Attention can detect decline in cognitive function, and if so, 
to assess the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo.

To assess the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on the Clinical Dementia Rating 
(CDR) scale, including progression from CDR 0 to CDR 0.5 or higher.

To assess the plasma and CSF pharmacokinetics (PK) of atabecestat following chronic 
treatment using a population PK approach and to explore their relationship with efficacy and 
safety parameters (including biomarkers).

To assess the effects of atabecestat on accumulation of cerebral fibrillar amyloid, as 
measured by amyloid PET imaging.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on markers of neurodegeneration (eg, tau peptides) in 
CSF compared with placebo.

To assess the maintenance of atabecestat effects on markers of Aprocessing in CSF and 
plasma compared with placebo.
Exploratory Objectives
The exploratory objectives of this study are the following:

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on brain volume as measured 
by volumetric MRI.

To investigate the impact of atabecestat compared with placebo on markers of synaptic 
dysfunction on task-free functional MRI.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on additional downstream markers of neuronal injury, 
neurodegeneration, or inflammation in CSF compared with placebo.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on progression of tau spreading pathology in the brain as 
measured by tau PET imaging.

To explore if baseline markers of neurodegeneration (eg, volumetric MRI, CSF t-tau or 
p-tau, or tau PET) are related to cognitive decline and response to treatment with 
atabecestat.

To explore the correlation between the effect of atabecestat on biomarkers (eg, amyloid 
PET, plasma Aβ, CSF Aβ and t-tau or p-tau, tau PET) and clinical outcomes.

To explore the impact of disclosure of amyloid status on questionnaires probing subject 
perception of amyloid imaging and concern about developing AD dementia.

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on cognition as measured by 
a computerized cognitive battery.

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on function as measured by 
the Financial Capacity Instrument (FCI).

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on medical resource 
utilization as measured by the Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire (HRUQ) scale.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
66
Approved, 25 May 2018

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on health outcomes as 
measured by the Short Form-36 (SF-36) and European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 5-level
(EQ-5D-5L) scales.

To explore the ability of the Cognitive Function Index-acute (CFI-a) to measure decline of 
cognitive function and performance of everyday activities.

To explore the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on instrumental activities of
daily life (IADL) as measured by the Amsterdam IADL questionnaire (A-IADL-Q).
2.2.
Hypotheses
The primary hypothesis is that cognitive decline, as measured by the PACC change from 
baseline at Month 54 (Year 4.5), will be significantly less for subjects treated with either
atabecestat dose in comparison to subjects treated with placebo. The key secondary hypothesis is 
that functional decline, as measured by the CFI change from baseline at Month 54 (Year 4.5), 
will be significantly less for subjects treated with either atabecestat dose in comparison to 
subjects treated with placebo.
3.
STUDY DESIGN AND RATIONALE
3.1.
Overview of Study Design
This is a multi-center, double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, parallel-group study 
assessing the efficacy and safety of atabecestat over approximately 4.5 years of treatment in 
subjects (60 to 85 years of age) who are asymptomatic and at risk for developing Alzheimer’s 
dementia due to evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation based on CSF or amyloid PET 
imaging (see Section 3.2.2 and complete definition of study population in Section 4). 
The study will consist of 3 phases: a screening phase of approximately 90 days during which 
subject eligibility will be assessed; a fixed dose, double-blind treatment phase during which 
eligible subjects will receive randomly assigned study drug once daily for up to 4.5 years; and a 
follow-up phase to be conducted 7 to 28 days after the last dose of study drug. This study will be 
conducted in an outpatient setting. The maximum study duration for a subject will be 58 months 
(3-month screening phase + 54-month double-blind treatment phase +1-month follow-up phase). 
A diagram of the study design is provided in Figure 2.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
67
Approved, 25 May 2018
Figure 2:
Schematic Overview of Design for Study 54861911ALZ2003
DMC=Data Monitoring Committee; FPD=first patient date; IA=interim analysis; SSR=sample size re-estimation.
Subjects who meet all of the study inclusion criteria (Section 4.1) and none of the study 
exclusion criteria (Section 4.2) will be assigned randomly to 1 of 3 treatment groups in a 1:1:1 
ratio at the start of the double-blind treatment phase: atabecestat 5 mg, atabecestat 25 mg, or 
placebo (see Section 3.2.3 for dose selection rationale). Approximately 1,650 subjects (550 per 
treatment group) will be randomized in order to achieve a total of 1,155 subjects (385 per 
treatment group) who complete the Month 54 (Year 4.5) assessments (assumed 30% attrition rate 
per treatment group), as outlined in Section 11.2. The number of subjects randomized can be 
increased based on blinded sample size re-estimation, but the study enrollment will be capped at 
2,400 subjects. At randomization, subjects will be stratified by country, and by apolipoprotein E 
(APOE) ε4 carrier status (carrier vs noncarrier) (see Section 5).
In addition to longitudinal follow-up of subjects’ screening biomarker(s) (ie, amyloid PET and/or 
CSF), subjects will have the opportunity to participate in 1 or more longitudinal PD substudies: 
CSF for biomarkers and drug exposure, amyloid PET imaging, and tau PET imaging (see 
Section 3.2.6). Longitudinal tau PET imaging will be open to all subjects enrolled at sites having 
access to this technology, and subjects who elect to undergo these assessments will provide 
separate informed consent for this procedure. When sufficient longitudinal biomarker data has 
been collected, further collection of biomarker data can be terminated to reduce patient and site 
burden.
An informant (eg, relative, partner, or friend) will be used in this study (see Section 4.1, 
Inclusion Criterion 7). The informant will provide subject information on clinical scales, and 
may help with handling and dispensing of study drug, or reporting of AEs. Because of the 
informant's critical role for several endpoints, a second, replacement informant should be 
identified, preferably prior to Day 1.
Some design elements of this Phase 2b/3 study can be modified during the trial based on 
emerging external data. The potential changes include optimization of the primary endpoint and 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
68
Approved, 25 May 2018
the timing of the primary analysis. Sample size may be adjusted based on review of blinded 
aggregated study data. Unblinded interim analyses (IAs) may be performed to assess futility.
An independent DMC will be commissioned for this study to review safety and other relevant 
data on an ongoing basis, and to review findings from the potential IAs and make 
recommendations based on prespecified decision rules. (see Section 11.11).
3.2.
Study Design Rationale
3.2.1.
Blinding, Control, Study Phase/Periods, Treatment Groups
A placebo control will be used to establish the frequency and magnitude of changes in clinical 
endpoints that may occur in the absence of active treatment. Central randomization will be used 
to minimize bias in the assignment of subjects to treatment groups, to increase the likelihood that 
known and unknown subject attributes (eg, demographic and baseline characteristics) are evenly 
balanced across treatment groups, and to enhance the validity of statistical comparisons across 
treatment groups. Blinded treatment will be used to reduce potential bias during data collection 
and evaluation of clinical endpoints and AEs.
Stratification of subjects (see Section 5) by country and APOE ε4 carrier status will be used to 
prevent disproportionate representation in any treatment group. In particular, APOE ε4 carrier 
status could influence treatment effects as it may be associated with a more extensive amyloid 
deposition pattern.
3.2.2.
Study Population
The target population for Study 54861911ALZ2003 will consist of amyloid-positive individuals
without apparent cognitive deficits (preclinical stage) who are 60 to 85 years of age, inclusive.
Specifically, subjects in this study will be defined as those individuals with evidence of elevated 
cerebral amyloid accumulation at screening as indicated by low CSF A1-42 levels or high
amyloid brain burden as shown on an amyloid PET scan, and showing no clinically evident 
cognitive impairment at screening and functionally normal, as demonstrated by a CDR score of 
0. Individuals meeting these criteria are considered to be in the preclinical stage of AD,116
demonstrating evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation
and often early signs of 
neurodegeneration but without widespread, irreversible neuronal loss. The preclinical stage of 
AD may precede MCI by several years, and represents an important stage for potential early 
intervention aimed at slowing the pathophysiological process and delaying the appearance of the 
clinical manifestation of AD. As discussed in Section 1.3, such individuals are at a particularly 
high risk for cognitive decline and progression to MCI and Alzheimer’s dementia.
The age range for subjects in this study is 60 to 85 years inclusive at the start of screening. The 
key risk factors for elevated amyloid accumulation and development of AD are age (ie, 65 years 
or older), APOE genotype, and family history.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
69
Approved, 25 May 2018
3.2.3.
Dose Selection
The optimal level of therapeutic Aβ reduction is not known and cannot be assumed from 
preclinical models or early phase clinical studies, as the proposed effect on the disease pathology 
is expected to require chronic treatment. Data from completed SAD and MAD studies in healthy 
older subjects and from preliminary analyses of a proof-of-mechanism study in a population with 
early AD (preclinical) (54861911ALZ1005) showed dose-dependent reductions in Aβ1-40 in 
plasma and CSF following oral atabecestat administration (Section 1.4). PK/PD modeling of
preliminary data (Figure 3) from the proof-of-mechanism study (54861911ALZ1005) shows that 
the median reduction from baseline (averaged over 24 hours, at steady-state) in CSF Aβ1-40 with 
a 25 mg/day dose would be about 84%. Doubling the dose to 50 mg/day would further reduce
this by only about 7% (ie, to 91%). At the lower dose of 5 mg/day, the subjects in this study are 
expected to have about a 50% reduction from baseline in CSF Aβ1-40.
Figure 3:
Modeling of CSF Aβ1-40 Reduction (graph) and Population Predicted Percentiles of CSF Aβ1-40
Reduction at Steady State (table) in Subjects in the Early Alzheimer’s Disease Spectrum 
(Preliminary Data from Study 54861911ALZ1005)
Embedded chart shows population percentiles of steady-state mean CSF Aβ1-40 percent of baseline values versus 
atabecestat dose. 50th refers to the median values, while ‘95th’ and ‘5th’ refer to the high and low borders of the 
population interval, respectively.
Abeta=amyloid-beta; CSF=cerebrospinal fluid; pct=percentage.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
70
Approved, 25 May 2018
PK/PD modeling was also performed to assess the relationship between atabecestat plasma 
concentrations and effect on QT interval corrected for heart rate according to Fridericia (QTcF)
prolongation, using data from Study 54861911ALZ1007 (Figure 4). The PK profiles were then 
simulated from a previous population PK model based on Study 54861911ALZ1002 (healthy 
elderly subjects, fed state), and the distribution of the drug's effect on QTcF prolongation was 
evaluated at the maximum plasma concentration of the simulations for each dose level. Results 
of this modeling activity showed that at a dose of 25 mg once daily, the median change in the 
QTcF and 90% population interval are expected to be well below 5 msec.
Figure 4:
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Modeling of QTcF Prolongation Based on Expected 
Exposures and Observed QTcF Values from Study 54861911ALZ1007
Cmax=peak concentration; ms=millisecond.
Based on the available clinical data for atabecestat, doses of 5 and 25 mg once daily were
selected for evaluation in Study 54861911ALZ2003. These doses have not been associated with 
significant safety signals in early clinical trials and are expected to be well tolerated and to 
achieve substantial reductions in CSF Aβ1-40 and Aβ1-42 at steady-state.
3.2.4.
Study Duration
Evidence from observational studies such as ADNI and AIBL indicates that, over 3 years, 
subjects with elevated amyloid accumulation demonstrate a decline in episodic memory that is 
measurably greater compared with individuals without biomarker evidence of AD.26,122,123 In 
these subjects with preclinical AD, progression from normal cognition to cognitive impairment 
occurs in 10% to 50% of individuals over 2 to 5 years.26,120,123,124 The variance in progression 
was accounted for, in part, by a greater decline in individuals with evidence of neuronal 
degeneration in addition to amyloid burden. 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
71
Approved, 25 May 2018
If the study hypothesis is correct, namely that the decrease in amyloid burden with atabecestat
treatment has a positive downstream effect on cognition, it is likely that additional time will 
elapse between the initial reduction in cerebral Aβ and detection of a cognitive effect. Based on 
these considerations, a treatment period of approximately 4.5 years is believed to be an 
appropriate duration to evaluate the efficacy of atabecestat compared to placebo in slowing 
cognitive decline in subjects. The treatment period and timing of the primary analysis may be 
shortened to 3.5 years if supported by external data on the rate of decline in placebo-treated 
subjects (see Section 11.4.2).
3.2.5.
Cognitive and Functional Outcome Measures
Clinical endpoints in this study include both cognitive tests (PACC, RBANS, NAB-DLTs for 
Memory and Attention, and computerized cognitive battery [selected centers only]) and other 
clinically relevant functional outcome measures (CFI, CFI-a, ADCS-ADL-PI, CDR, A-IADL-Q 
[selected centers only] and FCI [selected centers only]), which will be administered at the time 
points indicated in the Time and Events Schedule. The selected tests are included to evaluate the 
cognitive and functional decline among subjects and to determine which of these assessments are 
most sensitive to disease progression.
Cognitive decline is the earliest measurable clinical manifestation of AD; however, different 
cognitive domains have been shown to progress at different rates,118 with episodic memory, 
executive function, and orientation showing change early in the course of the disease.26,43,120 The 
primary outcome measure selected for the current Phase 2b/3 study is the PACC, a 
retrospectively validated composite that is weighted towards episodic memory and includes a 
timed executive function test and a global cognitive screening test. The PACC composite is 
composed of the following (see also Section 9.2.1): (1) the Free and Cued Selective Reminding 
Test (FCSRT)34,44,45 for list learning (episodic memory); (2) the Delayed Paragraph Recall 
Score129 for memory of written language; (3) the Coding Subtest from the Wechsler Adult 
Intelligence Scale-IV (WAIS-IV)128 for timed executive function; and (4) the Mini Mental State 
Examination (MMSE)35 for a global screening test that emphasizes orientation. 
The PACC is designed to serve as the primary outcome measure for trials conducted in the 
asymptomatic phase of AD, with a sufficient range to detect an early decline in the preclinical 
stages of AD. As described in Section 3.2.4, retrospective analyses of data from observational 
studies in populations with preclinical AD (ADNI, ADCS, and AIBL) suggested that the PACC 
is sufficiently sensitive to cognitive decline in the preclinical AD population to be used in a 
prospective clinical trial for detecting a slowing of cognitive decline.26 Although experience with 
the PACC is still limited, longitudinal and interventional data for the included elements is more 
extensive than for other candidate measures for the study of asymptomatic subjects at risk of 
Alzheimer’s dementia, and the PACC is currently being used in another large clinical trial of 
preclinical AD (ie, ADCS A4 Study2). For these reasons, the PACC is identified as the primary
efficacy measure for this Phase 2b/3 study of atabecestat. 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
72
Approved, 25 May 2018
The RBANS is a widely-used measure to differentiate healthy normal individuals from those 
with MCI or AD, is predictive of functional status,4 and correlates with the CDR,53
biomarkers,36,131 and cognition.31
The CFI, CFI-a, and ADCS-ADL-PI are instruments used to track early changes in function such 
as the ability to perform high-level activities of daily living and individuals’ perception of their 
own ability to perform cognitively demanding functional tasks. These measures demonstrated 
significant decline in individuals who progressed to MCI in the ADCS-Prevention Instrument 
study.26
The A-IADL-Q is a computerized questionnaire aimed at measuring difficulties with complex 
daily activities. It is completed by the informant of the subject.
The CDR is a global scale with ‘face’ validity, in that it assesses the influence of cognitive loss 
on the ability to conduct every day activities.89 The CDR is well-established for staging AD and 
has been used extensively in trials of MCI and AD.101 Only minimal changes in this score are 
expected over 4.5 years in individuals who are not functionally impaired at baseline.
In addition to the cognitive and functional measures described above, the NAB-DLTs for 
Memory and Attention will be administered in Study 54861911ALZ2003, as listed in the Time 
and Events Schedule. These are objective measures of performance on clinically relevant tasks in 
specific domains. Positive results on these tests would provide further evidence that any 
treatment effects for atabecestat on other cognitive endpoints are clinically relevant. 
The computerized cognitive battery provides rapid, sensitive, and valid measurements of distinct 
cognitive function. The tests use novel visual and verbal stimuli to ensure assessments are 
independent of any cultural context. Additionally, the battery is designed for repeated 
administration with minimal practice or learning effects and is easy to administer. The battery
has demonstrated sensitivity to individual cognitive change subsequent to administration of a 
wide variety of pharmacological agents and in a wide variety of populations and indications.
Issues of financial capacity are frequently seen in subjects with AD, and recent studies have 
shown that the ability to manage financial affairs may be 1 of the first functional changes to 
occur in the course of Alzheimer’s dementia.80 The FCI is a validated instrument that can 
potentially measure these early functional changes.
3.2.6.
Biomarkers 
Fluid biomarker assessments (CSF [maximally 12 mL sample], blood [protein, genomic (DNA)], 
and gene expression [RNA], peripheral blood mononuclear cell [PBMC]) and imaging biomarker 
assessments (MRI, PET) will be performed during screening to assess the baseline status for
these biomarkers as well as during the double-blind treatment phase (except PBMC). This 
biomarker data may be used for translational biomarker research related to atabecestat or the 
diagnosis of AD. Collections may be modified based on local rules and regulations. See also 
Section 3.2.6.2 for additional blood tests.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
73
Approved, 25 May 2018
3.2.6.1.
Determination of Elevated Amyloid Accumulation at Screening
At screening, amyloid status will be evaluated in all subjects using either CSF A1-42
concentrations as measured using a validated assay, or brain amyloid burden by PET imaging, or 
both. Study eligibility will be determined by a positive result showing evidence of elevated 
amyloid accumulation on either evaluation. 
Each of the 2 biomarkers has been shown to identify cognitively normal individuals who are at 
risk of developing cognitive decline and progression to MCI and/or Alzheimer’s 
dementia.68,71,77,87 Further, either of these measures is considered appropriate for this use since 
both have been shown to yield sufficiently concordant results.72,91,92 Allowing either biomarker to 
establish the amyloid positivity of subjects at enrollment permits utilization of regional and 
center-specific common practices, expertise, and preferences for measurement of 1 biomarker 
versus the other.
For amyloid screening by CSF, a CSF Aβ1-42 assay performed at a single laboratory with 
demonstrated high sensitivity and specificity will be used. The use of a single laboratory allows 
for the use of a single threshold and simplifies operational logistics. Similarly, a single imaging 
agent will be used for amyloid PET imaging to simplify operational logistics and allow for the 
standardized analyses of the PET scans.
If alternative CSF assays or amyloid PET agents would demonstrate sufficient clinical 
validation, those could be used as additional or alternative agents. The procedures will be 
documented in the laboratory manual and imaging manual/charter, respectively.
3.2.6.2.
Fluid Biomarkers (Other than CSF Aβ for Screening)
CSF and blood samples (protein, genomic [DNA], and gene expression [RNA], PBMC) will be 
collected during the study to allow for the evaluation of whether the PD effects of atabecestat are 
consistent with the putative effects of BACE inhibition, to allow for the evaluation of the effect 
on markers of disease expression, and to potentially aid evaluation of the drug-clinical response 
relationship. See also subsection below (Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cell Sampling) for 
additional blood tests.
CSF Biomarkers
Longitudinal CSF samples will be collected from subjects with available baseline measurements 
for evaluation of treatment effects on CSF markers of target engagement and downstream 
biomarkers of neurodegeneration and/or other disease processes.
CSF Aβ profiling
Aβ fragments of different length are produced by cleavage of the APP by BACE and the 
γ-secretase complex in the brain and excreted into CSF. BACE cleavage initiates the Aβ 
production at the N-terminal end of the Aβ fragment, which then is further processed at the 
C-terminal end by the γ-secretase complex, while cleavage by α-secretase prevents Aβ fragment 
formation. 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
74
Approved, 25 May 2018
As Aβ turnover rates are rapid, inhibition of BACE results in a reduction of all Aβ fragments in 
CSF over the course of several hours. Reduction in CSF Aover the duration of treatment will
confirm persistence of activity of atabecestat based on its mechanism of action and demonstrate 
maintenance of therapeutic effect. Different Aβ fragments (eg, Aβ1-37, Aβ1-38, Aβ1-40, and Aβ1-42) 
will be measured. The primary CSF biomarker used to confirm atabecestat target engagement in 
CSF is Aβ1-40 as it is the most prevalent. CSF Aβ1-42 will be used to confirm study eligibility (see 
Section 4).
Exploratory analyses for soluble APP-alpha (sAPPα; cleaved at the alpha-secretase site) and 
sAPP-beta (sAPPβ; cleaved at the BACE/β-secretase site) may be conducted. Measures of APP 
processing (sAPPα and total sAPP) may be used to assess potential amyloid accumulation and 
related safety aspects.
CSF Biomarkers (Other than CSF Aβ)
CSF tau protein levels will be examined in a subset of subjects. Tau proteins are normally 
associated with tubulin polymers to stabilize the microtubule system essential for normal 
neuronal function.74 However, tau is hyperphosphorylated in AD and is the main component in 
paired helical filaments, which then associate to form neurofibrillary tangles in the cytoplasm of 
many neurons.18,19,20,38,39,46 An elevation in levels of tau is indicative of axonal injury and 
neurodegeneration downstream of the initiating pathology. 
The increase in hyperphosphorylated tau in CSF is relatively specific to AD and therefore 
distinguishes AD from other neurodegenerative disorders.47 As the change in CSF p-tau levels is 
a marker for neurodegeneration, it is believed to be predictive of changes in cognition over time. 
In the asymptomatic population at risk for developing Alzheimer’s dementia, tau pathology may 
only be starting to develop and as such not detectable in all subjects. Thus, prevention of CSF tau 
accumulation may be indicative of an impact of therapy on a downstream neurodegenerative 
process.
Other exploratory measures that may be evaluated in this study include additional downstream 
biomarkers of neuronal injury (eg, visinin like protein 1 [VILIP-1], neurofilament light chains 
[NFLs]119), inflammation (eg, YKL-4017), and synaptic components involved in memory and 
cognition with potential utility as biomarkers of synaptic dysfunction (eg, neurogranin70 and
GAP4395). These exploratory biomarkers may further extend the understanding of the effect of 
atabecestat and of the disease in the study population. 
Plasma Aβ Sampling
Pharmacodynamic markers in blood samples will be evaluated. Aβ fragments can be measured in 
plasma, similar to CSF, although concentrations are typically lower and more difficult to 
quantify due to interference with other plasma proteins. It is the intention to measure various Aβ 
fragments in plasma (primary: Aβ1-40; exploratory: eg, Aβ1-37, Aβ1-38, and Aβ1-42). Additional 
exploratory measures in plasma may include, but are not limited to, sAPP fragments (sAPPα, 
sAPPβ, total sAPP).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
75
Approved, 25 May 2018
Genomic and Gene Expression Markers
Genetic variation can be an important contributory factor to inter-individual differences in drug 
distribution and response, and can also serve as a marker for disease susceptibility and prognosis. 
Genetic factors may help to explain inter-individual variability in clinical outcomes and may 
help identify population subgroups that respond differently to a drug. For example, rare variants 
in the APP gene have been shown to be protective via reduced BACE cleavage activity.61 The 
goals of the genomic component are to conduct APOE genotyping for screening and to collect 
DNA to allow for the identification of genetic factors that may influence the PK, PD, safety, or 
tolerability of atabecestat or pathways related to AD and Aβ processing/metabolism, as needed. 
For all subjects, the APOE genotype will be determined and utilized as a stratification variable 
(see Section 5). APOE is involved in several key Aβ-mediated processes associated with AD, 
including the distribution, clearance and/or metabolism of Aβ, altered lipid-binding properties 
leading to an augmentation of Aβ-mediated toxicity (eg, disruption of lysosomal storage), and 
formation of aggregates that may promote Aβ nucleation and plaque formation. The APOE ε4
gene product also has a preference to bind with large, triglyceride rich lower density lipoproteins. 
In addition, APOE ε4 is indicated to be less effective at the transport of high density lipoproteins 
(cholesterol-rich) required for neuronal maintenance and repair.11,121 The APOE ε4 allele is 
considered the most significant genetic risk factor for AD and is associated with a decreased age 
of onset of the disease.121 Increasing APOE ε4 allele dosage (0, 1, 2 alleles) has been shown to be 
associated with greater brain amyloid burden and greater rate of brain amyloid accumulation,40
and has been suggested to influence cognitive decline.121 In addition, response to treatment for 
AD might differ with different APOE genotypes.109
The blood sample will also allow for potential exploratory pharmacogenomic analysis. For all 
subjects, blood samples for plasma and RNA will also be collected to analyze gene expression 
profiles to allow for translational biomarker research related to atabecestat. Collections may be 
modified based on local rules and regulations.
Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cell Sampling
A PBMC sample (and concomitant platelet-rich plasma sample) will be collected at screening 
from all subjects at sites capable of processing PBMC samples to explore the humoral immune 
response to AD-related proteins in subjects who are asymptomatic and at risk for developing 
Alzheimer’s dementia. It is anticipated that individuals in the early (predementia) AD spectrum 
may have a more matured anti-tau immune response and/or a response of greater magnitude 
relative to healthy control individuals (subjects without elevated amyloid accumulation) due to 
longer-term exposure to the altered forms of tau that accumulate in the brain during AD.
Subjects who experienced significant hepatic enzyme elevations may be asked to volunteer for a 
specialized immunologic substudy to determine possible mechanisms for hepatic enzyme 
elevation. This will require an additional blood draw of 120 mL (see Attachment 4 for details).
The decision to take this blood draw must take into account other blood draws that have been 
taken for the subject. No subject should donate more than 450 mL in any 3-month period based 
on American Red Cross guidelines.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
76
Approved, 25 May 2018
3.2.6.3.
Imaging
MRI
A brain MRI will be performed at screening to assess study eligibility, for safety monitoring 
during the trial, and for brain volumetric and functional analyses. The screening eligibility brain 
MRI will be performed to document that there is no other clinically relevant disease that could 
impair the
subject’s
cognitive status independent of the AD-related elevated amyloid 
accumulation.
Ongoing brain MRI monitoring will be performed during the trial for routine safety assessments 
and to monitor for potentially treatment-related radiological safety events that have been reported 
with other AD therapies (see Section 1.4).114 Brain volume (global and regional) measurements 
will be performed to better understand how brain volumes change in the study population and in 
relation to therapy and clinical outcomes. Brain atrophy and ventricular enlargement are well 
described phenomena in AD, and reflect cumulative neuronal and synaptic loss and the extent of 
neurofibrillary pathology.1,130 Prior studies have shown significant correlations between rates of 
brain atrophy and cognitive decline.59,100 Brain atrophy begins, and is most severe, in the medial 
temporal lobe, particularly the entorhinal cortex and hippocampus. This neurodegenerative 
atrophy spreads to adjacent and higher multi-modal association cortices, and is associated with 
progressive dementia which is due to neuronal dysfunction.
Functional neuroimaging techniques, which have the potential to elucidate the neural 
underpinnings of the cognitive impairment in AD, and to serve as important biomarkers of 
therapeutic effect and disease progression, will also be included. Functional MRI may provide 
useful information about the functional integrity of brain networks supporting memory and other 
cognitive domains, including the neural correlates of specific behavioral events. Diffusion tensor 
imaging (DTI) measurements will be included as these reflect brain axonal integrity and white 
matter connectivity.
Amyloid PET Substudy
Brain amyloid burden by PET imaging will be measured longitudinally in a subset of subjects, 
including all those who select this biomarker as a criterion for study entry. High abnormal brain 
amyloid burden is a key hallmark of AD,67,111 and it is possible to detect brain amyloid burden in 
vivo without the need to rely on postmortem neuropathologic confirmation of an in-life clinical 
diagnosis of probable AD.82,83 It is now recognized that amyloid accumulation in the brain is an 
early event in the disease process and initiates decades prior to the onset of AD dementia.5,60,123
Amyloid PET imaging is an in vivo method to measure brain amyloid burden. An amyloid PET 
scan is 1 of the 2 methods by which elevated amyloid accumulation will be determined for 
enrollment eligibility. In addition, brain amyloid burden by PET in brain regions known to 
accumulate amyloid in AD (eg, frontal, medial temporal, or parietal cortices; anterior and 
posterior cingulates) as well as a global composite will be measured over the course of the study 
to evaluate the impact of therapy on brain amyloid burden.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
77
Approved, 25 May 2018
Tau PET Substudy
Brain tau burden by tau PET imaging will be measured longitudinally in a subset of subjects only 
at those sites with the technical capabilities to do so. In addition to the hallmark pathological 
feature of brain amyloidosis, AD is also characterized by the downstream neuropathological 
feature of neurofibrillary tangles consisting mainly of hyperphosphorylated tau proteins, with 
properties that enable fibril formation. The work of Braak9 and others have shown the 
progressive increase and spread of pathological brain tau in AD using postmortem 
immunohistochemical methods. In addition, neurofibrillary (tau) tangles are linked to the 
duration and severity of AD.56 Tau PET imaging is an in vivo method to measure brain tau 
burden and can track accumulation. Early results with [18F]-T807 PET suggest that signal 
intensity and spread are linked to the severity of the cognitive impairment,15,16 which parallels 
earlier pathology-based observations by others. 
The baseline tau signal in specified brain regions, including those known to accumulate tau early 
in the disease process (eg, hippocampus, amygdala, and parahippocampus) will be measured to 
determine the degree of tau pathology at study entry. In addition, pathological tau burden by PET
in these specified regions and in a global composite will be measured over the course of the 
study to evaluate the impact of therapy on pathological tau burden.
3.2.7.
Safety Evaluations
During the double-blind treatment phase, regular safety assessments will be performed as listed 
in the Time and Events Schedule. These safety assessments include but are not limited to AE and 
concomitant medication monitoring; clinical laboratory test determinations (hematology, clinical 
chemistry, urinalysis); vital sign measurements; physical and neurological examinations; and 
assessment of suicidality risk using the Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS; see
Section 9.5.8). Triplicate ECGs will also be routinely recorded postdose at the time point 
corresponding to anticipated greatest changes in QTc as indicated by the results of the thorough 
QT study 54861911ALZ1007 (see Section 1.4 and Section 3.2.3) (ie, 1 to 4 hours postdose) for 
evaluation of potential for QTc prolongation with daily doses of 5 or 25 mg atabecestat. For 
those subjects with PK sampling during the same interval, the ECG should be performed close to 
collection of the blood sample for PK determination (ie, both ECG and PK within a 20 minute
window).
In addition to these standard safety assessments, brain MRI including fluid attenuated inversion 
recovery (FLAIR) and gradient echo sequences read both locally and centrally, and a 
comprehensive dermatologic evaluation with photography of the upper face will be performed as 
part of the safety assessments. MRI evaluations are included as safety assessments to monitor for 
amyloid-related imaging abnormalities (ARIA).114 The inclusion of dermatologic evaluations in 
Study 54861911ALZ2003 was based on the reported findings for knockout animals or other 
BACE inhibitors in development as well as the observed findings of fur discoloration at 
100 mg/kg dose level in the 6-month carcinogenicity study in transgenic mice (see Section 1.4
and the latest version of Investigator’s Brochure for detailed description of these findings). Note 
that cases of lightening of skin, lightening of hair or ophthalmological AEs are considered AESIs
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
78
Approved, 25 May 2018
and are subject to reporting timelines as described in Section 12.3.3. Additional monitoring for 
cases with elevated liver enzymes is described in Attachment 3 (ALT/AST ≥3×ULN). 
Each subject’s concern about developing AD and his/her views and perceptions of amyloid 
imaging, as well as perception of future time, will be assessed via questionnaires (Views & 
Perception of Amyloid Imaging Scale, Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Scale, Future Time 
Perspective Scale). The Assessment of Psychological Well Being will be used to monitor 
subjects for anxiety and depression. The results of these assessments must be reviewed prior to 
scheduling any amyloid biomarker measurement to ensure that the subject is willing to receive a 
pathological biomarker result and that, in the judgment of the investigator, disclosure would not 
constitute a significant risk for the subject.  
3.2.8.
Pharmacokinetic Evaluations
Plasma and, potentially, CSF concentration-time data will allow for estimation of individual PK 
parameters for atabecestat using a population PK (popPK) modeling approach, possibly in 
combination with data from Phase 1 or Phase 2 studies. These data will also help to understand 
potential PK differences between healthy subjects and subjects who are asymptomatic and at risk 
for developing Alzheimer’s dementia. The specific time points for measurement of atabecestat
plasma and CSF concentrations were chosen to gather maximal information about the PK 
properties of atabecestat through sparse sampling while minimizing subject burden regarding 
blood and CSF sampling.
CSF samples for measuring atabecestat will be obtained in the subset of subjects in which CSF 
will be collected. Assessment of CSF drug concentration in this subset of subjects may help to 
infer the relationship between steady-state exposure (eg, trough PK) in the central nervous 
system and PD effects such as CSF Areduction.
3.2.9.
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcomes
The HRUQ allows tracking of the utilization of health care resources during the study, which is a 
key metric in understanding the burden of AD.
The SF-36 measures general health. The concepts measured by the instrument are not specific to 
any age, disease, or treatment group, allowing comparison of relative burden of different diseases 
and the relative benefit of different treatments.126
The EQ-5D-5L is a standardized measure of health status developed by the EuroQoL Group to 
provide a simple, generic measure of health for clinical and economic appraisal.32 The EQ-
5D-5L is applicable to a wide range of health conditions and treatments.
3.2.10.
Interim Analyses 
An overview and description of potential interim analyses and potential design modifications of 
this study are provided in Section 11.4.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
79
Approved, 25 May 2018
4.
SUBJECT POPULATION
Approximately 1,650 subjects who are asymptomatic at enrollment and at risk for developing 
Alzheimer’s dementia due to evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation will be enrolled in this 
study (550 subjects per treatment arm). The number of subjects randomized can be increased
based on blinded sample size re-estimation, but the study enrollment will be capped at 2,400 
subjects. For a discussion of the statistical considerations of sample size determination, refer to 
Section 11.2. The sample size for this study may be adjusted based on blinded sample size re-
estimation (see Section 11.4.1). 
Screening for eligible subjects will be performed within the 90-day interval prior to the first dose 
of study drug. If needed (eg, for biomarker collection or interpretation or for logistical reasons), 
the period for screening can be prolonged with written approval of the sponsor. Subjects can 
participate in both CSF sampling and amyloid PET imaging assessments, but this needs to be 
decided up front before either result is available. Eligibility will be based on at least 1 of these 
biomarkers confirming elevated amyloid accumulation with the following provisions:

Subjects with negative results for both biomarker tests of elevated amyloid accumulation
cannot be rescreened.

Subjects who elect up front to be tested on only 1 of the biomarkers cannot be screened for 
the other if their results are negative, unless the decision is made before either result is 
available.
Limited re-testing of other abnormal screening laboratory or ECG values will be allowed once,
especially if the abnormality is the result of an acute medical condition that is not exclusionary;
rescreening for such abnormalities can occur after the medical condition has resolved or is 
appropriately treated.
The key risk factors for elevated amyloid accumulation and development of AD are age (ie, 
65 years of age or older), APOE genotype, and family history. To be considered for screening, 
subjects must meet the following criteria:

Subjects 60 to 64 years of age must have 1 of the following additional key risk factors: a 
previously known APOE ε4 genotype, a positive family history for dementia (minimum of 
1 first degree relative), or a previously known biomarker status demonstrating elevated 
amyloid accumulation in CSF or by PET.

For subjects 65 years of age or older, age is a sufficient risk factor to be considered for 
screening.
The inclusion and exclusion criteria for enrolling subjects in this study are described in 
Section 4.1 and Section 4.2. If there is a question about the inclusion or exclusion criteria below, 
the investigator should consult with the appropriate sponsor representative before enrolling a 
subject in the study. 
4.1.
Inclusion Criteria
Each potential subject must satisfy all of the following criteria to be enrolled in the study. 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
80
Approved, 25 May 2018
1.
Subject must be a man or woman 60 to 85 years of age, inclusive, at time of informed 
consent. Subjects 60 to 64 years of age must also have 1 of the following 3 conditions:
a.
A positive family history for dementia (minimum of 1 first degree relative)
b. A previously known APOE ɛ4 genotype
c.
A previously known biomarker status demonstrating elevated amyloid accumulation 
in CSF or PET
2.
Subjects must have a global CDR score of 0 at screening.
3.
Subjects must be able to read and write and must have adequate hearing and visual 
acuity to complete the psychometric tests. The legally acceptable representative must 
also be able to read and write.
4.
Subjects must have evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation by means of either:
a. Low CSF Aβ1-42 levels at screening
b. A positive amyloid PET scan at screening (depending on the site’s PET capability)
Note: The cut-off value for CSF Aβ1-42 will be based on the value established by the 
central CSF screening laboratory and specified in a separate laboratory manual. 
Screening amyloid PET scans will be assessed centrally by a qualified reader for 
inclusion based on predefined criteria as documented in the imaging manual.
5.
Subjects must be otherwise healthy for their age group or medically stable with or 
without medication on the basis of physical examination, medical history, vital signs, 
and 12-lead ECG performed at screening or at baseline. 
6.
Subjects must be otherwise healthy or medically stable on the basis of clinical 
laboratory tests performed at screening. If the results of the serum chemistry panel, 
hormones (thyroid tests), hematology, or urinalysis are outside the normal reference 
ranges, the subject may be included only if the investigator judges the abnormalities or 
deviations from normal to be not clinically significant, to be appropriate and reasonable 
for the population under study, and not to be a potential cause of cognitive impairment. 
For low vitamin B12 and abnormal thyroid hormone tests, enrollment requires written 
approval from the sponsor’s medical monitor.
7.
Subjects must have a reliable informant (relative, partner, or friend). The informant 
must be willing to participate as a source of information and must have at least weekly 
contact with the subject (contact can be in-person, via telephone, or other audio/visual 
communication). The informant must have sufficient contact such that the investigator 
believes he/she will provide consistent, accurate, and meaningful information on clinical 
scales (eg, CDR and CFI). An alternate informant meeting these criteria who can 
replace the primary informant should be identified, preferably prior to randomization.
8.
Subject must be able to swallow drug as a whole and to be compliant with self-
administration of medication.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
81
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.
Subject must reside at a permanent address other than a nursing facility.
10.
Subject must be willing and able to adhere to the prohibitions and restrictions specified 
in this protocol.
11.
Subject must sign an informed consent form (ICF) indicating that he/she understands
the purpose of and procedures required for the study and is willing to participate in the 
study. The subject’s informant must also sign a separate ICF indicating that he/she
understands the study requirements and is willing to participate in the study.
12.
A woman must not be of childbearing potential: postmenopausal (≥60 years of age with 
amenorrhea for at least 12 months; permanently sterilized [eg, bilateral tubal occlusion 
(which includes tubal ligation procedures as consistent with local regulations), 
hysterectomy, bilateral salpingectomy, bilateral oophorectomy]); or otherwise be 
incapable of pregnancy. In case of questionable status qualified personnel of the sponsor 
should be consulted to decide on the potential for inclusion of the subject.
13.
A man who is sexually active with a woman of childbearing potential and has not had a 
vasectomy must agree to use a barrier method of birth control, eg, either condom with 
spermicidal foam/gel/film/cream/suppository or partner with occlusive cap (diaphragm or 
cervical/vault caps) with spermicidal foam/gel/film/cream/suppository, and all men must 
also agree not to donate sperm during the study and for 3 months after receiving the last 
dose of study drug. In addition, their female partners, if of childbearing potential, should 
also use an appropriate method of birth control for at least the same duration. Effective 
methods of birth control include prescription oral contraceptives, contraceptive injections, 
intrauterine device, double barrier method, and contraceptive patch.
4.2.
Exclusion Criteria
Any potential subject who meets any of the following criteria will be excluded from participating 
in the study. 
1.
Subject is receiving an acetylcholinesterase (AChE) inhibitor and/or memantine at any 
time during screening or Day 1 predose.
2.
Subject has evidence of any brain disease other than potential very early signs of AD 
(eg, mild hippocampal atrophy) or typical age-related changes (eg, mild white matter 
hyperintensity on MRI). The screening MRI scan shall be interpreted by a local 
radiologist and a central radiologist for exclusionary findings prior to enrolling the 
subject. Both local and central interpretations shall be reviewed by the investigator; in 
case of disagreement, the central radiology report will be used to determine subject 
eligibility in consultation with the sponsor’s medical monitor.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
82
Approved, 25 May 2018
3.
Subject has any other abnormality that could cause a possible cognitive deficit 
(including, but not limited to, vascular encephalopathy or large strokes [as imaged by 
cerebral MRI]).
4.
Subject has any contraindications for MRI (eg, prostheses, implants, claustrophobia, 
pacemaker)
5.
Subject has met criteria for dementia or has a brain disorder that can cause dementia.
6.
Subject has evidence of familial autosomal dominant AD (mutation identified in the 
family and/or subject prior to randomization).
7.
Subject has a history of or current thyroid disease or thyroid dysfunction, which is 
currently uncontrolled, unevaluated, or untreated. Subjects treated for thyroid disease 
may be enrolled following review of their diagnostic and treatment history records by 
the investigator and with written concurrence by the sponsor’s medical monitor to 
ensure disease/treatment stability and compliance.
8.
Subject has a vitamin B12 or folic acid deficiency. A low vitamin B12 level is 
exclusionary unless follow-up labs (homocysteine and methylmalonic acid) indicate that 
the value is not physiologically significant. Subjects treated with vitamin B12 or folic 
acid may be enrolled following review of their diagnostic and treatment history records 
by the investigator and with written concurrence by the sponsor's medical monitor to 
ensure disease/treatment stability and compliance.
9.
Subject has chromosome 21 trisomy (Down syndrome).
10.
Subject has a history within the past 2 years or current diagnosis of significant 
psychiatric illness, per the most current version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual 
of Mental Disorders (DSM) (including but not limited to major depressive disorders and 
anxiety disorders) (subjects who are symptom free or with minimal limited symptoms 
may be included); or the subject has a current diagnosis or history of schizophrenia or 
bipolar disorder.
11.
Subject has a relevant history of or current neurological disease other than preclinical 
AD, which may make interpretation of possible new neurological signs or symptoms 
difficult.
12.
Subject has had a history within the last 5 years of a serious infectious disease affecting 
the brain (including neurosyphilis, meningitis, or encephalitis) or head trauma resulting 
in protracted loss of consciousness.
13.
Subject has a history of epilepsy. Subject has a history of fits or unexplained black-outs 
other than vasovagal syncope within 10 years before screening.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
83
Approved, 25 May 2018
14.
Criterion modified per Amendment 5
14.1 Subject has a hypopigmentation abnormality of the skin such as vitiligo at 
screening dermatological exam. Small localized lesions other than vitiligo are 
allowed.
15.
Subject has any amyloid-related imaging abnormalities – edema or effusion (ARIA-E)
at screening.
16.
Subject has a clinically significant abnormal physical or neurological examination or 
vital signs at screening or baseline (Day 1 predose), which in the opinion of the 
investigator is not appropriate and reasonable for the population under study. 
17.
Criterion modified per Amendment 5
17.1 Subject has, in the opinion of the investigator, a clinically significant 12-lead ECG 
abnormality (including left bundle branch block, atrioventricular [AV] block of 
second degree or higher, permanent pacemaker or implantable cardioverter 
defibrillator) at screening or baseline (Day 1 predose). The screening QTcF must 
be evaluated and must not exceed 450 msec in males or 470 msec in females. For 
triplicate ECGs, 2 of the 3 tracings must be below 450 msec in males or 470 msec 
in females. ECG recordings may be repeated once, and in the case of a question, a 
cardiologist and sponsor medical monitor should be consulted.
18.
Subject has a history of moderate or severe hepatic impairment or severe renal 
insufficiency unless completely resolved for more than a year. Subject has clinically 
significant ongoing hepatic, renal, cardiac, vascular, pulmonary, gastrointestinal, 
endocrine, hematologic, rheumatologic, psychiatric, or metabolic conditions (eg, 
requiring frequent monitoring or medication adjustments, or is otherwise unstable).
19.
Subject has a history of malignancy within 5 years before screening (exceptions are 
squamous and basal cell carcinomas of the skin and carcinoma in situ of the cervix, or 
malignancy that, in the opinion of the investigator with written concurrence by the 
sponsor's medical monitor obtained prior to subject randomization by site, is considered 
cured with minimal risk of recurrence).
20.
Subject has current, clinically relevant anemia.
21.
Subject has donated 1 or more units (approximately 450 mL) of blood or had an acute 
loss of an equivalent amount of blood within 90 days prior to study drug administration.
22.
Subject has a history of positive tests for hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) or 
hepatitis C virus antibody, or other clinically active liver disease, or tests positive for 
HBsAg or anti-hepatitis C virus at screening.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
84
Approved, 25 May 2018
23.
Subject has a history of a positive test for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) 
antibody, or tests positive for HIV at screening.
24.
Subject has a current or recent history of clinically significant suicidal ideation within 
the past 6 months, corresponding to a score of 4 (active suicidal ideation with some 
intent to act, without specific plan) or 5 (active suicidal ideation with specific plan and 
intent) for ideation on the C-SSRS, or a history of suicidal behavior within the past year, 
as validated by the C-SSRS at screening.
Subjects with a prior suicide attempt of any sort, or prior serious suicidal ideation/plan
within the last 10 years, should be carefully screened for current suicidal ideation and 
only included after documented assessment by the investigator.
25.
Criterion modified per Amendment 4
25.1 Subject has a history of drug or alcohol abuse according to most current version of 
the DSM criteria within the past 5 years before screening or positive test result(s)
for other drugs of abuse (including barbiturates, opiates, cocaine, amphetamines 
and benzodiazepines) at screening (except if related to current treatment, eg, 
benzodiazepines).
26.
Subject has taken any disallowed therapies as noted in Section 8, Prestudy and 
Concomitant Therapy before the planned first dose of study drug.
27.
Subject has known allergies, hypersensitivity, or intolerance to atabecestat or its 
excipients (see current Investigator’s Brochure).
28.
Subject has received an investigational drug (including vaccines), including 
atabecestat, or used an investigational medical device within 3 months before the 
planned start of study or is currently enrolled in an interventional study with an active 
drug component.
29.
Subject has received an anti-amyloid therapy within 12 months before the planned start 
of study. Subjects who have received an anti-amyloid vaccine at any time are excluded.
30.
Subject has had major surgery (eg, requiring general anesthesia) within 8 weeks before 
screening, or will not have fully recovered from surgery, or has major surgery planned 
during the time the subject is expected to participate in the study.
Note: Subjects with planned surgical procedures to be conducted under local anesthesia 
may participate.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
85
Approved, 25 May 2018
31.
Subject is generally frail, or has any (medical) condition that, in view of the investigator 
or the sponsor’s responsible medical officer, is likely to prohibit or limit further 
participation in the study or performance of study-specific assessments during the 
duration of the study.
32.
Subject has any condition for which, in the opinion of the investigator, participation 
would not be in the best interest of the subject (eg, compromise the well-being) or that 
could prevent, limit, or confound the protocol-specified assessments.
33.
Subject is unable to comply with the study-specific requirements.
34.
Subject is an employee of the investigator or study site with direct involvement in the 
proposed study or other studies under the direction of that investigator or study site, or 
is a family member of an employee or the investigator.
35.
Subject has signs of increased intracranial pressure, eg, based on clinical or MRI 
examination.
For subjects having amyloid or tau PET scans performed, the additional exclusion criterion 
applies:
36.
Subject has past or planned exposure to ionizing radiation that in combination with the 
planned administration of study amyloid and tau PET ligand would result in a 
cumulative exposure that exceeds local recommended exposure limits.
NOTE: Investigators should ensure that all study enrollment criteria have been met at screening. 
If a subject's status changes (including laboratory results or receipt of additional medical records) 
after screening but before the first dose of study drug is given such that he or she no longer meets
all eligibility criteria, then the subject should be excluded from participation in the study. 
Section 17.4 describes the required documentation to support meeting the enrollment criteria.
4.3.
Prohibitions and Restrictions
Potential subjects must be willing and able to adhere to the following prohibitions and 
restrictions during the course of the study to be eligible for participation:
1.
Avoid donating blood for at least 90 days after completion (ie, final follow-up visit) of 
the study.
2.
For prohibitions or restrictions related to concomitant medication see also Section 8.
3.
Criterion deleted per Amendment 4.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
86
Approved, 25 May 2018
5.
TREATMENT ALLOCATION AND BLINDING
Treatment Allocation
A stratified permuted block randomization will be used in this study. There will be 
2 stratification factors, country and APOE ε4 carrier status (yes/no). Subjects will be assigned to 
1 of 3 treatment groups in a 1:1:1 ratio. The randomization scheme will be implemented in the 
interactive web response system (IWRS). The IWRS will assign a unique treatment code for 
each subject, which will dictate the treatment assignment and matching study drug kit(s) for that 
subject.
Blinding
To maintain the study blind, the study drug container will have a label containing the study 
name, study drug number, and reference number. The label will be blinded indicating possible 
tablets packaged as 5 mg, 25 mg or placebo. However, if it is necessary for a subject’s safety, the 
study blind may be broken and the identity of the study drug ascertained. The study drug number 
will be entered in the electronic case report form (eCRF) when the study drug is dispensed. The 
study drugs will be identical in appearance and will be packaged in identical containers.
The investigator will not be provided with randomization codes. The codes will be maintained 
within the IWRS which has the functionality to allow the investigator to break the blind for an 
individual subject.
Data that may potentially unblind the treatment assignment (ie, study drug concentrations in 
serum or CSF; treatment allocation, longitudinal CSF/PET biomarker data, or other specific 
laboratory data) will be handled with special care to ensure that the integrity of the blind is 
maintained and the potential for bias is minimized. This can include making special provisions, 
such as segregating the data in question from view by the investigators, clinical team, or others 
as appropriate until the time of database lock and unblinding.
Under normal circumstances, the blind should not be broken until all subjects have completed 
the study and the database is finalized. Otherwise, the blind should be broken only if a specific 
emergency treatment or course of action would be dictated by knowing the treatment status of 
the subject. If possible, the investigator should attempt to contact the sponsor or its designee first 
to discuss the particular situation before breaking the blind. Telephone contact with the sponsor 
or its designee will be available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. In an emergency the 
investigator may determine the identity of the treatment by contacting the IWRS (see IWRS 
manual). In the event the blind is broken, the sponsor must be informed as soon as possible. The 
date, time, and reason for the unblinding must be documented in the source document, IWRS, 
and/or in the appropriate section of the eCRF. The documentation received from the IWRS 
indicating the code break must be retained with the subject's source documents in a secure 
manner.
Subjects who have had their treatment assignment unblinded should continue to return for 
scheduled evaluations.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
87
Approved, 25 May 2018
In general, randomization codes will be disclosed fully only if the study is completed and the 
clinical database is closed. However, if an IA is specified, the randomization codes and, if 
required, the translation of randomization codes into treatment and control groups will be 
disclosed to those authorized and only for those subjects included in the IA.
6.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Active study medication will be provided as tablets for oral administration containing atabecestat
5 mg or atabecestat 25 mg. Matching placebo tablets for the 5-mg and 25-mg atabecestat tablets
will also be provided. All study medication tablets will be physically identical in appearance to 
maintain the blind, and will be packaged in blisters.
A study site investigational product manual (pharmacy manual) including instructions for 
dispensing, storage (on-site and at home), and intake of the study medication will be supplied to 
the study site. Study-site personnel will instruct subjects on how to store study drug for at home 
use as indicated for this protocol.
On Day 1, eligible subjects will be randomized to 1 of 2 dose levels of atabecestat or matching 
placebo and receive the following: 

For Subjects randomized and medication dispensed prior to Amendment 3

Treatment Group 1: 10 mg once daily (n=550). Subjects will receive 2 atabecestat 5-mg 
tablets.

Treatment Group 2: 25 mg once daily (n=550). Subjects will receive 1 atabecestat
25-mg tablet and 1 matching placebo tablet.

Treatment Group 3: placebo once daily (n=550). Subjects will receive 2 matching 
placebo tablets.

For Subjects randomized after Amendment 3 and for Subjects with medication re-dispensed 
after Amendment 3

Treatment Group 1: 5 mg once daily (n=550). Subjects will receive 1 atabecestat 5-mg 
tablet. 

Treatment Group 2: 25 mg once daily (n=550). Subjects will receive 1 atabecestat
25-mg tablet.

Treatment Group 3: placebo once daily (n=550). Subjects will receive 1 matching 
placebo tablet.
Subjects who started the study under the 2 tablets/day regimen will be informed about the 
upcoming change to their regimen at the first visit after the implementation of Amendment 3. 
Once the subject has signed the new informed consent, a switch will be made to the 1 tablet/day 
regimen.
On Day 1, prior to administration of the first dose of study drug, subjects will be dispensed a 
sufficient number of tablets of the appropriate study medication for a 12-week treatment period. 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
88
Approved, 25 May 2018
Re-dispensing of study medication will occur at 12-week intervals throughout the double-blind 
treatment phase. 
During the entire double-blind treatment phase, subjects should self-administer study drug 
(atabecestat/placebo) on a once daily schedule with a glass of noncarbonated water 
(approximately 200 mL) preferably in the morning between the hours of 0700 and 1100 
(7:00-11:00 AM), according to the instructions provided by the investigator. The first dose of 
study drug should be self-administered by the subject at the site as described above, and at all 
subsequent scheduled visits, subjects should self-administer their study medication on-site. 
Subjects having difficulties reaching the site during morning hours will be permitted to 
administer drug later during the day (eg, with lunch), but every attempt should be made to ensure 
consistency in the time of study drug administration during the course of the study.
Subjects who forget to take their daily dose in the morning as directed will be instructed to take 
their daily dose later that day, as long as it is before 1600 hours (4:00 PM). Subjects who forget 
to take their morning dose of study drug and cannot take their daily dose of study drug before 
1600 hours (4:00 PM) will be instructed not to take any dose during that day and to resume 
dosing the following day.
Subjects who are no longer capable of ensuring compliance with their daily medication schedule, 
in the judgment of the investigator (eg, due to progression to dementia), will be required to have
support in the handling and administration of study drug (eg, study informant, partner, caregiver,
or nurse practitioner).
7.
TREATMENT COMPLIANCE
The investigator or designated study-site personnel will maintain a log of all study drug 
dispensed and returned. Drug supplies for each subject will be inventoried and accounted for 
throughout the study. 
Study drug should be self-administered by subjects. As such, the number of study drug tablets
dispensed will be recorded and compared with the number returned before the subject leaves the 
clinic, based on the drug packaging/blister cards. If study diaries are used to record this 
information, they should also be checked. At study visits, study drug should be self-administered 
on-site, which will be witnessed by designated study-site personnel.
Subjects will receive instructions on compliance with study drug administration when study
medication is dispensed. During the course of the study, the investigator or designated study-site 
personnel will be responsible for providing additional instruction to re-educate any subject who 
is not compliant with taking the study drug. See Section 9.1.3 (Interruption of Treatment) for 
information on subjects who have to interrupt treatment during the study. For this study, 
overdose will be defined as ingestion by a subject of any dose greater than 6 tablets on any day 
or cumulatively more than 60 tablets in a month, as this could exceed the maximum exposures 
tested in earlier clinical studies (maximum daily exposure 150 mg, maximum exposure in 1 
month 1.5 g [30 days × 50 mg]). The limits of 6 tablets per day/60 tablets per month were chosen 
to cover the high dose group in this study (ie, 25 mg). In other words, since >6 tablets per day at 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
89
Approved, 25 May 2018
the 25 mg dose would equal >150 mg/day and >60 tablets per month at 25 mg dose would equal 
>1.5 g/month). This should be reported as in Section 12.2. There is no specific precaution or 
measure that would be taken if a subject takes an overdose.
8.
PRESTUDY AND CONCOMITANT THERAPY
All prestudy therapies administered up to 30 days before the start of screening must be recorded 
at screening. 
All concomitant therapies must be recorded throughout the study beginning with signing of the 
initial ICF until the end-of-study visit (follow-up visit). Specifically, any therapies (prescription 
or 
over-the-counter 
medications, 
including 
vaccines, 
vitamins, 
herbal 
supplements; 
nonpharmacologic therapies such as electrical nerve stimulation, acupuncture, special diets, 
exercise regimens) different from the study drug must recorded in the subject’s source record and 
entered into the eCRF. 
Concomitant therapies should also be recorded beyond this time in conjunction with new or 
worsening AEs until resolution of the event. Subjects will be instructed to consult the 
investigator or other appropriate study personnel at the site before initiation of any new 
medications or supplements and before changing dose of any current concomitant medications or 
supplements.
Information on use of specific concomitant medications of special interest (ie, AChE inhibitors, 
memantine, benzodiazepines, and antidepressants) will be collected separately in the eCRF, 
including dose and route of administration, dates of administration, and indication for use.
The sponsor must be notified in advance (or as soon as possible thereafter) of any instances in 
which prohibited therapies are administered.
Any symptomatic AD treatment used in association with progression of AD symptoms will be 
documented until the end-of-study visit (follow-up visit).
Modification of an effective preexisting therapy must not be made for the explicit purpose of 
enrolling a subject into the study.
Treatment of stable medical conditions, which might be frequent in an older population, is 
permitted, provided a subject is on a stable medication(s) for at least 6 weeks prior to the start of 
study drug dosing. The subject should remain on the stable medication(s), if possible, for the 
duration of the study. Changes or additions of medications are permitted only if clinically 
indicated and have to be documented in the concomitant medication section of the eCRF.
Treatment with cognitive enhancers (eg, AChE inhibitors) or drugs intended for the treatment of 
cognitive deficits is exclusionary at enrollment into the study. Subjects who experience cognitive 
decline during the study are allowed to receive approved AD therapies, but these new therapies 
or therapy adaptations that are expected to have an impact on cognitive performance (eg, AChE
inhibitors or memantine) will not be permitted without explicit permission by the sponsor based 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
90
Approved, 25 May 2018
on medical necessity. Before a subject starts, stops, or changes the dose of a therapy expected to 
have an impact on cognition, the sponsor’s medical monitor must be contacted to determine if 
the subject should continue in the study or not, and whether or not clinical outcome measures 
should be performed. 
The continuous (daily) use of benzodiazepines is not permitted during the study; however, 
occasional intake of short-acting benzodiazepines is allowed. If a subject requires intermittent
treatment with benzodiazepines, the interval from last dose of the benzodiazepine and the 
subsequent cognitive assessment must be a minimum of 4 half-lives for that compound or 
24 hours, whichever is longer. If a sedating medication is given for a study procedure (eg, MRI, 
PET scan, lumbar puncture) at any visit or for any short-term use, then all cognitive assessments 
must be administered and completed either before, or at least 24 hours, or 4 half-lives, after 
administration of the sedative, whichever is longer.
Other concomitant medications that affect central nervous system (CNS) function may be given 
if the dose is intended to remain unchanged throughout the study. Doses of these compounds 
should remain constant beginning from 6 weeks prior to randomization. To avoid effects on 
cognitive assessments, the following apply, except in cases of documented medical necessity, 
discussed with the sponsor’s medical monitor:

A subject receiving a stable dose of a medication(s) that affects CNS function for at least 
6 weeks prior to randomization should not stop administration of this medication(s) during 
the study and should not change the dose of this medication.

A subject should not add any medication(s) that affect CNS function during the study 
period.
In the case of any unforeseen start, stop, or change to stable doses of a therapy that affect CNS 
function during the study, the sponsor’s medical monitor must be contacted to determine if the 
subject should continue in the study and whether clinical outcome measures should be 
performed. 
With respect to CSF sampling, unless otherwise specified in this section, local site instructions 
related to concomitant therapy will be followed.
9.
STUDY EVALUATIONS
9.1.
Study Procedures
9.1.1.
Overview
The Time and Events Schedule summarizes the timing of efficacy, PK, biomarker, genomic, and
safety measurements applicable to this study.
The Time and Events Schedule lists the month associated with each visit during the double-blind 
treatment phase. During this phase, subjects will visit the site at approximately every 2 weeks for 
the first 3 months (visit 2 weeks=2 weeks post-Day 1, visit Month 1=4 weeks post-Day 1, visit 
Month 1+2 weeks=6 weeks post-Day 1, Month 2=8 weeks post-Day 1, Month 2+2weeks=10
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
91
Approved, 25 May 2018
weeks post-Day 1, Month 3=13 weeks post-Day 1), monthly intervals from 3 months to
6 months (visit Month 4=17 weeks post-Day 1, Month 5=21 weeks post-Day 1, Month 6=26 
weeks post-Day 1), with additional visits at Month 8, Month 9, Month 10, and Month 12 
(Month 8=34 weeks post Dose-Day 1, Month 9=39 weeks post-Day 1, Month 10=43 weeks 
post-Day 1, Month 12=52 weeks post-Day 1), and then at 3-month (13-week) intervals through 
Month 54 (eg, visit Month 15=65 weeks post-Day 1, Month 54=234 weeks post-Day 1). A visit 
window of ±4 calendar days will be allowed for visits at Months 1 and 2 of the double-blind 
treatment phase, while a visit window of ±12 calendar days will be allowed for subsequent visits 
during this phase. All visits of the double-blind treatment phase are in principle single day visits,
however, they may be performed over multiple days within the allowed visit window in the case 
of logistical issues or subject preference. The date of the visit should always be calculated from 
the baseline visit, not from the prior visit.
The time points for safety measures, PK measures, and biomarker measures may be changed by 
the sponsor (with or without affecting the overall frequency of these assessments) prior to and 
during the study based on newly obtained data (eg, IA results) to optimize evaluation of the 
safety, PK, and PK/PD profile of the study drug. These modifications may result in a change in 
the overall frequency of the safety measures or sample collections. The maximal total blood 
volume collected per subject will not be exceeded. In general, such modifications to the time
points for key study parameters, where performed only to optimize evaluation of the actual 
safety, PK, or PK/PD profile of atabecestat will be documented in a note to file and included in 
the next following protocol amendment.
If possible, cognitive testing should always be performed before any medical procedure(s) that 
could be stressful for the subjects (eg, blood draws, CSF collection, imaging scans). Guidance on 
the order of administration of scales and procedures will be provided to the sites through site 
training. See Section 8 for details regarding concomitant use of sedating medication and timing 
of study assessments/procedures with respect to concomitant medication use. Additionally, all 
neuropsychological testing and CSF collections should be performed at approximately the same 
time on each day they are performed. All cognitive evaluations, clinical scales, functional
outcome measures, and medical resource utilization/health outcomes scales should be 
administered by the same rater to reduce potential variability (ie, the same rater for any particular 
scale, but different raters can be used across the scales). Adequate breaks should be incorporated 
between the different cognitive tests administered at the same visit to ensure optimal 
performance. 
Information regarding handling, shipment, and labeling of biological samples (including samples 
for safety laboratory measures) will be provided in a separate laboratory manual. For CSF 
sampling, local site standard operating procedures (SOPs) may be applied for performing the 
actual lumbar puncture (not the CSF collection). Separate imaging manuals and charters will be
also provided, describing the MRI and PET imaging procedures, data acquisition, and handling. 
Any changes to the laboratory manual and imaging manuals/charters will not result in a protocol 
amendment.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
92
Approved, 25 May 2018
Venous blood will be collected for all blood-based analyses. When assessments occur at the 
same time point, the blood sample for PK and biomarker (including RNA) analysis must always 
be collected as close to the scheduled time as possible, followed by the CSF sample for PK and 
biomarker analysis. Other measurements may be done earlier than the specified time points, if 
needed. Actual dates and times of assessments will be recorded in the source documentation, on 
the laboratory requisition form, and/or in the eCRF.
In the event of abnormal safety findings during the conduct of the study, additional 
measurements may be made immediately and subsequently at a frequency considered 
appropriate by the attending physician. 
Blood may be drawn by using a cannula or by venipuncture. The exact times for each blood draw 
or assessment will be recorded in the source documentation, on the laboratory requisition form, 
and/or in the eCRF. The order of multiple assessments within 1 protocol time point should be the 
same throughout the study. The volume of blood to be collected from each subject is summarized 
in Table 2. For each subject, the maximum amount of blood drawn in this study will not exceed
480 mL. Note: Blood taken will not exceed 450 mL in any 3 month period, and the majority of 
subjects will not have blood draws exceeding 360 mL (see Table 2).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
93
Approved, 25 May 2018
Table 2:
Volume of Blood to be Collected From Each Subject
Type of Sample
Volume per 
Sample (mL)
No. of Samples 
per Subject
Total Volume of 
Blood (mL)a
Safety (including screening and posttreatment assessments)
Hematology and serum chemistry
4.5
29
130.5
Screening folate, homocysteine, coagulation,
    methylmalonic acid, vitamin B12
11.3
1
11.3
Thyroid function
3.5
1
3.5
Serology (HIV, hepatitis)
5
1
5
Pharmacokinetic sample
3
21
63
PD sample for Aβ1-40 and Aβ1-42
6
12
72
Biomarker sample associated with CSF collectionb
6
3
18
Biomarker sample for plasma and gene expression (RNA)
10
1
10
Sample for gene expression (RNA)
2.5
7
17.5
Sample for APOE genotyping and pharmacogenomics
(DNA)
10
1
10
Blood sample for PBMC (whole blood)c
10
1
10
Corresponding plasma samplec
8
1
8
Blood sample for PBMC (whole blood) for subset of 
subjects with hepatic enzyme elevatione
120
1
120
Approximate Totald
NA
80
478.8
a
Calculated as number of samples multiplied by amount of blood per sample.
b
Only for subjects who have CSF samples collected (eg, amyloid screening by CSF).
c
Only at sites capable of processing PBMC samples.
d
Repeat or unscheduled samples may be taken for safety reasons or technical issues with the samples.
e
Only for subjects participating in an optional immunologic substudy (see Section 3.2.6.2). Blood taken will not 
exceed 450 mL in any 3 month period.
Note: An indwelling intravenous cannula may be used for blood sample collection.
Abbreviations: 
Aβ=amyloid-beta; APOE=apolipoprotein E; CSF=cerebrospinal fluid; HIV=human 
immunodeficiency virus; NA=not applicable; PBMC= peripheral blood mononuclear cell; 
PD=pharmacodynamic.
9.1.2.
Screening Phase
After providing written informed consent, subjects may be screened over a period of 
approximately 90 days to assess their eligibility for the study according to the inclusion and 
exclusion criteria defined for this study (see Section 4). If needed for biomarker collection, data
interpretation, or logistical reasons, this period can be prolonged with written approval of the 
sponsor. 
During screening, 4 primary screening steps will be assessed as shown in Figure 5. In addition, 
part of the baseline cognitive, functional, performance, and medical resource utilization/health 
outcomes measures will be performed during the screening period, as described further below.
The complete list of assessments is noted in the Time and Events Schedule. Assessments for 
Step III (MRI) and Step IV (Elevated Amyloid Accumulation) may only be performed after the 
subject is determined to be still eligible for the study after review of results from Step I (General 
Health) and Step II (Clinical Scales). Step I and II can occur in any order, however, a subjects’
history should be obtained before all other study activities. The history should include questions 
to ensure appropriateness to participate in the study (eg. availability of study partner, current 
symptomatic AD treatments, unstable medical illness, extended travel or upcoming surgeries, 
etc.). Step III must be completed before Step IV. The investigator must review the MRI results 
before the subject undergoes amyloid testing. The order of individual assessments within a step
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
94
Approved, 25 May 2018
is not fixed, unless otherwise indicated, and may differ by site depending on logistical aspects 
and subject preferences, provided the defined visit windows are maintained.
Figure 5:
Screening Steps
*PACC baseline assessment will be performed on Day 1 predose.
AD=Alzheimer’s disease; CDR=Clinical Dementia Rating; CSF=cerebrospinal fluid; ECG=electrocardiogram; 
Min=minimum; MRI=magnetic resonance imaging; NAB-DLT=Neuropsychological Assessment Battery–Daily 
Living Test; PACC=
Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite; PET=positron emission tomography; 
RBANS=Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status.
During screening, the subject’s general health (Step I) will be assessed according to the specific 
safety assessments listed in the Time and Events Schedule. Subjects will complete the C-SSRS 
to assess suicidal ideation and behavior in Step I of screening.
The subject’s clinical scales (Step II) assessment will include the CDR (baseline assessment). In 
order to perform the CDR, each subject needs to be accompanied by the specified informant. The
CDR global score is a standardized global clinical measure (for additional details on this test, see 
Section 9.2.2.2.4). Subjects with a CDR global rating score higher than 0 will be excluded from 
further participation. The CDR must be completed prior to proceeding to the Step III and IV 
screening assessments. In addition, in Step II of screening, the following scales will be 
completed for all subjects: (1) Rosen-modified Hachinski Ischemic Scale (HIS) to collect 
information relevant to risks for vascular cognitive impairment, (2) Geriatric Depression Scale 
(GDS) to collect information related to depressive symptoms; (3) Assessment of Psychological 
Well Being to monitor for anxiety and depression; (4) HRUQ scale to collect information on 
resource utilization; and (5) SF-36 and EQ-5D-5L to assess general health. Each subject’s 
concern about developing AD and his/her views and perceptions of amyloid imaging, as well as 
perception of future time, will be assessed via questionnaires during Step II (Views & Perception 
of Amyloid Imaging Scale, Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia Scale, Future Time 
Perspective Scale). The results of these assessments as well as the Assessment of Psychological 
Well Being must be reviewed prior to scheduling any amyloid biomarker measurement to ensure
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
95
Approved, 25 May 2018
that the subject is willing to receive a report of a pathological biomarker result and that, in the 
judgment of the investigator, the disclosure would not constitute a significant risk for the subject.
As discussed below, these same questionnaires are also to be completed following disclosure of 
the subject’s amyloid status in Step IV.
Subjects will have a single practice session during the screening phase for the PACC, RBANS, 
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention, and computerized cognitive battery. These practice 
sessions will be done to assess and mitigate potential practice effects. Practice sessions can occur 
at any time during screening but must be completed (1) prior to Step IV assessments, and (2) no 
later than 20 days (ie, Day -20) before the start of dosing.
Evidence of any brain disease (Step III), other than potential very early clinical signs of AD
(eg, mild hippocampal atrophy) or typical age-related changes (eg, mild white matter 
hyperintensity on MRI), will be assessed during screening by means of cerebral MRI. Screening 
MRI results that demonstrate any relevant other pathology that by itself is likely to result in 
decline of cognitive function are exclusionary (see Section 4.2). Central and local review of the 
MRI will be performed, and where discrepancies are noted, the central read will be viewed as the 
primary source of information for eligibility determination in consultation with the sponsor’s 
medical monitor.
Evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation (Step IV) will be assessed by either (1) a CSF 
sample for determination of A1-42 concentration or (2) an amyloid PET scan for determination 
of cerebral fibrillar amyloid. Subjects can have both CSF collection and amyloid imaging 
performed (the aim is that approximately 20% of subjects will have both screening biomarker 
evaluations to better understand concordance of the biomarkers in screening and treatment).
Amyloid status for study entry will be based on at least 1 of these biomarkers confirming 
elevated amyloid accumulation. It is sufficient to demonstrate elevated amyloid accumulation by 
1 of the 2 markers, but the decision to perform 1 or both needs to be made before either result is 
available. The amyloid disclosure visit will be performed when both results, if applicable, are 
available. Subjects with negative results for both biomarker tests of elevated amyloid 
accumulation cannot be rescreened. Subjects who elect up front to be tested on only 1 of the 
biomarkers cannot be screened for the other if their results are negative, unless the decision is 
made before either result is available.
All subjects who undergo the Step IV amyloid burden assessment will have their results 
disclosed during a separate in-clinic amyloid status disclosure visit conducted during the 
screening period by a clinical investigator approved for this role. This visit must take place at 
least 2 days prior to the baseline cognitive assessments. Disclosure of the amyloid accumulation 
results will be per local laws and regulations. Informant attendance is not required at this visit, 
but may be permitted if the subject agrees. Subject concern about developing AD and his/her 
views and perceptions of amyloid imaging, as well as perception of future time, will be repeated 
following disclosure of amyloid status using the questionnaires specified above for Step I. The 
Impact of Events Scale (IES) will be administered over the phone (or at a visit) within 3 days 
following the amyloid status disclosure visit.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
96
Approved, 25 May 2018
Eligible subjects based on screening assessments will return during the screening period to the
site to have part of their baseline cognitive and performance measures performed at least 2 days 
after the amyloid disclosure visit and between Day -10 and Day -5 (inclusive). Baseline 
measures obtained at this visit will include the CFI, CFI-a, ADCS-ADL-PI, RBANS, NAB-
DLTs for Memory and Attention, computerized cognitive battery (selected sites only), and FCI 
(selected sites only).
Some assessments of the screening process may also be performed by screening centers in close 
collaboration and agreement with sites and sponsor to facilitate the screening process at these 
sites.
The following blood samples will also be collected during screening: DNA blood sample from 
all subjects for APOE genotyping; venous blood sample from all subjects for the analysis of Aβ 
fragments and additional exploratory markers; RNA blood samples from all subjects; and PBMC 
sample from all subjects at sites capable of processing them.
The comprehensive skin examination should be performed by a dermatologist (Medical 
Doctor/Doctor of Osteopathic Medicine dermatology specialist or a non-physician medical 
specialist such as an advanced practice nurse with extensive clinical experience in dermatology, 
certified to conduct independent dermatological examinations, and approved by the sponsor’s 
medical monitor). Photographs collected by the dermatologist or assigned designee will be 
included in the general health assessments. It is preferred that the examination be conducted 
before Step III, but it must be performed before amyloid testing (Step IV).
In some cases, subjects who screen fail for reasons that are subsequently addressed may be 
considered for rescreening after approval by the sponsor’s medical monitor. Scenarios to be 
considered include: previous 54861911ALZ2003 screening was not completed within protocol 
time windows, delay in obtaining past medical history, mild or asymptomatic medical conditions 
that required further evaluation to demonstrate stability, and medications that had not been stable 
for 6 months prior to randomization. Individuals previously excluded for not meeting inclusion 
criterion 4 (biomarker amyloid status) or exclusion criterion 2 (MRI ineligibility) cannot be 
rescreened.
Subjects approved for rescreening must sign a new ICF, and undergo appropriate screening 
evaluation according to the Time and Events Schedule, confirmed by the sponsor’s medical 
monitor. This will include interim medical history, safety assessments, clinical laboratory 
assessments, and ECG. If MRI was completed within 6 months of randomization, it would not 
need to be repeated in most cases. If tests for amyloid accumulation (CSF, amyloid-PET or 
both), genomics and fluid biomarkers were completed and valid, they would not need to be 
repeated. Screening cognitive and other endpoint evaluations should follow the Time and Events 
Schedule; if screening cognitive evaluations were completed previously then testing in 
rescreening should be conducted 3 months or more after the prior testing.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
97
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.1.3.
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Subjects participating in the double-blind treatment phase will visit the site at regular intervals 
(approximately every 2 weeks for the first 3 months, monthly from 3 months to 6 months with 
additional visits at Month 8, Month 9, Month 10, and Month 12, and then every 3 months 
thereafter; see Time and Events Schedule- Double-Blind Treatment and Follow-up Phases).
Day 1/Day of Randomization
Subjects who successfully complete the screening assessments will return to the site on Day 1, at 
which time a series of predose baseline measurements (including PACC) will be performed (as 
listed in the Time and Events Schedule).
Following confirmatory review of a subject’s eligibility for further participation based on the 
inclusion criteria and exclusion criteria (see Section 4), eligible subjects will be randomly 
assigned on Day 1 to 1 of 2 dose levels of atabecestat (5 mg or 25 mg once daily) or matching 
placebo in a 1:1:1 ratio. As described in Section 5, randomization will be stratified by country
and APOE ε4 carrier status.
Study drug for the double-blind treatment phase will be dispensed on Day 1 and at each regular 
visit thereafter (except Month 54), as listed in the Time and Events Schedule. Instructions for 
intake will be provided to the subjects when the study drug is dispensed, or more frequently 
when needed. Subjects should self-administer single daily doses of study medication (once daily) 
from Day 1 until Month 54, inclusive as described in Section 6.
Double-blind Treatment Phase
Following dosing on Day 1 and during the entire double-blind treatment phase, treatment effects 
will be evaluated by means of cognitive assessments, functional outcome measures, fluid and 
imaging biomarkers, PK, assessment of concerns about AD, medical resource utilization/health 
outcomes measures, and safety and tolerability at the time points listed in the Time and Events 
Schedule. 
The treatment effect of atabecestat on slowing cognitive decline will be assessed in all subjects 
by neuropsychological assessments during the double-blind treatment phase, using the PACC
(see Section 9.2.1), RBANS (see Section 9.2.2.1.1), and NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention 
(9.2.2.1.2), and will be explored with the computerized cognitive battery (selected centers only). 
Functional outcome or performance will be evaluated in all subjects using the CFI, CFI-a, 
ADCS-ADL-PI, A-IADL-Q (selected centers only), and CDR, and will be explored with the FCI
(selected centers only). Additional details on the cognitive and functional outcome assessments 
are presented in Section9.2.2.1, Section 9.2.2.2, and Section 9.5.
The potential effects of atabecestat on the pathophysiologic processes underlying AD will be 
assessed based on fluid biomarkers (CSF [subset of subjects with baseline measurements] and 
plasma [all subjects]), imaging biomarkers (MRI [all subjects], amyloid PET [subset of subjects 
with baseline measurements], and tau PET [subset of subjects electing to participate in 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
98
Approved, 25 May 2018
substudy]). Details on these evaluations are presented in Section 9.4, while the collection time
points are specified in the Time and Events Schedule.
For all subjects, RNA blood samples will be collected to allow for analysis of gene expression 
profiles for translational biomarker research related to atabecestat at time points during the 
double-blind treatment phase as indicated in the Time and Events schedule. Collections may be 
modified based on local rules and regulations.
Blood samples for determination of atabecestat concentrations in plasma will be collected prior 
to dosing and at 1 to 4 hours postdose using a sparse sampling approach at the time points 
indicated in the Time and Events Schedule. In addition, atabecestat concentrations in CSF 
samples may be analyzed. Additional details concerning the evaluation of PK parameters are
provided in Section 9.6.
Medical resource utilization and health outcomes will be explored with the HRUQ, SF-36, and 
EQ-5D-5L (see Section 9.8).
Safety (ECG, vital signs, safety labs, MRI, physical, neurological and dermatologic examination, 
and C-SSRS), and tolerability (AEs and Assessment of Psychological Well Being) will be 
assessed at regular intervals during the double-blind treatment phase, as listed per the Time and 
Events Schedule, and described in Sections 9.5.7, 9.5.8, and 9.9). Most of these safety 
assessments (except for the MRI, ECG, and Assessment of Psychological Well Being) will be
done predose at the specified visit. Questionnaires assessing a subject’s concern about AD and 
his/her perception of future time will be repeated at regular intervals during the double-blind 
treatment phase as indicated on the Time and Events Schedule (see also Sections 9.5.4 and 
9.5.6). A comprehensive skin examination by a dermatologist will be repeated at Month 12 of the 
double-blind treatment phase, or at the Early Termination (ET) visit for any subject who 
withdraws from the study prior to Month 12.
Interruption of Treatment
If a subject has to interrupt treatment due to a significant medical condition or life event, it is 
possible to re-initiate treatment. Interruption of treatment should be limited to significant events, 
and confirmed with the medical monitor. Treatment re-initiation should occur as soon as possible 
and has to be confirmed by a medical officer of the sponsor. The re-initiation may include a 
general safety examination and safety labs.
End of Treatment or Early Withdrawal
Every attempt should be made to follow subjects through their final visit of the double-blind 
treatment phase (Month 54), including subjects who prematurely discontinue study medication 
but do not withdraw from the study. For subjects who prematurely discontinue study medication, 
the focus will be on collecting primary and secondary clinical outcome measures and reducing 
other assessments. In the event that a subject prematurely discontinues from the study for any 
reason, an ET visit should be completed (see Section 10.3 for criteria for treatment 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
99
Approved, 25 May 2018
discontinuation or drop-outs). Assessments and procedures to be completed at the ET visit are 
listed in the Time and Events Schedule.
Disposition status should be recorded for subjects who withdraw from the study, discontinue 
study medication but continue in the study, and complete the study.
If a subject drops out of the study due to an AE, every reasonable attempt will be made to follow 
the subject until the AE resolves or until the investigator, in conjunction with the sponsor, deems 
the AE to be chronic or stable. All serious adverse events (SAEs) will continue to be followed as 
instructed in Section 12.3.2.
9.1.4.
Posttreatment Phase (Follow-Up)
After a minimum of 7 days to a maximum of 28 days after the last dose of study drug in the 
double-blind treatment phase (ie, after the last visit of the double-blind treatment phase), subjects 
will return to the site for a follow-up visit. The procedures to be completed during the follow-up 
visit are listed in the Time and Events Schedule. Subjects who withdraw prematurely from the 
study during the double-blind treatment phase will also be expected to complete the 
posttreatment phase (follow-up visit) assessments within 7 to 28 days after the last dose of study 
drug, or the ET visit assessments (if performed), whichever comes last.
If the subject has died, the date and cause of death will be collected and documented on the 
eCRF. Investigators may recontact the subject or informant to obtain long-term follow-up 
information to determine safety or survival status (refer to Section 16.2.3).
9.1.5.
Long-Term Extension Study
Subjects who complete the double-blind treatment phase may be eligible to participate in a 
long-term extension study if enrollment criteria are met for the extension study. Subjects 
participating in a long-term extension study will receive study medication during the course of 
that study after all assessments for Study 54861911ALZ2003 are completed. The availability, 
design, and implementation of such a long-term extension study will be established prior to the 
last study visit of the double-blind treatment phase in Study 54861911ALZ2003 for the first 
subject enrolled.
For subjects completing the double-blind treatment period, but deciding not to participate in the 
long-term extension study, telephone contact will be made to determine subjects’ general clinical 
status. The availability, design, and implementation of such a long-term follow-up will be 
established prior to the last study visit of the double-blind treatment phase in Study 
54861911ALZ2003 for the first subject enrolled.
9.2.
Efficacy
9.2.1.
Primary Efficacy Measure: Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite 
The primary efficacy measure for this study, the PACC, version used in this study, is similar to 
the Alzheimer's Disease Cooperative Study - Preclinical Alzheimer's Cognitive Composite 
(ADCS-PACC), a theoretically derived composite that was designed to be a sensitive measure of 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
100
Approved, 25 May 2018
early cognitive changes attributable to cerebral amyloid effects in asymptomatic individuals (see 
Section 3.2.5). Both versions of the PACC are composed of 4 measures that are weighted 
towards episodic memory and includes a timed executive function test and a global cognitive 
screening test. The PACC version used and described here, uses 3 alternate forms for each of the 
4 elements and includes minor differences from the ADCS-PACC to allow optimal translation 
and cultural adaptation of items into multiple country-languages. The administration of the 
PACC should be recorded (audio) for quality review purposes according to locally applicable 
laws and regulations. The PACC, version used in this study, will be completed at Day 1 and at 6-
month intervals beginning at Month 6 through Month 54, or at the ET visit; the PACC will also 
be administered in a practice session during the screening phase (see Section 9.1.2). Three
alternate forms of the PACC, version used in this study, will be administered in an alternating 
manner during the study, including once during screening prior to the baseline administration. 
These versions are functionally and psychometrically equivalent, but have different list learning 
sections. Components of the PACC include the following:

Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test (FCSRT). The FCSRT34,35,43,45 is a test of 
associative learning using 16 items presented visually as figures and auditorily as words.
Semantic cuing is used to facilitate encoding and retrieval. Higher scores indicate better 
performance.

Delayed Paragraph Recall (Logical Memory test, Wechsler Memory Scale [WMS]). 
Immediate and Delayed Paragraph Recall tests episodic memory.129 Free recall of a short 
story that consists of 25 items of information will be elicited immediately after it is read 
aloud to the subject and again after approximately a 30-minute delay. The total number of 
items of information from the story that are recalled immediately (maximum score=25) and 
after the delay interval (maximum score=25) are recorded. Higher scores indicate better 
performance. The delay score (0-25 story units) will be used in the composite.

Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS)-IV Coding. The WAIS-IV Coding (previously 
WAIS-III Digit Symbol; WAIS-R Digit Symbol Substitution Test) is a subtest of the larger 
WAIS-IV battery and takes less than 5 minutes to complete.128 Coding involves multiple 
cognitive domains including attention/concentration, visuospatial motor coordination, 
psychomotor speed, and executive functioning. In this subtest the participant copies symbols 
that are paired with numbers as quickly as possible for 120 seconds. Specifically, the top of 
the page has a ‘key’ containing boxes with the numbers 1 to 9 paired with random symbols. 
The remainder of the page contains boxes with the numbers with blank boxes below these 
numbers. The participants are directed to fill in the appropriate symbols corresponding to the 
numbers in these blank boxes as quickly as possible working from left to right without 
skipping numbers or rows. The maximum possible score is 135 points. The total raw score is 
the number of correctly drawn symbols completed in 120 seconds; the number correct in 
90 seconds will also be recorded as a secondary score. Higher scores indicate better 
performance.

MMSE Total Score. The MMSE35 is a brief, frequently used screening instrument used for 
dementia including AD. The MMSE scale evaluates orientation, memory, attention, 
concentration, naming, repetition, comprehension, and ability to create a sentence and to 
copy 2 overlapping pentagons. The MMSE is scored as the number of correctly completed 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
101
Approved, 25 May 2018
items with a lower score indicative of poorer performance and greater cognitive impairment. 
The total score ranges from 0 (worse) to 30 (perfect performance).
Slight differences in the PACC, version used in this study, from the ADCS-PACC include 
changes to some of the figures and text of the FCSRT to facilitate cultural adaptation and 
translations to other languages, inclusion of a different Logical Memory paragraph for 
administration during screening, and use of serial sevens in the MMSE instead of spelling
“world” backwards.
Each component score will be transformed into z-scores. These z-scores will then be summed to 
form the composite.26 A decrease of 1 baseline standard deviation (SD) on each component 
would result in a 4-point decrease in the composite. 
9.2.2.
Secondary Efficacy Measures
9.2.2.1.
Clinical Scales for Cognitive Outcome Measures
Cognitive outcome/performance will be evaluated in all subjects using the RBANS and 
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention. These will be evaluated at the time points outlined in the 
Time and Events Schedule.
9.2.2.1.1.
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status
The RBANS is a 20 to 25 minute battery developed for cognitive assessment, detection, and 
characterization of dementia in the elderly, as well as for neuropsychological screening for 
younger patients.97 The time needed to administer this battery is dependent on disease severity, 
but is shorter if the participant is more impaired. The RBANS will be completed at 6-month 
intervals at Month 3 through Month 51, or at the ET visit; the RBANS will also be administered 
in a practice session during the screening phase (see Section 9.1.2).
The RBANS includes 12 subtests that measure the following 5 indices: (1) Attention Index,
composed of Digit Span and Coding; (2) the Language Index, consisting of Picture Naming and 
Semantic Fluency subtests; (3) the Visuospatial/Construction Index, made up of Figure Copy and 
Line Orientation subtests; (4) the Immediate Memory Index, composed of List Learning and 
Story Memory subtests, and (5) the Delayed Memory Index, consisting of List Recall, List 
Recognition, Story Recall, and Figure Recall subtests. The RBANS is administered face-to-face,
is available in over 30 languages, and has been used in multinational clinical trials, including AD 
trials.63,69,96 Completion of the RBANS yields 5 index scores based on participant performance 
on the various subtests, as well as a composite Total Index score for the battery. Index scores 
range from 40 to 160, and are normalized to a mean of 100 and standard deviation of 15. Higher 
scores indicate less impairment.
9.2.2.1.2.
Neuropsychological Assessment Battery - Daily Living Tests
The NAB-DLTs represent a series of performance-based measures covering 5 domains
(Attention, Memory, Language, Spatial, and Executive function).117 These are valid, clinically 
meaningful measures that objectively assess functional deficits. Participant performance scores 
on the NAB subtests are summed, and then normalized to yield an index score. Index scores can 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
102
Approved, 25 May 2018
range from <55 to >145, and are normalized to a mean of 100 and standard deviation of 15. 
Higher scores indicate less impairment. Positive results on these tests would provide further 
evidence that any treatment effects on other cognitive endpoints were clinically relevant.
9.2.2.2.
Clinical Scales for Functional Outcome Measures
Functional outcome/performance will be evaluated in all subjects using the CFI, ADCS-ADL-PI, 
and CDR. These will be evaluated at the time points outlined in the Time and Events Schedule.
9.2.2.2.1.
Cognitive Function Index 
The CFI is a modified version of the Mail-in Cognitive Function Screening Instrument,125 a 
subject- and informant-reported outcome measure developed by the ADCS. This assessment 
includes 15 questions (14 of which contribute to the total score, and 1 additional unscored item) 
that assess the subject’s perceived ability to perform high-level functional tasks in daily-life and 
sense of overall cognitive functional ability. Study subjects and their informants independently 
rate the subject’s abilities. Total scores range from 0 to 14 (yes=1; no=0; maybe=0.5 for each 
question) with higher scores indicating greater impairment.
9.2.2.2.2.
Cognitive Function Index-acute
The CFI-a is a modified version of the CFI, a subject and informant-reported outcome measure 
developed by Janssen. This assessment includes 14 questions similar to those in the CFI that 
evaluate the subject’s perceived ability to perform high-level functional tasks in daily-life and 
sense of overall cognitive functional ability. Study subjects and their informants independently 
rate the subject’s abilities based on their current or most recent experience. The scale uses 
frequency (never, rarely, sometimes, often, or always) to measure impairment, with always 
indicating greatest impairment.
9.2.2.2.3.
ADCS Activities of Daily Living – Prevention Instrument
The ADCS-ADL-PI was developed in the ADCS Prevention Instruments Trial and is a 
functional measure composed of 18 items that includes 15 activities of daily living rated on a 
4-point scale and 3 high-level function items.37 Study subjects and their informants 
independently rate the subject’s level of ability. Informants are additionally asked to evaluate 
whether activities were completed less often, required more time to complete, and if any errors
were made performing the task. High-level function items are rated as “yes” or “no”. Total 
scores range from 0 to 45 with higher scores indicating less impairment.
9.2.2.2.4.
Clinical Dementia Rating Scale
The CDR is a global clinical scale with established diagnostic and severity-ranking utility that is
widely used in clinical trials. It does not directly rely on psychometric tests, thereby avoiding 
learning effects. The CDR assesses 3 domains
of cognition (memory, orientation, 
judgment/problem solving) and 3 domains of function (community affairs, home/hobbies, 
personal care) using semi-structured interviews of both the study subject and an informant 
carried out by a trained rater. The CDR is scored using a standard methodology. Each domain is 
rated on a 5-point scale of functioning as follows: (0) no impairment; (0.5) questionable 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
103
Approved, 25 May 2018
impairment; (1) mild impairment; (2) moderate impairment; and (3) severe impairment (Personal 
care is scored on a 4-point scale without a 0.5 rating available). An algorithm is used for 
integrating the information obtained into an overall score, ie, “CDR Global” score ranging from 
0 to 3, with 0 indicating no signs of clinically apparent cognitive impairment or dementia and
3 indicating severe dementia.
Scores for the 6 domains (ranging from 0 to 3) can additionally be summed to obtain the CDR 
Sum of Boxes (CDR-SB) score with scores ranging from 0 to 18. The CDR-SB scores can be 
used to stage patients.13,90 Higher scores indicate greater impairment.
The CDR assessment will be audiotaped. In case of any discrepancy between the CDR global 
score and the subject’s performance in neurocognitive tests, a review process will be initiated to 
explain or resolve discrepancies for the assessment that determines study eligibility during 
screening.
9.3.
Efficacy Endpoints
9.3.1.
Primary Endpoint
The primary endpoint of Study 54861911ALZ2003 is the change from baseline at Month 54
(Year 4.5) in the PACC score. 
The change from baseline in PACC is the sum of the following 4 z-score changes:

Change from baseline in -PACC= Z1+Z2+Z3+Z4, 
where Z1=the change from baseline in the sum of the Total + Free Recall scores from the 
FCSRT divided by SD, where SD is the standard deviation associated with the baseline sum of 
the Total + Free Recall scores from the FCSRT in the analysis population.
Z2, Z3, and Z4 are similarly calculated z-score changes for the Delayed Paragraph Recall score, 
WAIS-IV Coding score, and MMSE score, respectively.
9.3.2.
Secondary Endpoints
The key secondary efficacy endpoint in this Phase 2b/3 study is the following:

Change from baseline at Month 54 on CFI (total score)
Other secondary efficacy endpoints are the following:

Change from baseline at Month 54 in ADCS-ADL-PI score (total score)

Change from baseline at Month 51 on RBANS (total scale score)

Change from baseline at Month 54 on CDR-SB

Change from baseline at Month 54 on NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
104
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.4.
Biomarkers
9.4.1.
Fluid Biomarkers
9.4.1.1.
CSF Biomarkers
CSF samples will be collected for amyloid screening as well as longitudinally from the subset of 
subjects with baseline CSF collection for measuring different Aβ fragments and exploratory PD 
markers.
For amyloid screening by CSF, a CSF Aβ1-42 assay performed at a single accredited laboratory 
with demonstrated high sensitivity and specificity will be used. This selected CSF Aβ1-42 assay 
has demonstrated high sensitivity and specificity in identifying subjects with MCI or normal 
cognition who will decline cognitively or progress to AD dementia.12,49,81,124
CSF samples will be collected at baseline (predose on Day 1) and prior to dosing at Month 12 
and Month 36 (and at the ET visit, if applicable) to assess the following: levels of p-tau, t-tau, 
Aβ1-40, Aβ1-42, and other biomarkers for PD endpoints; levels of atabecestat (see Section 9.6). 
The corresponding blood sample will be collected for additional analytes. In cases where a 
screening CSF sample is collected to confirm elevated amyloid accumulation, the screening CSF 
sample will replace the baseline sample to be collected on Day 1 predose.
The baseline and Month 36 CSF sampling time points are fixed. The Month 12 CSF sampling 
time point is considered flexible and may be shifted during the course of the study to any time
point between Day 1 and Month 36, following an interim review by the DMC of the biomarker
data (CSF A1-40 and CSF p-tau or an alternate biomarker of neurodegeneration; see 
Section 11.4.3). In addition, a blood sample for PD biomarkers will be collected at the same 
visit. It is recommended that the blood samples be obtained before performing the lumbar 
puncture.
Multiple sampling time points for CSF collection will permit an assessment over time of when 
changes in CSF p-tau levels or additional downstream markers of neurodegeneration occur and 
their respective time courses. The primary CSF biomarker to assess and predict a potential 
therapeutic effect of atabecestat is CSF p-tau, while the primary CSF biomarker to confirm 
engagement of atabecestat at the intended target site is CSF Aβ1-40. See Section 3.2.6.2 for a 
discussion of biomarkers to be measured in CSF samples.
Cerebral spinal fluid collection at the assessment time points should be performed at 
approximately the same time of day to reduce potential variability due to the diurnal fluctuation 
in CSF proteins. In addition, collection and storage should utilize tubes of specific material 
supplied for these purposes to ensure accuracy of the measurements due to the adherence of 
proteins to the tubes.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
105
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.4.1.2.
Plasma Biomarkers
Venous blood samples will be collected from all subjects for the analysis of Aβ fragments and 
additional exploratory markers (see Section 3.2.6.2) at the time points indicated on the Time and 
Events Schedule.
A PBMC sample and platelet-rich plasma sample will be collected at screening from all subjects 
at sites capable of processing PBMC samples (see Time and Events Schedule - Screening Phase). 
See Section 3.2.6.2 for additional blood tests for an optional immunologic substudy to 
characterize T-cell response. Additional details will be provided in a laboratory manual if such 
samples need to be collected (see also Attachment 4).
An RNA blood sample will be collected from all subjects at the time points indicated in the Time 
and Events Schedule. 
A DNA blood sample will be collected for APOE genotyping and pharmacogenomic research 
from all subjects at the time point indicated in the Time and Events Schedule - Screening Phase.
9.4.2.
Imaging Biomarkers
9.4.2.1.
Amyloid Positron Emission Tomography Substudy
Amyloid PET scans will be collected for amyloid screening as well as longitudinally from the 
subset of subjects with baseline/screening amyloid PET scans.
Amyloid PET scans will be performed to detect and measure fibrillar Aβ amyloid in the brain 
(parenchymal Aβ plaques and vessel wall deposits). PET imaging for brain amyloid will be 
performed longitudinally at Months 0, 24, and 48 (or at the ET visit, if applicable) in the subset 
of subjects who have a screening/baseline amyloid PET assessment. In cases where a screening 
amyloid PET scan was performed to confirm elevated amyloid accumulation, this scan will 
replace the baseline scan to be done at Month 0. Note, no subject will receive more than 3 
amyloid PET scans during the study. If mandated by local rules or regulation (eg, exposure limits 
for radiation), the number of follow-up scans can be adjusted. If only 1 of the 2 follow-up scans 
(Month 24 and Month 48) can be performed for this reason, priority shall be given to the scan at 
Month 24.
While there are currently multiple amyloid PET imaging agents approved for use in the US and 
Europe, a single approved agent will be used at screening and throughout the study for 
estimating β amyloid burden in the brain. Tracer retention in different brain regions known to 
accumulate substantial amyloid in AD (eg, regions of interest [ROIs], including but not limited 
to the frontal, medial temporal, or parietal cortices; anterior and posterior cingulates) and
different ROIs for reference (eg, pons and cerebellum) will be determined. 
Details of the amyloid PET imaging procedures, including the particular tracer that will be used, 
tracer administration, image acquisition, image pre- and post-processing, and image analysis will 
be provided in a separate imaging manual/charter. In addition, instructions for reading of 
amyloid PET scans and rater training will be included. All PET scans will be sent to a core 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
106
Approved, 25 May 2018
imaging laboratory for central review for quality control purposes, determination of the amyloid 
status of each PET scan (positive or negative) by trained readers, and for data management, data 
analysis, and archiving, as defined in the manual/charter. For the screening eligibility scan, 
predefined criteria for eligibility will be documented in the imaging manual/charter. 
9.4.2.2.
Tau Positron Emission Tomography Substudy
Tau PET scans will be performed in those subjects who agree to participate in the assessment of 
brain tau burden (ie, sign a separate ICF for this substudy). PET imaging for pathological tau will 
be performed at Months 0, 18, and 39 (or at the ET visit, if applicable).
A single tau imaging radiotracer will be used in all tau PET scans conducted during the study. 
Tracer retention in different brain regions (eg, ROIs including but not limited to the amygdala, 
hippocampus, and parahippocampus) will be determined. 
Details of the tau PET imaging procedures, including information on the tracer and its
administration, image acquisition, image pre- and post-processing, and image analysis will be
provided in a separate imaging manual/charter. All PET scans will be sent to a core imaging 
laboratory for central review for quality control purposes and for data management, data 
analysis, and archiving, as defined in the manual/charter.
9.4.2.3.
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
All subjects will receive MRI imaging at screening to assess eligibility (Step III). In addition, 
MRI imaging will be conducted in all subjects during the double-blind treatment period at the 
time points indicated on the Time and Events Schedule to assess safety and potential treatment 
effects. Imaging sequences for all prespecified MRI studies comprise an identical set of pulse 
sequences, as described in the MRI imaging manual/charter.
Global and regional brain volumes and regional cortical thickness will be derived from the 
volumetric MRI sequence (3DT1) and will include both cross-sectional absolute measurements 
and longitudinal volume change. Most of the regional volumes and regional cortical thicknesses
that will be chosen for this study will include those anatomical areas that are most affected in AD
and some selected regions known not to be affected by AD to act as controls.
Task-free functional MRI imaging and DTI will only be obtained at sites that have MRI scanners 
capable of performing these sequences. For sites that cannot obtain DTI, diffusion weighted 
imaging (DWI [3 orthogonal directions only]) sequences will include fractional anisotropy and 
apparent diffusion coefficient in regions of subcortical white matter that are reported to be 
affected in preclinical AD.66
All MRI data collected (screening and on treatment) will be sent to a core imaging laboratory for 
quality control purposes and for data management, image processing, image analysis, and 
archiving, as defined in the imaging manual/charter. MRI image evaluation will be performed by 
a core imaging laboratory. Enrollment in the study will require central review (see Exclusion 
Criterion 2 in Section 4.2). If the central MRI report indicates “not eligible” or “for further 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
107
Approved, 25 May 2018
consultation,” additional screening procedures should not be performed until eligibility is 
resolved in consultation with the sponsor’s medical monitor.
9.5.
Additional Clinical Scales
In addition to the clinical scales described under secondary efficacy measures above 
(Section 9.2.2), other clinical scales are included in this study for screening purposes, to assess 
safety or tolerability, or to provide additional patient-reported outcome information. Details on 
these additional clinical scales are provided below.
9.5.1.
Rosen-modified Hachinski Ischemic Scale
The HIS is a clinical questionnaire that collects information relevant for the differentiation 
between the most common dementia types: Dementia of Alzheimer’s Type (DAT) and Vascular 
Dementia. Its utility has been validated by meta-analysis in pathologically verified patients with 
dementia. Scores range from 0 to 18. A cut-off score ≤4 for DAT and ≥7 for Vascular Dementia
has a sensitivity of 89% and a specificity of 89%.86 The Modified HIS calculates the likelihood 
dementia is due to vascular causes.106 The Modified HIS is completed for all subjects at 
screening (see Section 9.1.2). 
9.5.2.
Geriatric Depression Scale 
The GDS is a simple 30-item measure used to identify depression in elderly individuals.132 The 
simplicity of the GDS (questions are answered only by “yes” or “no”) enables the scale to be 
used with ill or moderately cognitively impaired individuals. One point is assigned to each 
answer and the cumulative score is rated on a scoring grid. The grid sets a range of 0 to 9 as 
‘normal’, 10 to 19 as ‘mildly depressed’, and 20 to 30 as ‘severely depressed’. The GDS is 
completed for all subjects at screening (see Section 9.1.2).
9.5.3.
Views & Perceptions about Amyloid Imaging
Views & Perceptions about Amyloid Imaging is an instrument that assesses an individual’s 
perceptions about amyloid imaging and reasons for obtaining an amyloid scan (adapted from
Roberts and Connell102). The questionnaire asks subjects to rate 9 reasons for seeking results of 
amyloid PET imaging, based on importance to them, with ratings that range from 1 (not at all 
important) to 5 (extremely important). The questionnaire will be completed by all subjects 
undergoing amyloid PET imaging to determine study eligibility, and will be administered prior 
to as well as after disclosure of amyloid status during the screening phase (see Section 9.1.2).  
9.5.4.
Concerns about Alzheimer's Disease Dementia
Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia is a short self-report instrument that assesses an 
individual’s concern about developing Alzheimer’s
disease dementia
(adapted from 
Roberts et al.102). The questionnaire asks subjects to rate their agreement with 6 statements 
related to concerns about AD dementia with ratings that range from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 
(strongly agree). This questionnaire will be completed by all subjects prior to and after disclosure 
of amyloid status during the screening phase, as well as at regular intervals during the double-
blind treatment phase or at the ET visit (see Time and Events Schedule). 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
108
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.5.5.
Impact of Events Scale
The IES is a 15-item self-report measure that assesses 2 common responses related to a specific 
stressful life event: intrusion and avoidance.54 It is a reliable scale that can be anchored to any 
specific life event and permits assessment of individuals over time, comparison of the degree of 
distress among subgroups, and comparison of the impact of various events. The IES has been 
anchored to test-related distress in previous genetic testing studies and has been adapted for 
amyloid disclosure-related distress. The instrument asks subjects to respond to statements related 
to the stressful event (ie, disclosure of amyloid results) with ratings of 0 (not at all) to 5 (often). 
The IES will be administered by study staff to all subjects by telephone within 3 days after 
disclosure of amyloid status during the screening phase.
9.5.6.
Future Time Perspective Scale
The Future Time Perspective (FTP) Scale measures an individual’s perception of the time 
remaining in life which, in turn, has been shown to explain the priority of specific goals.73,103 The 
assessment of FTP relates to an individual’s perception of time rather than to actual physical 
time. The instrument asks subjects to rate their agreement with 10 statements related to 
perception of time with ratings that range from 1 (very untrue) to 7 (very true). The FTP will be 
completed by all subjects prior to and after disclosure of amyloid status during the screening 
phase, as well as at regular intervals during the double-blind treatment phase or at the ET visit 
(see Time and Events Schedule), to assess if disclosure of amyloid status at screening had an 
impact on subject’s perspective over time.
9.5.7.
Assessment of Psychological Well Being
The Assessment of Psychological Well Being, which is a combination of the GDS (short 
version) and State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (short version), will be used to monitor for anxiety 
and depression and will be completed for all subjects as part of the screening evaluations (see 
Section 9.1.2) as well as during the double-blind treatment phase, ET visit, and follow-up phase 
(see Time and Events Schedule). The screening assessment must be reviewed prior to scheduling 
any amyloid biomarker measurement and disclosure of amyloid result by a physician (see 
Section 9.1.2). 
9.5.8.
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale 
Consistent with regulatory guidance,a the potential occurrence of suicide-related ideation and
behaviors will be assessed in this Phase 2b/3 study using the C-SSRS once during screening, at 
each visit during the double-blind phase, and at the ET and Follow-up visits (see Time and 
Events Schedule).
                                                
a
United States Food and Drug Administration. Guidance for Industry. Suicidal Ideation and Behavior:  
Prospective Assessment of Occurrence in Clinical Trials [draft guidance], August 2012. Available at: 
http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/Guidances/UCM225130.pdf. Accessed 27March2015.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
109
Approved, 25 May 2018
The C-SSRS is a measure of the spectrum of suicidal ideation and behavior and was developed 
in the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Adolescent Suicide Attempters Study to 
assess severity and track suicidal events through any treatment.94 The C-SSRS consists of a 
clinical interview that can be administered during any evaluation or risk assessment to identify 
the occurrence and intensity of suicidal thoughts and suicidal behaviors. It can also be used 
during treatment to monitor for clinical worsening.
If a suicide-related thought or behavior is identified at any time during the study, a thorough 
evaluation will be performed by a study physician, and appropriate medical care will be 
provided.
Data from the C-SSRS will be included as part of the ongoing monitoring by the DMC.
9.5.9.
Computerized Cognitive Battery
The computerized cognitive battery in this study includes tasks that use playing cards as stimuli: 
detection, identification, one card learning, and one back. For each, the test software measures 
the speed and accuracy of the subject’s responses. The detection task is a measure of 
information processing speed and uses a well-validated simple reaction time paradigm. In this 
task, the playing cards are all jokers. The subject is asked to press the “yes” key as soon as the 
card in the center of the screen turns face up. The identification task is a measure of visual 
attention and uses a well-validated choice reaction time paradigm. In this task, the playing cards 
are all either red or black jokers. The subject is asked whether the card currently being presented 
in the center of the screen is red. The subject responds by pressing the “yes” key when the joker 
card is red and “no” when it is black. The one card learning task is a measure of visual 
recognition memory and uses a well-validated pattern separation paradigm. In this task, the 
subject is asked whether the playing card presented in the center of the screen was seen 
previously in this task. The subject responds by pressing the “yes” or “no” key. Because no card 
has been presented yet, the first response is always “no”. The one back task is a measure of 
working memory and uses a well-validated n-back paradigm. In this task, the subject is asked 
whether the playing card being presented is the same as the one presented immediately 
previously. The subject responds by pressing the “yes” or “no” key. Because no card has been 
presented yet, the first response is always “no”.
In addition to the 4 elements of the computerized cognitive battery above, computerized testing 
will include the Face Name Associative Memory Exam98. The Face Name Associative Memory 
Exam begins with an exposure in which the subject is shown 16 faces, one at a time, for 2 
seconds in a random order. For each face the subject is asked to decide whether “the name goes 
with that face”. Once this is completed, each of the 16 faces is then presented again. For each 
face the subject must recall the name that was associated with that face on the initial trial and 
indicate this by typing the name into the computer. The correct number of face-name pairs is 
recorded as an initial learning score. After a delay the subject is shown each face in turn with 3
names given beneath that face. The subject must select the name that was initially paired with the 
face.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
110
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.5.10.
Financial Capacity Instrument
The FCI will be administered at selected centers only during screening and at regular visits 
during the double-blind treatment phase (and ET visit, if applicable). The FCI is a psychometric 
instrument that measures financial capacity using 14 tasks of financial ability and comprises 
6 domains of financial activity: basic monetary skills (score range 0-79), financial conceptual 
knowledge (score range 0-41), cash transactions (score range 0-48), checkbook management 
(score range 0-62), bank statement management (score range 0-40), and financial judgment 
(score range 0-37).79 It represents a clinically meaningful, valid functional measure. Higher 
scores indicate less impairment. Capacity outcome status on the FCI domains (capable,
marginally capable, and incapable) were set based on normal controls (capable to marginally 
capable=1.5 SDs below control mean; marginally capable to incapable=2.5 SDs below control 
mean).
9.5.11.
Amsterdam IADL Questionnaire
The A-IADL-Q will be administered at selected centers only during screening and at regular 
visits during the double-blind treatment phase (and ET visit, if applicable). The A-IADL-Q is a 
computerized questionnaire aimed at measuring difficulties with complex daily activities. It is 
completed by the informant of the subject. The A-IADL-Q consists of 70 items and for each item 
difficulty is rated on a 5-point scale. To optimize individual differences in premorbid IADL 
activities, items are tailored to individual responses. If the patient had not performed the main 
activity, more detailed items on that activity are skipped. The total score is calculated using an 
item response theory method of scoring. Item response theory assumes that ordered-categorical 
item responses represent an underlying construct. In this case, the construct is IADL functioning, 
ranging from disability to ability. The total score is normally distributed, with higher scores 
indicating better functioning.69
9.6.
Pharmacokinetic Evaluations
9.6.1.
Evaluations
Venous blood samples for determination of atabecestat in plasma will be collected from all 
subjects at the time points indicated in the Time and Events Schedule. Blood samples will be 
used to evaluate the plasma PK of atabecestat. 
For subjects with CSF collection (see Section 9.4.1.1), assessment of the CSF concentrations of 
atabecestat is also allowed. 
The exact dates and times of blood and CSF sampling will be recorded in the source 
documentation, on the laboratory requisition form, and/or in the eCRF. In addition, the exact date 
and time of the last administration of study drug before the visit, as well as the date and time of 
the dosage at the visit, will be noted in the source documentation, on the laboratory requisition 
form, and/or in the eCRF.
Every attempt should be made to collect samples at the protocol-specified times. The actual 
sample times will be recorded to the nearest minute in the source documentation, on the 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
111
Approved, 25 May 2018
laboratory requisition form, and/or in the eCRF. The samples will be shipped to and stored by the 
central laboratory and will subsequently be distributed to and analyzed by reference laboratories. 
9.6.2.
Analytical Procedures
Plasma will be analyzed to determine concentrations of atabecestat using a validated, specific, 
and sensitive liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) method by or
under the supervision of the sponsor. If required, atabecestat concentrations will be analyzed in 
CSF (only postdose samples) with a qualified LC-MS/MS assay.
If required, some plasma and CSF samples may be analyzed to document the presence of 
circulating metabolites using a qualified research method. In addition, plasma and CSF samples 
may be stored and used for future analysis of protein binding and metabolite profile.
9.6.3.
Pharmacokinetic Parameters
PK analyses of plasma (and, if required, CSF) concentrations of atabecestat will be undertaken to 
estimate systemic exposure of atabecestat. Based on the individual plasma and CSF 
concentration-time data, if sufficient data is available, the following PK parameters of 
atabecestat will be estimated at steady-state in subjects receiving a dose of atabecestat using 
population PK modeling:

Ctrough: trough plasma or CSF concentration ie, the concentration at the end of a dosing 
interval

AUCtau: area under the plasma or CSF concentration-time curve from 0 to tau hours post 
dosing (time tau is the dosing interval)
Baseline covariates (eg, body weight, age, sex, creatinine clearance, and race) may be included 
in the model, if relevant.
CSF-related parameters will only be estimated if allowed by the model, as very sparse CSF 
sampling is planned to be performed. Additional analyses may be conducted if required. 
9.7.
Genomic Evaluations
A blood sample for APOE genotyping and additional pharmacogenomic analysis will be 
collected from all subjects at screening. The sample will be shipped to and analyzed by a 
reference laboratory designated by the sponsor. Instructions for handling, processing, and 
shipping of DNA samples are detailed in the laboratory manual.
Subject randomization will be stratified for APOE ε4 allele status (see Section 5), and additional 
analysis may be conducted if it is hypothesized that this may help resolve issues with the clinical 
data. Information on a subject’s APOE genotype will be sent to the IWRS for randomization 
stratification purposes, and neither the subject nor the site will be informed of the genotype 
results.
Pharmacogenomic research may consist of the analysis of 1 or more candidate genes or analysis 
of genetic markers throughout the genome or entire genome (as appropriate) in relation to 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
112
Approved, 25 May 2018
atabecestat, a clinical endpoint(s), or AD pathways. The analysis plan and results will be 
summarized separately from the main study results.
9.8.
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcomes
9.8.1.
Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire
The HRUQ questionnaire tracks utilization of healthcare resources (excluding scheduled study 
visits) throughout the course of the study, and will be administered at screening and at specified 
visits during the double-blind treatment phase (and at ET visit, if applicable). The baseline 
measure captures resources utilized within the previous 6 months. The study visit measure 
captures resources used since the last study visit. The items measured in both versions include 
hospitalizations, emergency room visits, day hospitalizations, use of adult day centers, outpatient 
treatment, daily living arrangements, and productivity.
9.8.2.
Short Form-36
The SF-36 health survey questionnaire was developed as part of the Rand Health Insurance 
Experiment and will be administered during screening and at regular visits during the double-
blind treatment phase (and ET visit, if applicable). It consists of 8 multi-item scales: 
(1) limitations in physical functioning due to health problems; (2) limitations in usual role 
activities due to physical health problems; (3) bodily pain; (4) general mental health 
(psychological distress and well-being); (5) limitations in usual role activities due to personal or 
emotional problems; (6) limitations in social functioning due to physical or mental health 
problems; (7) vitality (energy and fatigue); and (8) general health perception. This scale is scored 
from 0 to 100 with higher scores indicating better health. Another algorithm yields 2 summary 
scores, the Physical Component Score (PCS) and Mental Component Score (MCS). These 
summary scores are also scaled with higher scores indicating better health.127
9.8.3.
European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 5-level
The EQ-5D-5L essentially consists of 2 elements: the European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 
(EQ-5D) descriptive system and the EQ visual analogue scale (EQ VAS). It will be administered 
during screening and at regular visits during the double-blind treatment phase (and ET visit, if 
applicable). The EQ-5D descriptive system comprises the following 5 dimensions: mobility, self-
care, usual activities, pain/discomfort, and anxiety/depression. Each dimension has 5 levels: no 
problems, slight problems, moderate problems, severe problems, and unable to/extreme 
problems. The respondent is asked to indicate his/her health state by ticking the box against the 
most appropriate statement in each of the 5 dimensions. This decision results in a 1-digit number 
expressing the level selected for that dimension. The digits for the 5 dimensions can be combined 
in a 5-digit number describing the respondent’s health state which can be converted into a single 
summary index (EQ-5D index) by applying a formula that attaches values to each of the levels in 
each dimension. The EQ VAS records the respondent’s self-rated health on a vertical, visual 
analogue scale where the endpoints are labeled ‘Best imaginable health state’ and ‘Worst 
imaginable health state’. The EQ VAS can be used as a quantitative measure of health outcome 
as judged by the individual respondents.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
113
Approved, 25 May 2018
9.9.
Safety Evaluations
Safety assessments will be performed during the screening and double-blind treatment phase as 
specified in the Time and Events Schedule. Safety assessments will include, but are not limited 
to, AEs, laboratory measures (hematology and clinical chemistry), vital signs, ECG, physical and 
neurological examinations, dermatological examination, MRI (see Section 9.4.2.3), suicidality 
risk as assessed by C-SSRS (see Section 9.5.8), and evaluation of well-being (see Section 9.5.7).
9.9.1.
Adverse Events
Adverse events, including AESIs, reported by the subject (or, when appropriate, by a study 
informant, partner, caregiver, or the subject’s legally acceptable representative) will be 
monitored for the duration of the study, as specified in Section 12.
9.9.2.
Vital Signs
Vital signs (body temperature, pulse rate, blood pressure) will be collected at the time points 
indicated in the Time and Events Schedule. Blood pressure and pulse rate measurements will be 
assessed supine and standing with a completely automated device. Manual techniques will be 
used only if an automated device is not available. Blood pressure and pulse rate measurements 
should be preceded by at least 5 minutes of rest in a quiet setting without distractions 
(eg, television, cell phones).
9.9.3.
Electrocardiogram
Twelve-lead ECGs will be collected at the time points listed in the Time and Events Schedule, 
and at all time points will be recorded 1 to 4 hours after administration of study drug. During the 
collection of ECGs, subjects should be in a quiet setting without distractions (eg, television, cell 
phones). Subjects should rest in a supine position for at least 5 minutes before ECG collection 
and should refrain from talking or moving arms or legs. For those subjects with PK sampling
during the same interval, the ECG should be performed close to the collection of the PK sample
(ie, both ECG and PK within a 20 minute window).
At all time points, triplicate ECGs are required, ie, 3 individual ECG tracings should be obtained 
as closely as possible in succession, but no more than 2 minutes apart. The full set of triplicate
recordings should be completed in less than 4 minutes. 
During the study, the clinical investigator will review the ECG for immediate management and 
to mark abnormalities. A description of the overall assessment (ie, normal or abnormal plus 
reason) will be made and a copy of the trace will be placed with the source data. All ECGs will 
additionally be transmitted to be read and interpreted by a central reader appointed by the 
sponsor.
9.9.4.
Physical and Neurological Examinations
The study investigator, or other authorized and appropriately qualified designee, will perform the 
physical and neurological examinations at the time points listed in the Time and Events 
Schedule.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
114
Approved, 25 May 2018
Any clinically relevant changes occurring during the study must be recorded on the AE section 
of the eCRF. Any clinically significant abnormalities persisting at the end of the study or early 
withdrawal will be followed by the investigator until resolution or until a clinically stable 
endpoint is reached.
Height and body weight will be measured per the Time and Events schedule.
9.9.5.
Dermatological Examination
All subjects will undergo a comprehensive skin examination performed by a dermatologist (as 
defined in Section 9.1.2) during screening and again at Month 12 (or at the ET visit if subject 
withdraws from study or discontinues treatment prior to Month 12 assessment) to exclude the 
presence of skin lesions or depigmentation. A digital photograph of the frontal scalp, open eyes, 
and eyebrows will be collected by the dermatologist or a qualified designee to document changes
noted by the dermatologist to monitor for dermatological safety. This is an essential requirement 
of the safety monitoring in the trial.
Whenever a skin lesion not previously documented is reported by the study subject, informant,
investigator, or study personnel, and if deemed medically relevant, subject should undergo a 
dermatologic exam by a dermatologist. In addition digital images of the lesion will be acquired 
by the dermatologist or qualified designee at the time the lesion is discovered and at follow-up 
visits with a frequency which is deemed appropriate by the sponsor. As skin lesions may be 
temporary, the site personnel may consider documenting immediately at the site with a 
photograph in addition to referring the subject to the dermatologist. Duration of follow-up of 
newly documented skin lesions or depigmentation might extend beyond the double-blind 
treatment phase, as judged adequate by the sponsor to ensure the safety of participants in this 
study.
Lightening of hair and lightening of skin are AESIs in this study based on nonclinical studies 
conducted with atabecestat or reported findings for BACE knockout animals or other BACE 
inhibitors in development (see Section 12.3.1).
9.9.6.
Clinical Laboratory Tests
Blood samples for serum chemistry and hematology and urine samples (random) for urinalysis
and urine drug screening will be collected at the time points specified in the Time and Events 
Schedule. The investigator must review the laboratory report, document this review, and record 
any clinically relevant changes occurring during the study in the AE section of the eCRF. The 
laboratory reports must be filed with the source documents.
The investigator’s review of laboratory results should address the exclusion criteria, particularly 
criterion 18. The investigator should use clinical judgment and provide documented evidence 
when deemed necessary by the medical monitoring team that the subject does not have “ongoing 
hepatic, renal, cardiac, vascular, pulmonary, gastrointestinal, endocrine, hematologic, 
rheumatologic, psychiatric, or metabolic conditions” that are significant in the clinical trial 
setting. Abnormal laboratory results may be repeated to rule out worsening abnormalities and, in 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
115
Approved, 25 May 2018
consultation with the sponsor’s medical monitor, to establish subject eligibility prior to amyloid 
testing. The sponsor’s medical monitor may request additional evaluation (see Attachment 3).
In the case of hepatic enzyme elevations, attempts should be made to establish an etiology of an 
underlying condition and demonstrate normalization. The sponsor’s medical monitor may 
request additional evaluation (see Attachment 3).
The following tests will be performed by the central laboratory:  
Hematology Panel
-hemoglobin
-platelet count
-hematocrit
-red blood cell (RBC) count
-white blood cell (WBC) count with differential
Serum Chemistry Panel
-sodium
-alkaline phosphatase
-potassium
-creatine phosphokinase 
-chloride
-lactic acid dehydrogenase 
-bicarbonate
-uric acid
-blood urea nitrogen 
-calcium
-creatinine
-phosphate
-glucose
-albumin
-aspartate aminotransferase
-total protein
-alanine aminotransferase 
-cholesterol
-gamma-glutamyltransferase 
-triglycerides
-total bilirubin
-magnesium
-folic acid (screening only)
-Vitamin B12 (screening only)
Thyroid Hormones (screening only)
-thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH)
-tri-iodothyronine (T3)
-thyroxine (T4)
Coagulation (screening only)
-prothrombin time 
-activated partial thromboplastin time 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
116
Approved, 25 May 2018
Urinalysis
Dipstick
Flow Cytometry
-specific gravity
-RBC
-pH
-WBC
-glucose
-epithelial cells
-protein
-blood
-ketones
Sediment 
-bilirubin
-crystals
-urobilinogen
-casts
-nitrite
-bacteria
-leukocyte esterase
Dipstick and flow cytometric analysis of the urine samples will be performed in parallel, ie, in 
the same sample at the same time. If there is discordance between the dipstick results and the 
flow cytometric results, the sediment will be examined microscopically. 
Serology (screening only)
-HIV antibody
-hepatitis C virus antibody
-HBsAg
Urine 
Drug 
Screen
(opiates 
[including 
methadone], 
cocaine, 
amphetamines, 
methamphetamines, barbiturates, and benzodiazepines)
9.10.
Sample Collection and Handling
The PK, PD (biomarker), and genomic sampling times and sampling volumes can be adapted 
without protocol amendment provided that the specified maximal volume collected per subject 
will not be exceeded. Refer to the Time and Events Schedule for the timing and frequency of all 
sample collections.
The actual dates and times of blood and CSF sample collection will be recorded to the nearest 
minute in the source documentation, on the laboratory requisition form, and/or in the eCRF. If 
blood samples are collected via an indwelling cannula, an appropriate amount (1 mL) of 
serosanguineous fluid slightly greater than the dead space volume of the lock will be removed 
from the cannula and discarded before each blood sample is taken. If a mandarin (obturator) is 
used, blood loss due to discard is not expected.
Instructions for the collection, handling, storage, and shipment of samples are found in the 
laboratory manual. Collection, handling, storage, and shipment of samples must be under the 
specified, and where applicable, controlled temperature conditions as indicated in the laboratory 
manual. Additional details for the optional immunologic substudy for T-cell response will be 
provided in a laboratory manual.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
117
Approved, 25 May 2018
10.
SUBJECT COMPLETION/WITHDRAWAL
10.1.
Completion
A subject will be considered to have completed the treatment phase of the study if he or she has 
completed assessments at Month 54 of the double-blind treatment phase. Subjects who 
prematurely discontinue study treatment for any reason before completion of the double-blind 
treatment phase will not be considered to have completed the study.
10.2.
Discontinuation of Study Treatment
If a subject’s study treatment must be discontinued before the end of the treatment regimen, this 
will not result in automatic withdrawal of the subject from the study. 
Subjects who discontinue study treatment prematurely will be asked to complete all regular study 
visits through the end of the study. To reduce burden on subjects and increase compliance, the 
focus will be on collecting primary and secondary clinical outcome measures and reducing other 
assessments in these subjects.
Subjects who meet the criteria for discontinuation of study treatment should have the event 
reported as an SAE and should follow the SAE reporting as outlined in Section 12.3.2.
A subject’s study treatment will be discontinued if the investigator believes that for safety 
reasons (eg, AE) it is in the best interest of the subject.
For subjects during the first 3 months of treatment with study drug, treatment must be 
discontinued if any of the following occurs (for details see Attachment 3):

ALT or AST >5×ULN

ALT or AST >3×ULN and total bilirubin >2×ULN or International Normalized Ratio 
(INR)>1.5

ALT or AST >3×ULN with the appearance of fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper 
quadrant pain or tenderness, fever, rash, and/or eosinophilia >5%
For subjects that have completed 3 months of treatment with study drug, treatment must be 
discontinued if any of the following occurs (for details see Attachment 3):

ALT or AST >8×ULN

ALT or AST >5×ULN for more than 2 weeks

ALT or AST >3×ULN and (total bilirubin >2×ULN or INR>1.5)

ALT or AST >3×ULN with the appearance of fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper 
quadrant pain or tenderness, fever, rash, and/or eosinophilia (>5%)
Note: Abnormal liver enzymes greater than 3×ULN at any time during the treatment phase
should be confirmed within 24-72 hours (See Attachment 3).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
118
Approved, 25 May 2018
If the subject has a QTcF interval of >500 msec and/or QTcF increase versus baseline of >60 
msec, confirmed upon repeat ECG, after consultation with the sponsor’s medical monitor, 
treatment must be discontinued.
Re-initiation of study treatment for subjects with the above described changes in QTcF interval 
should only be done after consultation with the sponsor medical monitor and in mutual 
agreement between the sponsor and the study center.
If a subject discontinues study treatment before the end of the double-blind treatment phase and 
decides not to complete the study procedures, ET and posttreatment assessments should be
obtained.
10.3.
Withdrawal From the Study
A subject should be withdrawn from the study for any of the following reasons:

Lost to follow-up

Withdrawal of consent

Death

Noncompliance 
If a subject is lost to follow-up, every reasonable effort must be made by the study-site personnel 
to contact the subject and determine the reason for withdrawal. The measures taken to follow-up 
must be documented.
When a subject withdraws before completing the study, the reason for withdrawal is to be 
documented in the eCRF and in the source document. Study drug assigned to the withdrawn 
subject may not be assigned to another subject. 
Subjects who are withdrawn will not be replaced. 
For subjects who have cognitive decline during the study, see Section 16.2.3.
Withdrawal from the Use of Samples in Future Research
The subject may withdraw consent for use of samples for research (refer to Section 16.2.5). In 
such a case, samples will be destroyed after they are no longer needed for the clinical study. 
Details of the sample retention for research are presented in the main ICF. 
11.
STATISTICAL METHODS
Statistical analysis will be performed by the sponsor or under the authority of the sponsor. A 
general description of the statistical methods to be used to analyze the efficacy and safety data is 
outlined below. Specific details will be provided in the SAP.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
119
Approved, 25 May 2018
11.1.
Subject Information
For all subjects who are randomly assigned to study drug and receive at least 1 dose of study 
drug, descriptive statistics will be provided.
11.2.
Sample Size Determinations
11.2.1.
Primary Cognitive Endpoint
The decline in PACC from baseline was assessed using data from clinically normal populations 
in the Alzheimer’s Disease Neuroimaging Initiative (ADNI), Australian Imaging, Biomarkers, 
and Lifestyle Flagship Study of Aging (AIBL), and ADCS Prevention Initiative studies. The 
average difference in PACC decline at 36 months in AIBL between subjects with and without 
elevated brain amyloid was 1.40 units (95% CI: 0.52 to 2.29), and the SD at Week 144 (Month 
36) was estimated at 2.44 units. If a similar decline in PACC at Month 54 is seen and the SD is 
2.44, then 385 completers per treatment arm would provide 83% power (at the 2-sided alpha of 
0.05) to detect a difference from placebo of 0.49. The SD at 54 months will likely be higher. If 
the SD at month 54 increases by 20% to 2.93, then 555 completers per groups would be required 
in order to maintain the same power. The sample size is estimated based on an MMRM model,78
assuming a constant correlation of 0.5. Under the above assumptions and assuming the attrition 
is no more than 30%, a total of 1,650 randomized subjects (550/treatment arm) will be required 
at minimum, and 2,400 subjects (800/treatment arm) at maximum. The treatment difference of 
0.49 represents 35% of the 1.40-unit difference, or a 35% slowing of decline in PACC in 
subjects with elevated brain amyloid. If the average time from amyloid positivity to dementia is 
15 years,107 then, assuming linear decline, a 35% slowing of cognition may translate into 
approximately a 5-year delay in the onset of dementia. A 5-year delay could lead to a 57% 
reduction in the number of patients with dementia.116
11.3.
Efficacy Analyses
11.3.1.
Analysis of the Primary Endpoint
The primary objective of this study is to test the hypothesis that either dose regimen evaluated 
for atabecestat will slow cognitive decline compared with placebo, as measured by the primary 
endpoint of the PACC change from baseline at Month 54 (see Section 9.3.1).
The primary estimand, the main clinical quantity of interest to be estimated in the study, is
defined by the difference in means versus placebo for the primary endpoint in the specified
population under the following postrandomization measure of intervention:

Population: amyloid-positive subjects who are asymptomatic at risk for developing
Alzheimer’s dementia

Endpoint: The Month 54 (Year 4.5) PACC change score (as defined in Section 9.3.1) 

Measure of Intervention: the effect of the initially randomized treatment regardless of
treatment compliance or initiation of any Alzheimer adjunctive therapy.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
120
Approved, 25 May 2018
The primary analysis will be based on the intent-to-treat analysis set, which includes all 
randomized subjects. The analysis of the PACC change score will only include subjects for 
whom the PACC change score is non-missing at least 1 postbaseline time point. Measurements 
collected after initiation of any Alzheimer adjunctive therapy will be included in the analysis for 
the primary estimand. Measurements collected after treatment discontinuations due to reasons 
potentially related to treatment (eg, treatment-related adverse events or lack of efficacy) will also 
be included in the analysis of the primary estimand. However, measurements collected after 
treatment discontinuations due to events that are clearly not treatment-related (eg, life events 
such as relocation, loss of transportation, loss of informant) will not be included in the analysis 
of the primary estimand.
A mixed effect model for repeated measurement (MMRM) analysis will be performed to assess 
the treatment effect. The change from baseline in PACC at each visit that the endpoint is 
measured will be the dependent variable. Visits scheduled for the measure will be treated as a 
categorical variable with values equal to the visit numbers. An unstructured covariance structure 
will be assumed. The model for the fixed effects will include the following terms: baseline of the 
endpoint measure, treatment group, visit, treatment-by-visit interaction, age, sex, education, 
hippocampal volume, country, and APOE ε4 carrier status. 
The null hypothesis is that there is no treatment difference between either dose of atabecestat and 
placebo for the primary endpoint. The estimated treatment effects at 4.5 years will be compared 
using the appropriate contrasts based on the MMRM at a 2-sided 0.05 significance level. The 
Kenward-Roger approximation will be used to estimate the denominator degrees of freedom. If 
the unstructured covariance structure matrix results in a lack of convergence, an alternative 
covariance structure will be used. The details will be specified in the SAP.
Supplementary analyses may be performed to further characterize the treatment effect on the 
primary endpoint.
11.3.2.
Analysis of the Secondary Endpoints
The secondary endpoints are defined in Section 9.3.2. The key secondary endpoint in this study 
is the CFI. Other secondary endpoints include ADCS-ADL-PI, RBANS, CDR-SB, and 
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention.
All secondary endpoint analyses will be performed in the intent-to-treat analysis set. The change 
from baseline in CFI total score will be analyzed using an MMRM analysis. The change from 
baseline score at each visit will be the dependent variable. Visits scheduled for the measure will 
be treated as a categorical variable. An unstructured covariance structure will be assumed. The 
model for the fixed effects will include the following terms: baseline of the endpoint measure, 
treatment group, visit, treatment-by-visit interaction, age, sex, education, hippocampal volume, 
country and APOE ε4 carrier status. If the unstructured covariance structure matrix results in a 
lack of convergence, an alternative covariance structure will be used.
For each of the other secondary efficacy endpoints, the change from baseline score will be 
similarly analyzed as above.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
121
Approved, 25 May 2018
Descriptive statistics and evaluation of the CFI-a’s ability to measure change over time will be 
described in the SAP.
Supplementary analyses may be performed to further characterize the treatment effect on the 
secondary endpoints. Data from the other clinical scales will generally be summarized 
descriptively by treatment group. Additional details will be provided in the SAP.
11.3.3.
Multiple Comparison Adjustment
Statistical adjustment will be made to account for multiplicity due to multiple dose comparisons 
for the primary endpoint and the key secondary endpoint (Section 11.3.1 and Section 11.3.2). To 
control the Type I error a 2-stage gatekeeping strategy will be employed.26 In the first stage, the 
atabecestat dose arms will be compared with placebo on the primary efficacy endpoint using a 
truncated Hochberg procedure with a 2-sided α = 0.05 and truncation parameter λ= 0.5. If both 
arms are superior to placebo, both arms will be compared with placebo on the key secondary 
efficacy endpoint using the usual Hochberg procedure with a 2-sided α=0.05. If neither arm is 
superior to placebo on the primary efficacy endpoint, the procedure will stop and the comparison 
of each atabecestat arm to placebo on the key secondary endpoint will also be ruled not 
statistically significant. If 1 of the 2 arms is superior to placebo on the primary efficacy endpoint, 
that arm will be compared with placebo on the secondary efficacy endpoint using a 2-sided 
α=0.0125. The details of the final multiple comparison procedure will be specified in the SAP.
11.3.4.
Handling of Missing Data
The impact of the missing data on the efficacy results will be assessed using sensitivity analyses. 
The follow-up data from subjects who stop taking study medication prematurely and data from 
relevant external databases will be incorporated in the sensitivity analyses. Methods of 
missing-data sensitivity analyses will be specified in the SAP.
11.3.5.
Subgroup Analyses
If warranted, the treatment effect will be assessed in various subgroups of the study population. 
The subgroup analyses will be specified in the SAP.
11.4.
Potential Study Design Modifications
Some of the study design elements may be modified during the study based on a review of 
emerging external data, blinded interim aggregated study data, or unblinded interim data.
11.4.1.
Blinded Sample Size Adjustment
Blinded interim aggregated study data and external data will be used to assess sample size. 
Sample size may also be increased to account for dropout rate. There will be no Type I error 
adjustment for this design modification. Full details will be specified in the SAP.
11.4.2.
Potential Design Modifications Based on External Data
Emerging external data (including natural history studies of preclinical AD and available placebo 
data from interventional trials in preclinical AD) will be analyzed as follows:
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
122
Approved, 25 May 2018
a)
The RBANS-PACC components may have superior measurement characteristics in the 
target population as compared to corresponding PACC components. If supported by external 
data, PACC components may be substituted for 1 or more of the corresponding RBANS-
PACC components in the primary endpoint for this study.
b)
Alternative weighting of the PACC components might improve the sensitivity of the PACC 
to AD-related cognitive decline. If supported by external evidence, the weighting of the 
PACC components may be modified to increase sensitivity of the PACC to AD-related
cognitive decline.
c)
The timing of the primary endpoint could be moved to 3.5 years. Emerging external data 
(including natural history studies of preclinical AD and available placebo data from 
interventional trials in preclinical AD) will be analyzed to determine whether there is 
already a sufficient decline at 3.5 years. If supported by external data, the time point of the 
primary endpoint may be changed to 3.5 years.
The DMC will not be involved with any of these modifications, as the DMC may have access to 
the unblinded study data. Since all of the above potential changes will be carried out in a blinded 
manner without any knowledge of unblinded study data, there will be no Type I error 
adjustments. Full details will be specified in the SAP.
11.4.3.
Unblinded Interim Analyses to Assess Futility
The following are the futility IAs, or potential IAs that may lead to a futility IA:

Futility IA of CSF Aβ1-40

IAs that may lead to a futility IA of the cognitive endpoints:

IA of amyloid PET

IA of CSF tau/p-tau

IA of tau PET

Futility IA of cognitive endpoints
Aβ1-40 in CSF is expected to be reduced with atabecestat treatment by 50% to 90% at steady-state 
in a dose dependent manner with an SD of 20%. The DMC may recommend stopping the study 
if the difference in percentage reduction of CSF Aβ1-40 between the atabecestat 25 mg dose and 
placebo is <50% at Month 12. Assuming an SD of 20% and 20 subjects per group, there is less 
than 5% chance of continuing the study if the true percentage reduction at the 25 mg dose is 
≤40% and less than a 5% chance of stopping the study if the true percentage reduction at the 25 
mg dose is ≥60%.
The DMC may recommend an IA of cognitive endpoints if the percentage amyloid accumulation 
slowdown (difference in change between placebo and atabecestat dose divided by placebo 
change) is <10% in the most relevant biomarker (among amyloid PET, CSF tau/p-tau, and tau 
PET) for both atabecestat dose arms.
Assuming amyloid PET accumulation in 24 months, tau PET accumulation in 18 months and 
CSF p-tau increase in 12 months in the study population are similar to the amyloid accumulation 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
123
Approved, 25 May 2018
data in the ADNI study, a total of at least 168 subjects in the IA analysis set for a given 
biomarker (56 subjects per group) is expected to provide adequate control of false positive and 
false negative error for the interim analysis. If the true accumulation slowdown for atabecestat is 
≥60%, the probability of a false negative is approximately 10%. If the true accumulation 
slowdown is <5%, the probability of a false positive is approximately 40%.
There will be no Type I error adjustment for the IAs since no superiority will be declared from 
any of them. An independent external DMC (see Section 11.11) will review the IA data and 
make recommendations per prespecified IA decision rules.
11.5.
Pharmacokinetic Analyses
Data will be listed for all subjects with available plasma concentrations per treatment. All 
concentrations below the limit of quantification (LOQ) or missing data will be labeled as such in 
the concentration data listings. Concentrations below the LOQ will be treated as zero in the 
summary statistics. All subjects and samples excluded from the analysis will be clearly 
documented. Per visit, scheduled time, and dose summary tables of atabecestat plasma 
concentrations will be presented including descriptive statistics. Actual and/or dose-normalized 
plasma concentrations will be graphically displayed as a function of dose in order to explore 
dose proportionality. No formal statistical comparison between doses is planned. The plasma 
drug concentration-time data collected during the study will be presented graphically as 
concentrations versus time after the previous dose. 
Population PK analysis of plasma concentration-time data of atabecestat will be performed using 
nonlinear mixed-effects modeling. Data may be combined with those from a selection of Phase 1
or Phase 2 studies in order to support a relevant structural model. Available subject 
characteristics (eg, demographics, laboratory variables, genotypes) will be tested as potential 
covariates affecting PK parameters. Descriptive statistics will be used to summarize atabecestat
plasma concentrations at each sampling time point and the following PK parameters of 
atabecestat (estimated using popPK modeling): Ctrough and AUCtau. Other PK parameters, if 
calculated, will also be summarized. Details of the popPK analysis will be provided in a popPK 
analysis plan and results will be presented in a separate report.
The parameter of interest for the statistical analysis will be the log-transformed estimated dose 
normalized AUCtau. All ratios will be calculated as differences of least square means of the 
appropriate model on the log-scale, and will be presented after back-transformation to the 
original scale with the corresponding 90% CIs.
11.6.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses
Modeling of clinical scores (eg, PACC) may be performed using population PK/PD or disease 
progression models. If PK/PD modeling of clinical scores is performed, possible covariates of 
disease progression and/or treatment effect will be investigated. PK/PD modeling may also be 
performed to assess exposure- and dose-response relationships of key biomarkers, such as CSF 
Aβ1-40 concentrations, amyloid, and/or tau PET imaging results. Other biomarkers may be 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
124
Approved, 25 May 2018
explored if required. Details of the PK/PD analyses will be described in a population PK/PD 
analysis plan and results will be presented in a separate report.
11.7.
Biomarker Analyses
Statistical analyses will be performed on the following:

CSF Aβ1-40 and plasma Aβ1-40

Amyloid PET parameters

CSF p-tau

Tau PET

Volumetric and task-free functional MRI parameters
In addition to CSF Aβ1-40 and CSF p-tau, alternate CSF markers of neurodegeneration will also 
be analyzed similarly. CSF analyses will be performed using the CSF analysis population.
For amyloid PET, the parameters of key interest will be the global composite ROI SUVr (eg, 
frontal, medial temporal, or parietal cortices; anterior and posterior cingulates) and regional 
SUVr (eg, cortical and subcortical ROIs). Amyloid PET analysis will be performed using the 
amyloid PET analysis population. 
For tau PET, the parameters of key interest will be tau PET signal (SUVr) in ROI(s) known to 
accumulate substantial tau. The analyses will be performed using the tau PET analysis 
population.
For MRI, the parameters of key interest will be brain volumes of the cortical and sub-cortical
regions.
The treatment effect will be estimated and compared with placebo. Details of the statistical 
methods will be provided in the SAP.
11.8.
Pharmacogenomic and Gene Expression Analyses
Details of the analysis plans and summaries of results from both pharmacogenomics (DNA) and 
gene expression (RNA) analyses, if performed, will be reported separately.
11.9.
Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcome Analyses
Summary statistics will be provided for the HRUQ, SF-36, and EQ-5D-5L scales.
For each of the outcome measures, the scores will be summarized by treatment group at each of 
the scheduled time points.
11.10. Safety Analyses
All subjects receiving at least 1 dose of study drug will be included in the safety analysis. 
Descriptive statistics will be computed.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
125
Approved, 25 May 2018
Adverse Events
The verbatim terms used in the eCRF by investigators to identify AEs will be coded using the 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA). All reported AEs with an onset during 
the double-blind treatment phase and AEs that have worsened in intensity since baseline (ie, 
treatment-emergent adverse events [TEAEs]) will be included in the analysis. For each TEAE, 
the percentage of subjects who experience at least 1 occurrence of the given event will be 
summarized by treatment group.
Summaries, listings, datasets, or subject narratives may be provided, as appropriate, for those 
subjects who die, who discontinue treatment due to an AE, or who experience a severe or 
serious AE.
Adverse Events of Special Interest
Lightening of hair, lightening of skin, and ophthalmologic adverse events are AESIs. Subjects 
with AESIs may be counted or listed.
Clinical Laboratory Tests
Laboratory data will be summarized by type of laboratory test. Reference ranges and markedly 
abnormal results (specified in the SAP) will be used in the summary of laboratory data. 
Descriptive statistics will be calculated for each laboratory analyte at baseline and for observed 
values and changes from baseline at each scheduled time point. Changes from baseline results 
will be presented in pre- versus posttreatment cross-tabulations (with classes for below, within, 
and above normal ranges). Frequency tabulations of the abnormalities will be made. A listing of 
subjects with any laboratory results outside the reference ranges will be provided. A listing of 
subjects with any markedly abnormal laboratory results will also be provided.
Electrocardiogram 
Electrocardiogram data will be summarized by ECG parameter. Descriptive statistics will be 
calculated at baseline and for observed values and changes from baseline at each scheduled time 
point. These tables will include observed values and changes from baseline values. Frequency 
tabulations of the abnormalities will be made. The ECG variables that will be tabulated are heart 
rate, PR interval, QRS interval, QT interval, and QTcF interval.
Descriptive statistics of QTcF intervals and changes from baseline will be summarized by 
treatment group at each scheduled time point. The percentage of male subjects with a QTc 
interval >450 msec, >480 msec, or >500 msec, and the percentage of female subjects with a QTc 
interval >470 msec or >500 msec will be summarized separately for QTcF for each treatment 
group, as will the percentage of subjects with an increase in the QTcF interval from baseline of 
≤30 msec, 30 to ≤60 msec, or >60 msec.
All important abnormalities in ECG waveform that are changes from the baseline readings will 
be reported (eg, changes in T wave morphology or the occurrence of U waves).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
126
Approved, 25 May 2018
Vital Signs
Descriptive statistics of temperature, pulse rate, and blood pressure (systolic and diastolic, supine 
and standing values) will be summarized at each scheduled time point. The percentage of 
subjects with values beyond clinically important limits will be summarized.
Physical and Neurological Examinations
Physical and neurological examination findings will be summarized at each scheduled time point
using frequency tabulations of abnormalities.
Subjects with abnormal findings will be presented in a data listing.
Dermatological Examinations
Dermatological examination findings will be summarized at each scheduled time point using 
frequency tabulations of abnormalities.
Suicidality Ideation and Behavior
Suicide-related thoughts and behaviors based on the C-SSRS will be summarized by treatment 
group in incidence and shift tables. 
Assessment of Psychological Well Being
Results from the Assessment of Psychological Well Being questionnaire for each scheduled time
point will be summarized using frequency tabulations of abnormalities.
11.11. Data Monitoring Committee
An independent external DMC will be established and will be supported by an independent 
external statistical support group (SSG). The DMC will consist of medical experts in AD and at 
least 1 biostatistician. The DMC and SSG responsibilities, authorities, and procedures will be 
specified in its charter. The DMC will be responsible for the following:

Monitor study data on an ongoing basis to ensure the continuing safety of study subjects

Review the results of the IAs described in Section 11.4.3. Make recommendations per 
prespecified decision rules
The DMC and SSG will not be involved in any of the activities related to study conduct beyond 
the scope of the charter. In particular, the DMC and SSG will not be involved with any of the 
design changes that only rely on knowledge of external data (see Section 11.4.2).
12.
ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING
Timely, accurate, and complete reporting and analysis of safety information from clinical studies 
are crucial for the protection of subjects, investigators, and the sponsor, and are mandated by 
regulatory agencies worldwide. The sponsor has established SOPs in conformity with regulatory 
requirements worldwide to ensure appropriate reporting of safety information; all clinical studies 
conducted by the sponsor or its affiliates will be conducted in accordance with those procedures.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
127
Approved, 25 May 2018
12.1.
Definitions
12.1.1.
Adverse Event Definitions and Classifications
Adverse Event
An AE is any untoward medical occurrence in a clinical study subject administered a medicinal 
(investigational or non-investigational) product. An AE does not necessarily have a causal 
relationship with the treatment. An AE can therefore be any unfavorable and unintended sign 
(including an abnormal finding), symptom, or disease temporally associated with the use of a 
medicinal (investigational or noninvestigational) product, whether or not related to that 
medicinal (investigational or noninvestigational) product. (Definition per International Council
for Harmonisation [ICH]).
This includes any occurrence that is new in onset or aggravated in severity or frequency from the 
baseline condition, or abnormal results of diagnostic procedures, including laboratory test 
abnormalities.
Note: The sponsor collects AEs starting with the signing of the ICF (refer to Section 12.3.1).
Serious Adverse Event
An SAE based on ICH and European Union Guidelines on Pharmacovigilance for Medicinal 
Products for Human Use is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose:

Results in death

Is life-threatening
(The subject was at risk of death at the time of the event. It does not refer to an event that 
hypothetically might have caused death if it were more severe.)

Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization

Results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity

Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect

Is a suspected transmission of any infectious agent via a medicinal product

Is Medically Important*
*Medical and scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether expedited reporting is 
also appropriate in other situations, such as important medical events that may not be 
immediately life threatening or result in death or hospitalization but may jeopardize the subject 
or may require intervention to prevent 1 of the other outcomes listed in the definition above. 
These should usually be considered serious. Progression of symptoms associated with AD should 
not be recorded as an AE unless it is considered to be accelerated in the opinion of the
investigator.
If a serious and unexpected AE occurs for which there is evidence suggesting a causal 
relationship between the study drug and the event (eg, death from anaphylaxis), the event must 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
128
Approved, 25 May 2018
be reported as a serious and unexpected suspected adverse reaction even if it is a component of 
the study endpoint (eg, all-cause mortality).
Unlisted (Unexpected) Adverse Event/Reference Safety Information
An AE is considered unlisted if the nature or severity is not consistent with the applicable 
product reference safety information. For atabecestat, the expectedness of an AE will be 
determined by whether or not it is listed in the Reference Safety Information section of the
Investigator’s Brochure.
Adverse Event Associated With the Use of the Drug
An AE is considered associated with the use of the drug if the attribution is possible, probable, or 
very likely by the definitions listed in Section 12.1.2.
12.1.2.
Attribution Definitions
Not Related
An AE that is not related to the use of the drug.
Doubtful
An AE for which an alternative explanation is more likely, eg, concomitant drug(s), concomitant 
disease(s), or the relationship in time suggests that a causal relationship is unlikely.
Possible
An AE that might be due to the use of the drug. An alternative explanation, eg, concomitant 
drug(s), concomitant disease(s), is inconclusive. The relationship in time is reasonable; therefore, 
the causal relationship cannot be excluded.
Probable
An AE that might be due to the use of the drug. The relationship in time is suggestive 
(eg, confirmed by dechallenge). An alternative explanation is less likely, eg, concomitant 
drug(s), concomitant disease(s).
Very Likely
An AE that is listed as a possible adverse reaction and cannot be reasonably explained by an 
alternative explanation, eg, concomitant drug(s), concomitant disease(s). The relationship in time 
is very suggestive (eg, it is confirmed by dechallenge and rechallenge).
12.1.3.
Severity Criteria
An assessment of severity grade will be made using the following general categorical 
descriptors:
Mild: Awareness of symptoms that are easily tolerated, causing minimal discomfort and not 
interfering with everyday activities.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
129
Approved, 25 May 2018
Moderate: Sufficient discomfort is present to cause interference with normal activity.
Severe: Extreme distress, causing significant impairment of functioning or incapacitation. 
Prevents normal everyday activities.
The investigator should use clinical judgment in assessing the severity of events not directly 
experienced by the subject (eg, laboratory abnormalities).
12.2.
Special Reporting Situations
Safety events of interest on a sponsor study drug that may require expedited reporting and/or 
safety evaluation include, but are not limited to:

Overdose of a sponsor study drug

Suspected abuse or misuse of a sponsor study drug

Inadvertent or accidental exposure to a sponsor study drug

Medication error involving a sponsor product (with or without subject exposure to the 
sponsor study drug, eg, name confusion)

AESI (see Section 12.3.3)
Special reporting situations should be recorded in the eCRF. Any special reporting situation that 
meets the criteria of an SAE should be recorded on the Serious Adverse Event Form of 
the eCRF.
12.3.
Procedures
12.3.1.
All Adverse Events
All AEs and special reporting situations, whether serious or nonserious, will be reported from the 
time a signed and dated ICF is obtained until completion of the subject’s last study-related 
procedure (which may include contact for follow-up of safety). SAEs, including those 
spontaneously reported to the investigator within 30 days after the last dose of study drug, must 
be reported using the Serious Adverse Event Form. The sponsor will evaluate any safety 
information that is spontaneously reported by an investigator beyond the time frame specified in 
the protocol.
Progression of symptoms associated with AD should not be recorded as an AE unless they are
considered to be accelerated in the opinion of the investigator.
Adverse events of special interest ie, lightening of skin, lightening of hair and ophthalmologic 
AEs will be recorded on the AE eCRF page with a mark for AESI. For additional information on 
the reporting of AESIs refer to Attachment 2.
Anticipated adverse events may be recorded and reported based on local rules and regulations. A 
list of events considered anticipated events for the purposes of this study, and their reporting 
requirements can be found in Attachment 1.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
130
Approved, 25 May 2018
All AEs, regardless of seriousness, severity, or presumed relationship to study drug, must be 
recorded using medical terminology in the source document and the eCRF. Whenever possible, 
diagnoses should be given when signs and symptoms are due to a common etiology (eg, cough, 
runny nose, sneezing, sore throat, and head congestion should be reported as “upper respiratory 
infection”). Investigators must record in the eCRF their opinion concerning the relationship of 
the AE to study therapy. All measures required for AE management must be recorded in the 
source document and reported according to sponsor instructions.
The sponsor assumes responsibility for appropriate reporting of AEs to the regulatory authorities. 
The sponsor will also report to the investigator (and the head of the investigational institute 
where required) all suspected, unexpected serious adverse reactions (SUSARs). The investigator 
(or sponsor where required) must report SUSARs to the appropriate Independent Ethics 
Committee/Institutional Review Board (IEC/IRB) that approved the protocol unless otherwise 
required and documented by the IEC/IRB. A SUSAR will be reported to regulatory authorities 
unblinded. Participating investigators and IEC/IRB will receive a blinded SUSAR summary, 
unless otherwise specified.
Subjects will be provided with a ‘wallet (study) card’ and instructed to carry this card with them 
for the duration of the study indicating the following:

Study number

Statement, in the local language(s), that the subject is participating in a clinical study

Investigator’s name and 24-hour contact telephone number

Local sponsor’s name and 24-hour contact telephone number (for medical staff only)

Site number

Subject number

Any other information that is required to do an emergency breaking of the blind
12.3.2.
Serious Adverse Events
All SAEs occurring during the study must be reported to the appropriate sponsor contact person 
by study-site personnel within 24 hours of their knowledge of the event.
Information regarding SAEs will be transmitted to the sponsor using the Serious Adverse Event 
Form, which must be completed and signed by a physician from the study site, and transmitted to 
the sponsor within 24 hours. The initial and follow-up reports of an SAE should be made by 
facsimile (fax).
All SAEs that have not resolved by the end of the study, or that have not resolved upon 
discontinuation of the subject's participation in the study, must be followed until any of the 
following occurs:

The event resolves
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
131
Approved, 25 May 2018

The event stabilizes

The event returns to baseline, if a baseline value/status is available

The event can be attributed to agents other than the study drug or to factors unrelated to 
study conduct

It becomes unlikely that any additional information can be obtained (subject or health care 
practitioner refusal to provide additional information, lost to follow-up after demonstration 
of due diligence with follow-up efforts)
Suspected transmission of an infectious agent by a medicinal product will be reported as an SAE. 
Any event requiring hospitalization (or prolongation of hospitalization) that occurs during the 
course of a subject's participation in a study must be reported as an SAE, except hospitalizations 
for the following:

Hospitalizations not intended to treat an acute illness or AE (eg, social reasons such as 
pending placement in long-term care facility)

Surgery or procedure planned before entry into the study (must be documented in the 
eCRF). Note: Hospitalizations that were planned before the signing of the ICF, and where 
the underlying condition for which the hospitalization was planned has not worsened, will 
not be considered SAEs. Any AE that results in a prolongation of the originally planned 
hospitalization is to be reported as a new SAE.
The cause of death of a subject in this study within 30 days of the last dose of study drug, 
whether or not the event is expected or associated with the study drug, is considered an SAE.
Any death occurring more than 30 days after the last dose of study drug requires expedited 
reporting within 24 hours only if it is assessed as possibly, probably, or definitely related to the 
study drug.
12.3.3.
Adverse Events of Special Interest
The following events are considered to be events of special interest in this study based on 
nonclinical studies conducted with atabecestat on reported findings for BACE knockout animals 
or other BACE inhibitors in development.

Lightening of skin

Lightening of hair

Ophthalmologic AEs
All initial reports of treatment-emergent lightening of skin or hair, or treatment-emergent 
ophthalmologic AEs must be reported to the sponsor by the investigational staff within 24 hours 
of their knowledge of the event even if these events do not meet the definition of an SAE. For 
additional information on the reporting of AESIs refer to Attachment 2.
12.3.4.
Adverse Drug Reactions
Elevated liver enzymes have been identified as an adverse drug reaction (ADR) (see Investigator 
Brochure). The procedures for reporting these ADRs are described in detail in Attachment 3.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
132
Approved, 25 May 2018
Subjects who meet the criteria for discontinuation of study treatment should have the event 
reported as an SAE and should follow the SAE reporting process (Section 12.3.2).
12.3.5.
Pregnancy
All initial reports of pregnancy in female subjects or partners of male subjects must be reported 
to the sponsor by the study-site personnel within 24 hours of their knowledge of the event using 
the appropriate pregnancy notification form. Abnormal pregnancy outcomes (eg, spontaneous 
abortion, fetal death, stillbirth, congenital anomalies, ectopic pregnancy) are considered SAEs
and must be reported using the Serious Adverse Event Form. If a subject becomes pregnant 
during the study, a determination regarding study drug discontinuation must be made by the 
investigator in consultation with the sponsor.
Because the effect of the study drug on sperm is unknown, pregnancies in partners of male subjects 
included in the study will be reported by the study-site personnel within 24 hours of their 
knowledge of the event using the appropriate pregnancy notification form.
Follow-up information regarding the outcome of the pregnancy and any postnatal sequelae in the 
infant will be required.
12.4.
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Safety
The names (and corresponding telephone numbers) of the individuals who should be contacted 
regarding safety issues or questions regarding the study are listed on the Contact Information 
page(s), which will be provided as a separate document.
13.
PRODUCT QUALITY COMPLAINT HANDLING
A product quality complaint (PQC) is defined as any suspicion of a product defect related to 
manufacturing, labeling, or packaging, ie, any dissatisfaction relative to the identity, quality, 
durability, or reliability of a product, including its labeling or package integrity. A PQC may 
have an impact on the safety and efficacy of the product. Timely, accurate, and complete 
reporting and analysis of PQC information from studies are crucial for the protection of subjects, 
investigators, and the sponsor, and are mandated by regulatory agencies worldwide. The sponsor 
has established procedures in conformity with regulatory requirements worldwide to ensure 
appropriate reporting of PQC information; all studies conducted by the sponsor or its affiliates 
will be conducted in accordance with those procedures.
13.1.
Procedures
All initial PQCs must be reported to the sponsor by the study-site personnel within 24 hours after 
being made aware of the event.
If the defect is combined with an SAE, the study-site personnel must report the PQC to the 
sponsor according to the SAE reporting timelines (refer to Section 12.3.2). A sample of the 
suspected product should be maintained for further investigation if requested by the sponsor.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
133
Approved, 25 May 2018
13.2.
Contacting Sponsor Regarding Product Quality
The names (and corresponding telephone numbers) of the individuals who should be contacted 
regarding product quality issues are listed on the Contact Information page(s), which will be 
provided as a separate document.
14.
STUDY DRUG INFORMATION
14.1.
Physical Description of Study Drug
The active study drug supplied for this study is a solid dosage formulation and will be supplied 
as 5 mg and 25 mg film-coated tablets, which are identical in appearance. These are round, white 
to off-white tablets, containing 5 mg or 25 mg of atabecestat. It will be manufactured and 
provided under the responsibility of the sponsor. Refer to the Investigator’s Brochure for a full 
list of excipients.
The atabecestat placebo tablets will be supplied as film-coated tablets, matching visually to the 
active tablets. These are round, white to off-white tablets, containing compendial grade of 
D-mannitol, 
microcrystalline 
cellulose, 
magnesium 
stearate 
triethyl 
citrate,
and 
Opadry 03A48081.
14.2.
Packaging
All study drug and matching placebo tablets will be dispensed in child-resistant packaging.
14.3.
Labeling
Study drug labels will contain information to meet applicable regulatory requirements.
14.4.
Preparation, Handling, and Storage
All study drug must be stored at controlled room temperatures ranging from 15°C to 30°C.
Refer to the pharmacy manual/study site investigational product manual for additional guidance 
on study drug preparation, handling, and storage.
14.5.
Drug Accountability
The investigator is responsible for ensuring that all study drug received at the site is inventoried 
and accounted for throughout the study. The dispensing of study drug to the subject, and the 
return of study drug from the subject (if applicable), must be documented on the drug 
accountability form. Subjects, or their legally acceptable representatives where applicable, must 
be instructed to return all original containers, whether empty or containing study drug. All study 
drug will be stored and disposed of according to the sponsor's instructions. Study-site personnel
must not combine contents of the study drug containers.
Study drug must be handled in strict accordance with the protocol and the container label, and 
must be stored at the study site in a limited-access area or in a locked cabinet under appropriate 
environmental conditions. Unused study drug, and study drug returned by the subject, must be 
available for verification by the sponsor's study site monitor during on-site monitoring visits. The 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
134
Approved, 25 May 2018
return to the sponsor of unused study drug, or used returned study drug for destruction, will be 
documented on the drug return form. When the study site is an authorized destruction unit and 
study drug supplies are destroyed on-site, this must also be documented on the drug return form.
Potentially hazardous materials, such as used ampules, needles, syringes, and vials containing 
hazardous liquids, should be disposed of immediately in a safe manner and therefore will not be 
retained for drug accountability purposes.
Study drug should be dispensed under the supervision of the investigator or a qualified member 
of the study-site personnel, or by a hospital/clinic pharmacist. Study drug will be supplied only 
to subjects participating in the study. Returned study drug must not be dispensed again, even to 
the same subject. Whenever a subject brings his or her study drug to the study site for pill count, 
this is not seen as a return of supplies. Study drug may not be relabeled or reassigned for use by 
other subjects. The investigator agrees neither to dispense the study drug from, nor store it at, 
any site other than the study sites agreed upon with the sponsor.
15.
STUDY-SPECIFIC MATERIALS
The investigator will be provided with the following supplies:

Investigator’s Brochure

Pharmacy manual/study site investigational product manual

Amyloid PET Imaging manual/charter

Tau PET Imaging manual/charter

MRI manual/charter

Laboratory manual

National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI-CTCAE)
(current version)

Clinical Scales and patient-reported outcomes (PRO) questionnaires and user manuals

Cognition:
o
PACC composed of the following: (1) FCSRT, (2) WMS-IV Logical Memory 
subtest, (3) WAIS-IV Coding subtest, (4) MMSE
o
RBANS
o
NAB-DLTs for Memory and Attention
o
Computerized cognitive battery

Mood: GDS

Function:
o
CFI
o
CFI-a
o
CDR
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
135
Approved, 25 May 2018
o
ADCS-ADL-PI
o
A-IADL-Q
o
FCI

Rosen-modified HIS

PRO Measures:
o
Views & Perception of Amyloid Imaging Scale
o
Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia Scale
o
IES
o
The Future Time Perspective Scale

Medical Resource Utilization and Health Outcome Scales:
o
HRUQ
o
SF-36
o
EQ-5D-5L

IWRS manual

eCRF completion guidelines

Sample ICF
16.
ETHICAL ASPECTS
16.1.
Study-Specific Design Considerations
Potential subjects will be fully informed of the risks and requirements of the study and, during 
the study, subjects will be given any new information that may affect their decision to continue 
participation. They will be told that their consent to participate in the study is voluntary and may 
be withdrawn at any time with no reason given and without penalty or loss of benefits to which 
they would otherwise be entitled. Only subjects who are fully able to understand the risks, 
benefits, and potential AEs of the study, and provide their consent voluntarily will be enrolled.
During the study, subjects will not be denied treatment for AD with available drugs, if that 
becomes medically appropriate. A long-term extension study will also be available for subjects,
if they meet entry criteria, to provide longer-term access to atabecestat.
When referring to the signing of the ICF, the terms legal guardian and legally acceptable 
representative refer to the legally appointed guardian of the subject with authority to authorize 
participation in research. For each subject, his or her legally acceptable representative(s), as 
required by local regulations, must give written consent (permission) according to local 
requirements after the nature of the study has been fully explained and before the performance of 
any study-related assessments. For the purposes of this study, all references to subjects who have 
provided consent refers to the subjects and the subject's legal guardian(s) or legally acceptable 
representative(s) who have provided consent according to this process.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
136
Approved, 25 May 2018
If the status in regard to a subject’s capacity to consent changes or worsens, a new ICF should be 
collected, reflecting the current status.
The use of a placebo control in this study is ethically justified as there is currently no treatment 
for reversing or changing the disease course in patients at risk of developing Alzheimer’s 
dementia. Further, there is only limited information on the time course for natural progression of 
the development of cognitive deficits in asymptomatic patients exhibiting elevated amyloid 
accumulation.
The total blood volume to be collected from each subject over the course of this study (Table 2) 
is considered to be within the normal range allowed for this subject population over the time 
period (4.5 years) proposed for this study, and is within the range of Red Cross blood donations. 
Subjects undergoing PET scanning will be exposed to radiation. The radiation exposure will not 
exceed limits set by local regulations, and as such, will be in the range that is acceptable for 
diagnostic procedures.
16.2.
Regulatory Ethics Compliance
16.2.1.
Investigator Responsibilities
The investigator is responsible for ensuring that the study is performed in accordance with the 
protocol, current ICH guidelines on Good Clinical Practice (GCP), and applicable regulatory and 
country-specific requirements.
Good Clinical Practice is an international ethical and scientific quality standard for designing, 
conducting, recording, and reporting studies that involve the participation of human subjects. 
Compliance with this standard provides public assurance that the rights, safety, and well-being of 
study subjects are protected, consistent with the principles that originated in the Declaration of 
Helsinki, and that the study data are credible.
16.2.2.
Independent Ethics Committee or Institutional Review Board
Before the start of the study, the investigator (or sponsor where required) will provide the 
IEC/IRB with current and complete copies of the following documents (as required by local 
regulations):

Final protocol and, if applicable, amendments

Sponsor-approved ICF (and any other written materials to be provided to the subjects)

Investigator’s Brochure (or equivalent information) and amendments/addenda

Sponsor-approved subject recruiting materials

Information on compensation for study-related injuries or payment to subjects for 
participation in the study, if applicable

Investigator’s curriculum vitae or equivalent information (unless not required, as 
documented by the IEC/IRB)
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
137
Approved, 25 May 2018

Information regarding funding, name of the sponsor, institutional affiliations, other potential 
conflicts of interest, and incentives for subjects

Any other documents that the IEC/IRB requests to fulfill its obligation
This study will be undertaken only after the IEC/IRB has given full approval of the final 
protocol, amendments (if any, excluding the ones that are purely administrative, with no 
consequences for subjects, data, or study conduct), the ICF, applicable recruiting materials, and 
subject compensation programs, and the sponsor has received a copy of this approval. This 
approval letter must be dated and must clearly identify the IEC/IRB and the documents being 
approved.
During the study the investigator (or sponsor where required) will send the following documents 
and updates to the IEC/IRB for their review and approval, where appropriate:

Protocol amendments (excluding the ones that are purely administrative, with no 
consequences for subjects, data or study conduct)

Revision(s) to ICF and any other written materials to be provided to subjects

If applicable, new or revised subject recruiting materials approved by the sponsor

Revisions to compensation for study-related injuries or payment to subjects for participation 
in the study, if applicable

New edition(s) of the Investigator's Brochure and amendments/addenda

Summaries of the status of the study at intervals stipulated in guidelines of the IEC/IRB (at 
least annually)

Reports of adverse events that are serious, unlisted/unexpected, and associated with the 
study drug

New information that may adversely affect the safety of the subjects or the conduct of the 
study

Deviations from or changes to the protocol to eliminate immediate hazards to the subjects

Report of deaths of subjects under the investigator's care

Notification if a new investigator is responsible for the study at the site

Development Safety Update Report and Line Listings, where applicable

Any other requirements of the IEC/IRB
For all protocol amendments (excluding the ones that are purely administrative, with no 
consequences for subjects, data, or study conduct), the amendment and applicable ICF revisions 
must be submitted promptly to the IEC/IRB for review and approval before implementation of 
the change(s). 
At least once a year, the IEC/IRB will be asked to review and reapprove this study. The 
reapproval should be documented in writing (excluding the ones that are purely administrative, 
with no consequences for subjects, data, or study conduct).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
138
Approved, 25 May 2018
At the end of the study, the investigator (or sponsor where required) will notify the IEC/IRB 
about the study completion (if applicable, the notification will be submitted through the head of 
investigational institution).
16.2.3.
Informed Consent
Each subject must give written consent according to local requirements after the nature of the 
study has been fully explained. Each informant must also sign a separate ICF indicating that 
he/she understands the study requirements and is willing to participate in the study. The ICF(s) 
must be signed before performance of any study-related activity. The ICF(s) that is/are used must 
be approved by both the sponsor and by the reviewing IEC/IRB and be in a language that the 
subject can read and understand. The informed consent should be in accordance with principles 
that originated in the Declaration of Helsinki, current ICH and GCP guidelines, applicable 
regulatory requirements, and sponsor policy.
Before enrollment in the study, the investigator or an authorized member of the study-site 
personnel must explain to potential subjects or their legally acceptable representatives the aims, 
methods, reasonably anticipated benefits, and potential hazards of the study, and any discomfort
participation in the study may entail. Subjects will be informed that their participation is 
voluntary and that they may withdraw consent to participate at any time. They will be informed 
that choosing not to participate will not affect the care the subject will receive from their 
physician. Subjects will be told of alternative approaches that will be available if they refuse to 
take part and that such refusal will not prejudice future treatment. Finally, they will be told that 
the investigator will maintain a subject identification register for the purposes of long-term 
follow-up if needed and that their records may be accessed by health authorities and authorized 
sponsor personnel without violating the confidentiality of the subject, to the extent permitted by 
the applicable law(s) or regulations. By signing the ICF the subject or legally acceptable 
representative is authorizing such access, including permission to obtain information about his or 
her survival status, and agrees to allow his or her study physician to recontact the subject for the 
purpose of obtaining consent for additional safety evaluations, if needed, and subsequent disease-
related treatments, or to obtain information about his or her survival status. Additionally, subjects 
will be asked if they are interested to be contacted for further studies, based on the data collected 
during the screening process. This is especially relevant for subjects who do not qualify for this 
specific protocol due to their cognitive or biomarker results, but may qualify for a similar or 
related study.
The subject or legally acceptable representative will be given sufficient time to read the ICF and 
the opportunity to ask questions. After this explanation and before entry into the study, consent 
should be appropriately recorded by means of either the subject's or his or her legally acceptable 
representative's personally dated signature. After having obtained the consent, a copy of the ICF
must be given to the subject.
Where local regulations require, a separate ICF may be used for the required DNA component of 
the study.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
139
Approved, 25 May 2018
Subjects who are unable to comprehend the information provided can be enrolled only after 
obtaining consent of a legally acceptable representative.
When prior consent of the subject is not possible and the subject's legally acceptable 
representative is not available, enrollment procedures should be described in the protocol with 
documented approval/favorable opinion by the IEC/IRB to protect the rights, safety, and well-
being of the subject and to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. The 
subject or legally acceptable representative must be informed about the study as soon as possible 
and give consent to continue.
A subject who has cognitive decline during the study to the point of clinical dementia may go 
through the consenting process to give renewed consent or assent in accordance with local law or 
guidance.
16.2.4.
Privacy of Personal Data
The collection and processing of personal data from subjects enrolled in this study will be 
limited to those data that are necessary to fulfill the objectives of the study.
These data must be collected and processed with adequate precautions to ensure confidentiality 
and compliance with applicable data privacy protection laws and regulations. Appropriate 
technical and organizational measures to protect the personal data against unauthorized 
disclosures or access, accidental or unlawful destruction, or accidental loss or alteration must be 
put in place. Sponsor personnel whose responsibilities require access to personal data agree to 
keep the identity of subjects confidential.
The informed consent obtained from the subject includes explicit consent for the processing of 
personal data and for the investigator/institution to allow direct access to his or her original 
medical records (source data/documents) for study-related monitoring, audit, IEC/IRB review, 
and regulatory inspection. This consent also addresses the transfer of the data to other entities 
and to other countries.
The subject has the right to request through the investigator access to his or her personal data and 
the right to request rectification of any data that is not correct or complete. Reasonable steps will 
be taken to respond to such a request, taking into consideration the nature of the request, the 
conditions of the study, and the applicable laws and regulations.
Exploratory DNA and biomarker research is not conducted under standards appropriate for the 
return of data to subjects. In addition, the sponsor cannot make decisions as to the significance of 
any findings resulting from exploratory research. Therefore, exploratory research data will not be 
returned to subjects or investigators, unless required by law or local regulations. Privacy and 
confidentiality of data generated in the future on stored samples will be protected by the same 
standards applicable to all other clinical data.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
140
Approved, 25 May 2018
16.2.5.
Long-Term Retention of Samples for Additional Future Research
Samples collected (including screening samples) in this study may be stored for up to 15 years 
(or according to local regulations) for additional research. Samples will only be used to 
understand atabecestat, to understand AD, to understand differential drug responders, and to 
develop tests/assays related to atabecestat and AD. The research may begin at any time during 
the study or the poststudy storage period. 
Stored samples will be coded throughout the sample storage and analysis process and will not be 
labeled with personal identifiers. Subjects may withdraw their consent for their samples to be 
stored for research; refer to Section 10.3 (Withdrawal From the Use of Samples in Future 
Research).
16.2.6.
Country Selection
This study will only be conducted in those countries where the intent is to launch or otherwise 
help ensure access to the developed product, unless explicitly addressed as a specific ethical 
consideration in Section 16.1.
17.
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
17.1.
Protocol Amendments
Neither the investigator nor the sponsor will modify this protocol without a formal amendment 
by the sponsor. All protocol amendments must be issued by the sponsor, and signed and dated by 
the investigator. Protocol amendments must not be implemented without prior IEC/IRB 
approval, or when the relevant competent authority has raised any grounds for nonacceptance, 
except when necessary to eliminate immediate hazards to the subjects, in which case the 
amendment must be promptly submitted to the IEC/IRB and relevant competent authority. 
Documentation of amendment approval by the investigator and IEC/IRB must be provided to the 
sponsor. When the change(s) involves only logistic or administrative aspects of the study, the 
IRB (and IEC where required) only needs to be notified.
During the course of the study, in situations where a departure from the protocol is unavoidable, 
the investigator or other physician in attendance will contact the appropriate sponsor 
representative (see Contact Information page(s) provided separately). Except in emergency 
situations, this contact should be made before implementing any departure from the protocol. In 
all cases, contact with the sponsor must be made as soon as possible to discuss the situation and
agree on an appropriate course of action. The data recorded in the eCRF and source documents 
will reflect any departure from the protocol, and the source documents will describe this 
departure and the circumstances requiring it.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
141
Approved, 25 May 2018
17.2.
Regulatory Documentation
17.2.1.
Regulatory Approval/Notification
This protocol and any amendment(s) must be submitted to the appropriate regulatory authorities 
in each respective country, if applicable. A study may not be initiated until all local regulatory 
requirements are met.
17.2.2.
Required Prestudy Documentation
The following documents must be provided to the sponsor before shipment of study drug to the 
study site:

Protocol and amendment(s), if any, signed and dated by the principal investigator

A copy of the dated and signed (or sealed, where appropriate per local regulations), written 
IEC/IRB approval of the protocol, amendments, ICF, any recruiting materials, and if 
applicable, subject compensation programs. This approval must clearly identify the specific 
protocol by title and number and must be signed (or sealed, where appropriate per local 
regulations) by the chairman or authorized designee.

Name and address of the IEC/IRB, including a current list of the IEC/IRB members and 
their function, with a statement that it is organized and operates according to GCP and the 
applicable laws and regulations. If accompanied by a letter of explanation, or equivalent, 
from the IEC/IRB, a general statement may be substituted for this list. If an investigator or a 
member of the study-site personnel is a member of the IEC/IRB, documentation must be 
obtained to state that this person did not participate in the deliberations or in the 
vote/opinion of the study.

Regulatory authority approval or notification, if applicable

Signed and dated statement of investigator (eg, Form FDA 1572), if applicable

Documentation of investigator qualifications (eg, curriculum vitae)

Completed investigator financial disclosure form from the principal investigator, where 
required

Signed and dated clinical trial agreement, which includes the financial agreement

Any other documentation required by local regulations
The following documents must be provided to the sponsor before enrollment of the first subject:

Completed investigator financial disclosure forms from all subinvestigators

Documentation of subinvestigator qualifications (eg, curriculum vitae)

Name and address of any local laboratory conducting tests for the study, and a dated copy of 
current laboratory normal ranges for these tests, if applicable

Local 
laboratory 
documentation 
demonstrating 
competence 
and 
test 
reliability 
(eg, accreditation/license), if applicable
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
142
Approved, 25 May 2018
17.3.
Subject Identification, Enrollment, and Screening Logs
The investigator agrees to complete a subject identification and enrollment log to permit easy 
identification of each subject during and after the study. This document will be reviewed by the 
sponsor study-site contact for completeness.
The subject identification and enrollment log will be treated as confidential and will be filed by 
the investigator in the study file. To ensure subject confidentiality, no copy will be made. All 
reports and communications relating to the study will identify subjects by subject identification
and date of birth. In cases where the subject is not randomized into the study, the date seen and 
date of birth will be used.
The investigator must also complete a subject screening log, which reports on all subjects who 
were seen to determine eligibility for inclusion in the study.
17.4.
Source Documentation
At a minimum, source documentation must be available for the following to confirm data 
collected in the eCRF: subject identification, eligibility, and study identification; study 
discussion and date of signed informed consent; dates of visits; results of safety and efficacy 
parameters as required by the protocol; record of all AEs and follow-up of AEs; concomitant 
medication; drug receipt/dispensing/return records; study drug administration information; and 
date of study completion and reason for early discontinuation of study drug or withdrawal from 
the study, if applicable. 
In addition, the author of an entry in the source documents should be identifiable.
At a minimum, the type and level of detail of source data available for a subject should be 
consistent with that commonly recorded at the study site as a basis for standard medical care. 
Specific details required as source data for the study will be reviewed with the investigator 
before the study and will be described in the monitoring guidelines (or other equivalent 
document).
Patient-reported outcome data and investigator completed scales and assessments may be 
recorded on paper or directly into an electronic device and will be considered source data.
The minimum source documentation requirements for Sections 4.1 and 4.2 that specify a need 
for documented medical history are as follows:

Referral letter from treating physician or

Complete history of medical notes at the site

Discharge summaries, as available
Inclusion and exclusion criteria not requiring documented medical history must be verified at a 
minimum by subject interview or other protocol required assessment (eg, physical examination, 
laboratory assessment) and documented in the source documents.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
143
Approved, 25 May 2018
17.5.
Case Report Form Completion
Case report forms are provided for each subject in an electronic format.
Electronic Data Capture (eDC) will be used for this study. The study data will be transcribed by 
study-site personnel from the source documents onto an eCRF, and transmitted in a secure 
manner to the sponsor within the timeframe agreed upon between the sponsor and the study site. 
The electronic file will be considered to be the eCRF.
Worksheets may be used for the capture of some data to facilitate completion of the eCRF. Any 
such worksheets will become part of the subject's source documentation. All data relating to the 
study must be recorded in eCRFs prepared by the sponsor. Data must be entered into eCRFs in 
English. Study-site personnel must complete the CRF as soon as possible after a subject visit, 
and the forms should be available for review at the next scheduled monitoring visit.
All subjective measurements (eg, PACC or other questionnaires) will be completed by the same 
individual who made the initial baseline determinations whenever possible. The investigator 
must verify that all data entries in the eCRFs are accurate and correct.
All CRF entries, corrections, and alterations must be made by the investigator or other authorized 
study-site personnel. If necessary, queries will be generated in the eDC tool. 
If corrections to an eCRF are needed after the initial entry into the eCRF, this can be done in 
3 different ways:

Study-site personnel can make corrections in the eDC tool at their own initiative or as a 
response to an auto query (generated by the eDC tool).

Study site manager can generate a query for resolution by the study-site personnel.

Clinical data manager can generate a query for resolution by the study-site personnel.
17.6.
Data Quality Assurance/Quality Control
Steps to be taken to ensure the accuracy and reliability of data include the selection of qualified 
investigators and appropriate study sites, review of protocol procedures with the investigator and 
study-site personnel before the study, periodic monitoring visits by the sponsor, and direct 
transmission of data from all outside vendors into the study database. Written instructions will be 
provided for collection, handling, storage, and shipment of samples.
Guidelines for eCRF completion will be provided and reviewed with study-site personnel before 
the start of the study. The sponsor will review eCRFs for accuracy and completeness during on-
site monitoring visits and after transmission to the sponsor; any discrepancies will be resolved 
with the investigator or designee, as appropriate. After upload into the study database, data will 
be verified for accuracy and consistency with the data sources.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
144
Approved, 25 May 2018
17.7.
Record Retention
In compliance with the ICH/GCP guidelines, the investigator/institution will maintain all eCRFs 
and all source documents that support the data collected from each subject, as well as all study 
documents as specified in ICH/GCP Section 8, Essential Documents for the Conduct of a 
Clinical Trial, and all study documents as specified by the applicable regulatory requirement(s). 
The investigator/institution will take measures to prevent accidental or premature destruction of 
these documents.
Essential documents must be retained until at least 2 years after the last approval of a marketing 
application in an ICH region and until there are no pending or contemplated marketing 
applications in an ICH region or until at least 2 years have elapsed since the formal 
discontinuation of clinical development of the investigational product. These documents will be 
retained for a longer period if required by the applicable regulatory requirements or by an 
agreement with the sponsor. It is the responsibility of the sponsor to inform the 
investigator/institution as to when these documents no longer need to be retained.
If the responsible investigator retires, relocates, or for other reasons withdraws from the 
responsibility of keeping the study records, custody must be transferred to a person who will 
accept the responsibility. The sponsor must be notified in writing of the name and address of the 
new custodian. Under no circumstance shall the investigator relocate or dispose of any study 
documents before having obtained written approval from the sponsor.
If it becomes necessary for the sponsor or the appropriate regulatory authority to review any 
documentation relating to this study, the investigator/institution must permit access to such 
reports.
17.8.
Monitoring
The sponsor will perform on-site monitoring visits as frequently as necessary. The monitor will 
record dates of the visits in a study site visit log that will be kept at the study site. The first 
postinitiation visit will be made as soon as possible after enrollment has begun. At these visits, 
the monitor will compare the data entered into the eCRFs with the hospital or clinic records 
(source documents). The nature and location of all source documents will be identified to ensure 
that all sources of original data required to complete the eCRF are known to the sponsor and 
study-site personnel and are accessible for verification by the sponsor study-site contact. If 
electronic records are maintained at the study site, the method of verification must be discussed 
with the study-site personnel.
Direct access to source documentation (medical records) must be allowed for the purpose of 
verifying that the data recorded in the eCRF is consistent with the original source data. Findings 
from this review of eCRFs and source documents will be discussed with the study-site personnel. 
The sponsor expects that, during monitoring visits, the relevant study-site personnel will be 
available, the source documentation will be accessible, and a suitable environment will be 
provided for review of study-related documents. The monitor will meet with the investigator on a 
regular basis during the study to provide feedback on the study conduct.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
145
Approved, 25 May 2018
17.9.
Study Completion/Termination
17.9.1.
Study Completion
The study is considered completed with the last study assessment for the last subject 
participating in the study. The final data from the study site will be sent to the sponsor (or 
designee) after completion of the final subject assessment at that study site, in the time frame 
specified in the Clinical Trial Agreement.
17.9.2.
Study Termination
The sponsor reserves the right to close the study site or terminate the study at any time for any 
reason at the sole discretion of the sponsor. Study sites will be closed upon study completion. A
study site is considered closed when all required documents and study supplies have been 
collected and a study-site closure visit has been performed.
The investigator may initiate study-site closure at any time, provided there is reasonable cause 
and sufficient notice is given in advance of the intended termination.
Reasons for the early closure of a study site by the sponsor or investigator may include but are 
not limited to:

Failure of the investigator to comply with the protocol, the requirements of the IEC/IRB, or 
local health authorities, the sponsor's procedures, or GCP guidelines

Inadequate recruitment of subjects by the investigator

Discontinuation of further study drug development
17.10. On-Site Audits
Representatives of the sponsor's clinical quality assurance department may visit the study site at 
any time during or after completion of the study to conduct an audit of the study in compliance 
with regulatory guidelines and company policy. These audits will require access to all study 
records, including source documents, for inspection and comparison with the eCRFs. Subject 
privacy must, however, be respected. The investigator and study-site personnel are responsible 
for being present and available for consultation during routinely scheduled study-site audit visits 
conducted by the sponsor or its designees. 
Similar auditing procedures may also be conducted by agents of any regulatory body, either as 
part of a national GCP compliance program or to review the results of this study in support of a 
regulatory submission. The investigator should immediately notify the sponsor if he or she has
been contacted by a regulatory agency concerning an upcoming inspection.
17.11. Use of Information and Publication
All information, including but not limited to information regarding atabecestat or the sponsor's 
operations (eg, patent application, formulas, manufacturing processes, basic scientific data, prior 
clinical data, formulation information) supplied by the sponsor to the investigator and not 
previously published, and any data, including pharmacogenomic or exploratory biomarker
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
146
Approved, 25 May 2018
research data, generated as a result of this study, are considered confidential and remain the sole 
property of the sponsor. The investigator agrees to maintain this information in confidence and 
use this information only to accomplish this study, and will not use it for other purposes without 
the sponsor's prior written consent.
The investigator understands that the information developed in the study will be used by the 
sponsor in connection with the continued development of atabecestat, and thus may be disclosed 
as required to other clinical investigators or regulatory agencies. To permit the information 
derived from the clinical studies to be used, the investigator is obligated to provide the sponsor 
with all data obtained in the study.
The results of the study will be reported in a Clinical Study Report generated by the sponsor and 
will contain eCRF data from all study sites that participated in the study, and direct transmission 
of clinical laboratory data from a central laboratory into the sponsor's database. Recruitment 
performance or specific expertise related to the nature and the key assessment parameters of the 
study will be used to determine a coordinating investigator. Results of pharmacogenomic or
exploratory biomarker analyses performed after the Clinical Study Report has been issued may
be reported in a separate report and will not require a revision of the Clinical Study Report. 
Study subject identifiers will not be used in publication of results. Any work created in 
connection with performance of the study and contained in the data that can benefit from 
copyright protection (except any publication by the investigator as provided for below) shall be 
the property of the sponsor as author and owner of copyright in such work.
Consistent with Good Publication Practices and International Committee of Medical Journal 
Editors guidelines, the sponsor shall have the right to publish such primary (multicenter) data 
and information without approval from the investigator. The investigator has the right to publish 
study site-specific data after the primary data is published. If an investigator wishes to publish 
information from the study, a copy of the manuscript must be provided to the sponsor for review 
at least 60 days before submission for publication or presentation. Expedited reviews will be 
arranged for abstracts, poster presentations, or other materials. If requested by the sponsor in 
writing, the investigator will withhold such publication for up to an additional 60 days to allow 
for filing of a patent application. In the event that issues arise regarding scientific integrity or 
regulatory compliance, the sponsor will review these issues with the investigator. The sponsor 
will not mandate modifications to scientific content and does not have the right to suppress 
information. For multicenter study designs and substudy approaches, secondary results generally 
should not be published before the primary endpoints of a study have been published. Similarly, 
investigators will recognize the integrity of a multicenter study by not submitting for publication 
data derived from the individual study site until the combined results from the completed study 
have been submitted for publication, within 12 months of the availability of the final data (tables, 
listings, graphs), or the sponsor confirms there will be no multicenter study publication. 
Authorship of publications resulting from this study will be based on the guidelines on 
authorship, such as those described in the Uniform Requirements for Manuscripts Submitted to 
Biomedical Journals, which state that the named authors must have made a significant 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
147
Approved, 25 May 2018
contribution to the design of the study or analysis and interpretation of the data, provided critical 
review of the paper, and given final approval of the final version.
Registration of Clinical Studies and Disclosure of Results
The sponsor will register and/or disclose the existence of and the results of clinical studies as 
required by law.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
148
Approved, 25 May 2018
REFERENCES
1.
Albert MS, DeKosky ST, Dickson D, et al. The diagnosis of mild cognitive impairment due to Alzheimer’s 
disease: recommendations from the National Institute on Aging-Alzheimer’s Association workgroups on 
diagnostic guidelines for Alzheimer’ disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2011;7:270-279.
2.
Alzheimer Disease Cooperative Study A4: Anti-Amyloid in Asymptomatic Alzheimer’s Disease Intervention 
Study http://www.adcs.org/Studies/A4.aspx. Accessed 27 March2015.
3.
Arriagada PV, Marzloff K, Hyman BT. Distribution of Alzheimer-type pathologic changes in nondemented 
elderly individuals matches the pattern in Alzheimer's disease. Neurology. 1992;42:1681-1688.
4.
Badenes Guia D, Casas Hernanz L, Cejudo Bolivar JC, Aguilar Barberà M. Evaluation of the capacity to drive 
in patients diagnosed of mild cognitive impairment and dementia. Neurologia. 2008;23:575-582.
5.
Bateman RJ, Xiong C, Benzinger TL, et al. Clinical and biomarker changes in dominantly inherited 
Alzheimer's Disease. N Engl J Med. 2012;367:795-804.
6.
Becker JA, Hedden T, Carmasin J, et al. Amyloid-β associated cortical thinning in clinically normal elderly. 
Ann Neurol. 2011;69:1032-1042.
7.
Becker JA, Pepin LC, Sperling RA, Johnson KA. Longitudinal FDG change in CN and MCI: Relation to Aβ 
status and cognitive change. Paper presented at: Human Amyloid Imaging 2013 (Page 22); Miami, Florida.
8.
Bennett D, Schneider J, Arvanitakis Z, et al. Neuropathology of older persons without cognitive impairment 
from two community-based studies Neurology. 2006;66:1837-1844.
9.
Braak H, Rub U, Schultz C, et al. Vulnerability of cortical neurons to Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases. 
In: Perry G, editor. Alzheimer’s disease: a century of scientific and clinical research. IOS Press; 2006. 
p. 35-44.
10.
Bretz F, Schmidli H, König F, Racine A, Maurer W. Confirmatory seamless phase II/III clinical trials with 
hypotheses selection at interim: general concepts. Biom J. 2006; 48(4):623-34.
11.
Bu G. Apolipoprotein E and its receptors in Alzheimer’s disease: pathways, pathogenesis and therapy. Nat Rev 
Neurosci. 2009;10:333-344.
12.
Buchhave P, Minthon L, Zetterberg H, Wallin AK, Blennow K, Hansson O. Cerebrospinal fluid levels of 
β-amyloid 1-42 but not of tau, are fully changed already 5 to 10 years before the onset of Alzheimer’s disease. 
Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2012;69:98-106.
13.
Cedarbaum JM, Jaros M, Hernandez C, et al.; Alzheimer's Disease Neuroimaging Initiative. Rationale for use 
of the Clinical Dementia Rating Sum of Boxes as a primary outcome measure for Alzheimer's disease clinical 
trials. Alzheimers Dement. 2013;9(1 Suppl):S45-55.
14.
Chetelat G, Villemagne VL, Villain N, et al. Accelerated cortical atrophy in cognitively normal elderly with 
high β-amyloid deposition. Neurology. 2012;78:477-484.
15.
Chien DT, Bahri S, Szardeniings AK, et al. Early clinical PET imaging results with the novel PHF-tau 
radioligand [F-18]-T807. J Alzheimers Dis. 2013;34:457-468.
16.
Chien DT, Szardenings AK, Bahri S, et al. Early clinical PET imaging results with the novel PHF-tau 
radioligand [F-18]-T808. J Alzheimers Dis. 2014;38:171-184. 
17.
Craig-Schapiro R, Perrin RJ, Roe CM, et al. YKL-40: a novel prognostic fluid biomarker for preclinical 
Alzheimer’s disease. Biol Psychiatry. 2010;68;903-912.
18.
Crowther RA, Olesen OF, Jakes R, Goedert M. The microtubule binding repeats of tau protein assemble into 
filaments like those found in Alzheimer's disease. FEBS Lett. 1992;309:199-202.
19.
Crowther RA, Olesen OF, Smith MJ, Jakes R, Goedert M. Assembly of Alzheimer-like filaments from 
full-length tau protein. FEBS Lett. 1994;337:135-138.
20.
Crowther T, Goedert M, Wischik CM. The repeat region of microtubule-associated protein tau forms part of 
the core of the paired helical filament of Alzheimer's disease. Ann Med. 1989;21:127-132.
21.
Darby DG, Brodtmann A, Pietrzak RH, et al. Episodic memory decline predicts cortical amyloid status in 
community-dwelling older adults. J Alzheimers Dis. 2011;27:627-637.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
149
Approved, 25 May 2018
22.
De Meyer G, Shapiro F, Vanderstichele H, et al. Diagnosis-independent Alzheimer disease biomarker 
signature in cognitively normal elderly people. Arch Neurol. 2010;67:949-956.
23.
Desikan RS, McEvoy LK, Thompson WK, et al. Amyloid-β-associated clinical decline occurs only in the 
presence of elevated P-tau. Arch Neurol. 2012;69:709-713.
24.
Desikan RS, McEvoy LK, Thompson WK, et al.; Alzheimer’s Disease Neuroimaging Initiative. Amyloid-β
associated volume loss occurs only in the presence of phospho-tau. Ann Neurol. 2011;70:657-661.
25.
Dickerson BC, Bakkour A, Salat DH, et al. The cortical signature of Alzheimer's disease: regionally specific 
cortical thinning relates to symptom severity in very mild to mild AD dementia and is detectable in 
asymptomatic amyloid-positive individuals. Cereb Cortex. 2009;19:497-510.
26.
Dmitrienko A, Tamhane AC, Wiens BL. General multistage gatekeeping procedures. Biometrical Journal; 
2008; 56:667-677.
27.
Donohue MC, Sperling RA, Salmon DP, et al; for the Australian Imaging, Biomarkers, and Lifestyle Flagship 
Study of Ageing; the Alzheimer’s Disease Neuroimaging Initiative; and the Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative 
Study. The preclinical Alzheimer cognitive composite: measuring amyloid-related decline. JAMA Neurol. 
2014; 71:961-970.
28.
Doraiswamy PM, Sperling RA, Johnson K, et al. AV45-A11 Study Group; AV45-A11 Study Group. 
Florbetapir F 18 amyloid PET and 36-month cognitive decline:a prospective multicenter study. Mol 
Psychiatry. 2014 Sep;19(9):1044-51
29.
Doraiswamy PM, Sperling RA, Coleman RE, et al; AV45-A11 Study Group. Amyloid-β assessed by 
florbetapir F 18 PET and 18-month cognitive decline: a multicenter study. Neurology. 2012;79:1636-1644.
30.
Dubois B, Feldman HH, Jacova C, et al. Advancing research diagnostic criteria for Alzheimer's disease: the 
IWG-2 criteria. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13:614-629.
31.
Duff K, Foster NL, Dennett K, et al. Amyloid deposition and cognition in older adults: the effects of premorbid 
intellect. Arch Clin Neuropsychol. 2013;28:665-671.
32.
EuroQol Group. EuroQol - a new facility for the measurement of health-related quality of life. Health Policy.
1990;16:199-208.
33.
Fagan AM, Mintun MA, Shah AR, et al. Cerebrospinal fluid tau and ptau(181) increase with cortical amyloid 
deposition in cognitively normal individuals: implications for future clinical trials of Alzheimer's disease. 
EMBO Mol Med. 2009;1(8-9):371-380.
34.
Ferris SH, Aisen PS, Cummings J, et al; Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Group. ADCS Prevention 
Instrument Project: overview and initial results. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord. 2006;20(4 suppl 3):S109-S123.
35.
Folstein MF, Folstein SE, McHugh PR. “Mini-mental state”. A practical method for grading the cognitive state 
of patients for the clinician. J Psychiatr Res. 1975;12:189-198.
36.
Forster, S, Teipel, S, Zach, C, et al. FDG-PET mapping the brain substrates of visuo-constructive processing in 
Alzheimer's disease. J Psychiatr Res. 2010;44:462-469.
37.
Galasko D, Bennett DA, Sano M, et al.; Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study. ADCS Prevention Instrument 
Project: assessment of instrumental activities of daily living for community-dwelling elderly individuals in 
dementia prevention clinical trials. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord. 2006;20(4 suppl 3):S152-S169.
38.
Goedert M, Crowther RA. Amyloid plaques, neurofibrillary tangles and their relevance for the study of 
Alzheimer's disease. Neurobiol Aging. 1989;10:405-406.
39.
Goedert M. Tau protein and the neurofibrillary pathology of Alzheimer's disease. Trends Neurosci. 
1993;16:460-465.
40.
Gomperts SN, Rentz DM, Moran E, et al. Imaging amyloid deposition in Lewy body diseases. Neurology. 
2008;71:903-910.
41.
Goldenberg MD, Moss AJ, Zareba W. QT Interval: How to Measure it and What is “Normal”. J Cardiovasc 
Electrophysiol. 2006;17:333-336.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
150
Approved, 25 May 2018
42.
Grimmer T, Tholen S, Yousefi BH, et al. Progression of cerebral amyloid load is associated with the 
apolipoprotein E ε4 genotype in Alzheimer's disease. Biol Psychiatry. 2010;68(10):879-884.
43.
Grober E, Buschke H, Crystal H, Bang S, Dresner R. Screening for dementia by memory testing. Neurology. 
1988;38:900-903.
44.
Grober E, Hall CB, Lipton RB, Zonderman AB, Resnick SM, Kawas C. Memory impairment, executive 
dysfunction, and intellectual decline in preclinical Alzheimer’s disease. J Int Neuropsych Soc. 2008;14:266-
278.
45.
Grober E, Ocepek-Welikson K, Teresi JA. The Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test: evidence of 
psychometric adequacy. Psychol Sci Quarter. 2009;51:266-282. 
46.
Hampel H, Blennow K, Shaw LM, Hoessler YC, Zetterberg H, Trojanowski JQ. Total and phosphorylated tau 
protein as biological markers of Alzheimer's disease. Exp Gerontol. 2010;45:30-40.
47.
Hampel H, Blennow K. CSF tau and β-amyloid as biomarkers for mild cognitive impairment. Dialogues Clin 
Neurosci. 2004;6:379-90.
48.
Hampel H, Wilcock G, Andnieu S, et al. Biomarkers for Alzheimer's disease therapeutic trials. Prog
Neurobiology. 2011;95:579-593.
49.
Hansson O, Zetterberg H, Buchhave P, Londos E, Blennow K, Minthon L. Association between CSF 
biomarkers and incipient Alzheimer's disease in patients with mild cognitive impairment: a follow-up study. 
Lancet Neurol. 2006;5:228-34. Erratum in: Lancet Neurol. 2006;5:293.
50.
Hardy JA, Higgins GA. Alzheimer's disease: the amyloid cascade hypothesis. Science. 1992;256:184-185.
51.
Hauber AB, Johnson FR, Fillit H, et al. Older Americans’ risk-benefit preferences for modifying the course of 
Alzheimer disease. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord. 2009; 23(1): 23-32.
52.
Hedden T, Van Dijk KR, Becker JA, et al. Disruption of functional connectivity in clinically normal older 
adults harboring amyloid burden. J Neurosci. 2009;29:12686-12694.
53.
Ho MP, Gonzalez JM, Lerner HP, et al. Incorporating patient-preference evidence into regulatory decision 
making. Surg Endosc. 2015; 29(10): 2984-2993.
54.
Horowitz M, Wilner N, Alvarez W. Impact of Event Scale: a measure of subjective stress. Psychosom Med. 
1979;41:209-218.
55.
Huijbers W, Mormino EC, Wigman SE, et al. Amyloid deposition is linked to aberrant entorhinal activity 
among cognitively normal older adults. J Neurosci. 2014;34:5200-5210.
56.
Hyman BT, Tanzi RE. Amyloid, dementia and Alzheimer's disease. Curr Opin Neurol Neurosurg. 1992;5:88-
93.
57.
Jack CR, Jr., Knopman DS, Jagust WJ, et al. Hypothetical model of dynamic biomarkers of the Alzheimer's 
pathological cascade. Lancet Neurol. 2010;9:119-128.
58.
Jack CR, Jr., Knopman DS, Weigand SD, et al. An operational approach to National Institute on Aging-
Alzheimer's Association criteria for preclinical Alzheimer disease. Ann Neurol. 2012;71(6):765-775.
59.
Jack CR, Jr., Lowe VJ, Senjem ML, et al. 11C PiB and structural MRI provide complementary information in 
imaging of Alzheimer's disease and amnestic mild cognitive impairment. Brain. 2008;131:665-680.
60.
Jack CR, Knopman DS, Jagust WJ, et al. Tracking pathophysiological processes in Alzheimer's disease: an 
updated hypothetical model of dynamic biomarkers. Lancet Neurol. 2013;12:207-216.
61.
Johnson FR, Hauber B, Özdemir S, Siegal CA, Hass S, Sands BE. Are gastroenterologists less tolerant of 
treatment risks than patients? Benefit-risk preferences in Crohn’s disease management. J Manag Care Pharm. 
2010; 16(8): 616-628.
62.
Kantarci K, Lowe V, Przybelski SA, et al. APOE modifies the association between Aβ load and cognition in 
cognitively normal older adults. Neurology. 2012;78:232-240.
63.
Karantzoulis S, Novitski J, Gold M, Randolph C. The Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of 
Neuropsychological Status (RBANS): Utility in detection and characterization of mild cognitive impairment 
due to Alzheimer's Disease. Arch Clin Neuropsychol. 2013;28:837-844.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
151
Approved, 25 May 2018
64.
Karran E, Mercken M, De Strooper B. The amyloid cascade hypothesis for Alzheimer's disease: an appraisal 
for the development of therapeutics. Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2011;10:698-712.
65.
Kennedy KM, Rodrigue KM, Devous MD Sr, Hebrank AC, Bischof GN, Park DC. Effects of beta-amyloid 
accumulation on neural function during encoding across the adult lifespan. Neuroimage. 2012;62:1-8.
66.
Kitamura S, Kiuchi K, Taoka T, et al. Longitudinal white matter changes in Alzheimer’s disease: a 
tractography-based analysis study. Brain Res. 2013;1515:12-18.
67.
Klunk WE, Engler H, Nordberg A, et al. Imaging brain amyloid in Alzheimer’s disease with Pittsburgh 
compound-B. Ann Neurol. 2004;55:306–319.
68.
Knopman DS, Jack C Jr, Wiste HJ, et al. Short-term clinical outcomes for stages of NIA-AA preclinical 
Alzheimer Disease. Neurology. 2012;78:1576-1582.
69.
Koster N, Knol DL, Uitdehaag BMJ, Scheltens P, Sikkes SAM. The sensitivity to change over time of the 
Amsterdam IADL Questionnaire. Alzheimers Dement. 2015; 11 (10): 1231-1240.
70.
Kvartsberg H, Duits FH, Ingelsson M, et al. Cerebrospinal fluid levels of the synaptic protein neurogranin 
correlates with cognitive decline in prodromal Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer Dement. 2014; 
doi:10.1016/j.jalz.2014.10.009.
71.
Landau SM, Mintun MA, Joshi AD, et al.; Alzheimer's Disease Neuroimaging Initiative. Amyloid deposition, 
hypometabolism, and longitudinal cognitive decline. Ann Neurol. 2012;72:578-586.
72.
Landau, SM, Lu, M, Joshi, AD, et al; Alzheimer's Disease Neuroimaging Initiative. Comparing positron 
emission tomography imaging and cerebrospinal fluid measurements of β-amyloid. Ann Neurol. 2013;74:826-
836.
73.
Lang FR, Carstensen LL. Time counts: future time perspective, goals and social relationships. Psychol Aging. 
2002;17:125-139.
74.
Lee VM, Trojanowski JQ. Progress from Alzheimer's tangles to pathological tau points towards more effective 
therapies now. J Alzheimers Dis. 2006;9:257-262.
75.
Li G, Sokal I, Quinn JF, et al. CSF tau/Abeta42 ratio for increased risk of mild cognitive impairment: a follow-
up study. Neurology 2007;69:631-639.
76.
Lim YY, Ellis KA, Ames D, et al.; AIBL Research Group. Aβ amyloid, cognition, and APOE genotype in 
healthy older adults. Alzheimers Dement. 2013;9:538-545.
77.
Lim YY, Maruff P, Pietrzak RH, et al.; AIBL Research Group. Aβ and cognitive change: examining the 
preclinical and prodromal stages of Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2014;10:743-751. 
78.
Lu K, Luo X, Chen PY. Sample size estimation for repeated measures analysis in randomized clinical trials 
with missing data. Int J Biostat. 2008;4(1):Article 9.
79.
Marson DC, Sawrie SM, Snyder S, et al. Assessing financial capacity in patients with Alzheimer disease: A 
conceptual model and prototype instrument. Arch Neurol. 2000;57(6):877-84.
80.
Marson DC. Clinical and ethical aspects of financial capacity in dementia: a commentary. Am J Geriatr 
Psychiatry. 2013;21(4):382-390.
81.
Mattsson N, Zetterberg H, Hansson O, et al. CSF biomarkers and incipient Alzheimer disease in patients with 
mild cognitive impairment. JAMA. 2009;302:385-393.
82.
McKhann G, Drachman D, Folstein M, Katzman R, Price D, Stadlan EM. Clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer's 
disease: report of the NINCDS-ADRDA Work Group under the auspices of Department of Health and Human 
Services Task Force on Alzheimer's Disease. Neurology. 1984;34: 939-944.
83.
McKhann GM, Knopman DS, Chertkow H, et al. The diagnosis of dementia due to Alzheimer's disease: 
recommendations from the National Institute on Aging-Alzheimer's Association workgroups on diagnostic 
guidelines for Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2011;7:263-269.
84.
Mintun MA, Larossa GN, Sheline YI, et al. [11C]PIB in a nondemented population: potential antecedent 
marker of Alzheimer disease. Neurology. 2006;67:446-452.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
152
Approved, 25 May 2018
85.
Mormino EC, Smiljic A, Hayenga AO, et al. Relationships between β-amyloid and functional connectivity in 
different components of the default mode network in aging. Cereb Cortex. 2011;21:2399-2407.
86.
Moroney JT, Bagiella E, Desmond DW, et al. Meta-analysis of the Hachinski Ischaemic Score in 
pathologically verified dementias. Neurology. 1997;49:1096-1105.
87.
Morris JC, Roe CM, Grant EA, et al. Pittsburgh compound B imaging and prediction of progression from 
cognitive normality to symptomatic Alzheimer disease. Arch Neurol. 2009;66(12):1469-1475.
88.
Morris JC, Storandt M, McKeel DW, Jr., et al. Cerebral amyloid deposition and diffuse plaques in "normal" 
aging: Evidence for presymptomatic and very mild Alzheimer's disease. Neurology. 1996;46:707-719.
89.
Morris JC. Clinical dementia rating: a reliable and valid diagnostic and staging measure for dementia of the 
Alzheimer type. Int Psychogeriatr. 1997;9 Suppl 1:173-6; discussion 177-8.
90.
O'Bryant SE, Waring SC, Cullum CM, et al.; Texas Alzheimer's Research Consortium. Staging dementia using 
Clinical Dementia Rating Scale Sum of Boxes scores: a Texas Alzheimer's research consortium study. Arch 
Neurol. 2008;65:1091-1095.
91.
Palmqvist S, Zetterberg H, Blennow K., et al. Accuracy of brain amyloid detection in clinical practice using 
cerebrospinal fluid β-amyloid 42: A cross-validation study against amyloid positron emission tomography. 
JAMA Neurol. 2014;71:1282-1289.
92.
Petersen RC. Do preclinical Alzheimer's disease criteria work? Lancet Neurol. 2013;12:933-935.
93.
Pike KE, Ellis KA, Villemagne VL, et al. Cognition and beta-amyloid in preclinical Alzheimer's disease: Data 
from the AIBL study. Neuropsychologia. 2011;49:2384-2390.
94.
Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and 
internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. Am J Psychiatry. 
2011;168(12):1266-1277.
95.
Primiani CT, Ryan VH, Rao JS, et al. Coordinated gene expression of neuroinflammatory and cell signaling 
markers in dorsolateral prefrontal cortex during human brain development and aging. PLoS One. 
2014;9:e110972.
96.
Randolph C, Tierney MC, Mohr E, Chase TN. The Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of 
Neuropsychological Status (RBANS): preliminary clinical validity. J Clin Exp Neuropsychol. 1998;20:310-
319. 
97.
Randolph C. Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status (RBANS). San Antonio: 
Harcourt, TX: The Psychological Corporation. 1998.
98.
Rentz DM, Amariglio RE, Becker JA, et al. Face-name associative memory performance is related to amyloid 
burden in normal elderly. Neuropsychologia. 2011;49(9):2776-2783.
99.
Rentz DM, Locascio JJ, Becker JA, et al. Cognition, reserve, and amyloid deposition in normal aging. Ann 
Neurol. 2010;67:353-364.
100. Ridha BH, Anderson VM, Barnes J, et al. Volumetric MRI and cognitive measures in Alzheimer’s disease. 
comparison of markers of progression. J Neurol. 2008;255:567-574.
101. Rikkert MG, Tona KD, Janssen L, et al. Validity, reliability, and feasibility of clinical staging scales in
dementia: a systematic review. Am J Alzheimers Dis Other Demen. 2011;26:357-365.
102. Roberts JS, Connell CM. Illness representations among first-degree relatives of people with Alzheimer disease. 
Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord. 2000;14:129-136.
103. Roberts JS. Anticipating response to predictive genetic testing for Alzheimer's disease: a survey of first-degree 
relatives. Gerontologist. 2000;40:43-52.
104. Rochin L, Hurbain I, Serneels L et al. BACE2 processes PMEL to form the melanosome amloid matrix in 
pigment cells. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2013;110:10658-10663.
105. Rodrigue KM, Kennedy KM, Devous MD, Sr., et al. β-Amyloid burden in healthy aging: regional distribution 
and cognitive consequences. Neurology. 2012;78:387-395.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
153
Approved, 25 May 2018
106. Rosen WG, Terry RD, Fuld PA, Katzman R, Peck A. Pathological verification of ischemic score in 
differentiation of dementias. Ann Neurol. 1980;7:486-8.
107. Rowe CC, Ellis KA, Rimajova M, et al. Amyloid imaging results from the Australian Imaging, Biomarkers and 
Lifestyle (AIBL) study of aging. Neurobiol Aging. 2010;31:1275-1283.
108. Ryan M, Hughes J. Using conjoint analysis to assess women’s preferences for miscarriage management. 
Health Econ. 1997; 6(3): 261-273.
109. Salloway SMM, Sperling RM, Gilman SMF, et al.; Bapineuzumab 201 Clinical Trial Investigators. A phase 2 
multiple ascending dose trial of bapineuzumab in mild to moderate Alzheimer disease. Neurology. 
2009;73:2061-2070.
110. Schott JM, Bartlett JW, Fox NC, Barnes J; Alzheimer's Disease Neuroimaging Initiative Investigators. 
Increased brain atrophy rates in cognitively normal older adults with low cerebrospinal fluid Aβ1-42. Ann 
Neurol. 2010;68:825-834.
111. Selkoe DJ.  Resolving controversies on the path to Alzheimer's therapeutics. Nat Med. 2011;17:1060-1065.
112. Skoog I, Davidsson P, Aevarsson O, Vanderstichele H, Vanmechelen E, Blennow K. Cerebrospinal fluid beta-
amyloid 42 is reduced before the onset of sporadic dementia: a population-based study in 85-year-olds. 
Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord. 2003;15:169-176.
113. Sperling RA, Laviolette PS, O'Keefe K, et al. Amyloid deposition is associated with impaired default network 
function in older persons without dementia. Neuron. 2009;63:178-188.
114. Sperling RA, Salloway S, Brooks DJ, et al. Amyloid-related imaging abnormalities in Alzheimer’s disease 
patients treated with bapineuzumab: a retrospective analysis. Lancet Neurol. 2012;11:241-249.
115. Sperling RA, Johnson KA, Doraiswamy PM, et al; AV45-A05 Study Group. Amyloid deposition detected with 
florbetapir F 18 ((18)F-AV-45) is related to lower episodic memory performance in clinically normal older 
individuals. Neurobiol Aging. 2013;34:822-831.
116. Sperling, RA, Aisen, PS, Beckett, LA, et al. Toward defining the preclinical stages of Alzheimer's disease: 
recommendations from the National Institute on Aging-Alzheimer's Association workgroups on diagnostic 
guidelines for Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimers Dement. 2011;7:280-292.
117. Stern RA, White T. Neuropsychological Assessment Battery. Lutz FL: Psychological Assessment Resources; 
2003.
118. Storandt M, Mintun MA, Head D, Morris JC. Cognitive decline and brain volume loss as signatures of cerebral 
amyloid-beta peptide deposition identified with Pittsburgh compound B: cognitive decline associated with 
Abeta deposition. Arch Neurol. 2009;66:1476-1481.
119. Tarawneh R, Lee JM, Ladenson JH, Morris JC, Holtzman DM. CSF VILIP-1 predicts rates of cognitive 
decline in early Alzheimer disease. Neurology. 2012;78:709-719.
120. van Harten AC, Smits LL, Teunissen CE, et al. Preclinical AD predicts decline in memory and executive 
functions in subjective complaints. Neurology. 2013;81:1409-1416.
121. Verghese PB, Castellano JM, Holtzman DM  Apolipoprotein E in Alzheimer’s disease and other neuorological 
disorders. Lancet Neurol. 2011;10:241–252.
122. Villemagne VL, Pike KE, Chetelat G, et al. Longitudinal assessment of Aβ and cognition in aging and 
Alzheimer disease. Ann Neurol. 2011;69:181-192.
123. Villemagne VL, Burnham S, Bourgeat P, et al; Australian Imaging Biomarkers and Lifestyle (AIBL) Research 
Group. Amyloid β deposition, neurodegeneration, and cognitive decline in sporadic Alzheimer’s disease: a 
prospective cohort study. Lancet Neurol. 2013;12:357-367.
124. Vos, SJB, Xiong, C, Visser, PJ, et al. Preclinical Alzheimer's disease and its outcome: a longitudinal cohort 
study. Lancet Neurol. 2013;12:957-965.
125. Walsh SP, Raman R, Jones KB, Aisen PS; Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Group. ADCS Prevention 
Instrument Project: the Mail-In Cognitive Function Screening Instrument (MCFSI). Alzheimer Dis Assoc 
Disord. 2006;20(4 Suppl 3):S170-S178.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
154
Approved, 25 May 2018
126. Ware JE Jr, Sherbourne CD. The MOS 36-item short-form health survey (SF-36), I: conceptual framework and 
item selection. Med Care. 1992;30(6):473-483.
127. Ware JE, Kosinski M, Keller SD. Interpretation: Norm-Based. In: SF-36 Physical and Mental Health Summary 
Scales: A User’s Manual. Boston, MA: The Health Institute; 1994:8:1-8:42.
128. Wechsler D. Manual for the Wechsler adult intelligence scale—revised. San Antonio, TX: The Psychological 
Corporation; 1981.
129. Wechsler D. Wechsler Memory Scale–Revised. New York: The Psychological Corporation; 1987.
130. Whitwell JL, Josephs KA, Murray ME, et al. MRI correlates of neurofibrillary tangle pathology at autopsy: a 
voxel-based morphology study. Neurology. 2008;71:743-749.
131. Wilson JS, Mruthinti S, Buccafusco JJ, et al. Anti-RAGE and Abeta immunoglobulin levels are related to 
dementia level and cognitive performance. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2009;64:264-271.
132. Yesavage JA, Brink TL, Rose TL, et al. Development and validation of a geriatric depression screening scale: 
a preliminary report. J Psychiatr Res. 1982-83;17:37-49.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
155
Approved, 25 May 2018
Attachment 1: Anticipated Events
Anticipated Event
An anticipated event is an adverse event (serious or non-serious) that commonly occurs as a consequence 
of the underlying disease or condition under investigation (disease-related) or background regimen.
For the purposes of this study the following events will be considered anticipated events: 

Fatal and non-fatal myocardial infarction

Angina pectoris

Fatal and non-fatal stroke

Transient ischemic attack

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), COPD exacerbation and chronic bronchitis

Fractures associated with falls

Falls
Reporting of Anticipated Events
These events will be captured on the CRF and in the database, and will be reported to the sponsor as 
described in Section 12.3.1, All adverse events. Any event that meets serious adverse event criteria will 
be reported to the sponsor within the appropriate timeline as described in Section 12.3.2, Serious Adverse 
Events. These anticipated events are exempt from expedited reporting as individual single cases to Health 
Authorities, if allowed by local practice/regulations. However, if based on an aggregate review, it is 
determined that an anticipated event is possibly related to study drug, the sponsor will report these events 
in an expedited manner.
Anticipated Event Review Committee (ARC)
An Anticipated Event Review Committee (ARC) will be established to perform reviews of pre-specified 
anticipated events at an aggregate level. The ARC is a safety committee within the sponsor’s organization 
that is independent of the sponsor’s study team. The ARC will meet to aid in the recommendation to the 
sponsor’s study team as to whether there is a reasonable possibility that an anticipated event is related to 
the study drug.
Statistical Analysis
Details of statistical analysis of anticipated events, including the frequency of review and threshold to 
trigger an aggregate analysis of anticipated events will be provided in a separate Anticipated Events 
Safety Monitoring Plan.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
156
Approved, 25 May 2018
Attachment 2: Adverse Events of Special Interest 
The following events are considered to be events of special interest: 

Lightening of skin 

Lightening of hair 

Ophthalmologic adverse events (AEs)
Cases of lightening of skin or lightening of hair should result in dermatological consultation with digital 
photography of the findings either by the dermatologist or a qualified designee.
For all initial reports of ophthalmologic AEs investigational sites should contact the sponsor’s medical 
monitor for further follow-up.
All initial reports of treatment-emergent lightening of skin or hair, or treatment-emergent ophthalmologic 
AEs must be reported to the sponsor by the investigational staff within 24 hours of their knowledge of the 
event even if these events do not meet the definition of an SAE.
If these are deemed AEs, the site is to record these events on the AE eCRF page checked as AESI. If 
determined to be a serious adverse event (SAE) follow reporting as outlined in Section 12.3.2.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
157
Approved, 25 May 2018
Attachment 3: Evaluation of Increased Liver Enzymes:
The following process should be followed whenever assessments for a given subject indicate an elevation 
of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) or aspartate aminotransferase (AST) ≥3× upper limit of normal 
(ULN):
1.
Initial Investigation
Within 24 to 72 hours of receipt of abnormal laboratory results, the investigator and study site are to 
perform the following: 
a.
Repeat blood sampling: 
o
Chemistry (include amylase if subject has abdominal pain or vomiting)
o
Complete hematology with eosinophil count
o
International normalized ratio (INR)
o
Hepatitis serology: 
o
Hepatitis A: anti-HAV IgG, anti-HAV IgM 
o
Hepatitis B: HBsAg, anti-HBc, anti-HBs
o
Hepatitis C: anti-HCV
o
Hepatitis E: anti-HEV IgG and IgM
o
Epstein Barr virus (EBV):  anti-VCA IgG and IgM, anti-EBNA IgG
o
CMV: anti-CMV IgG and IgM.)
o
Anti-nuclear antibody (ANA)
o
One 5 mL sample of plasma for exploratory studies to evaluate the potential cause or risk 
factors for drug-related liver injury.  
b.
Collect detailed history of present illness and additional medical history, to include:
o
Recent abdominal pain, pruritis, rash
o
Prior abnormal liver tests, liver disease, exposure to hepatotoxins, diabetes, obesity, 
marked hypertriglyceridemia, gallstone disease or family history of gallstone or liver 
disease  
o
Record alcohol use, other meds including acetaminophen, NSAIDs and OTC herbal, 
vitamin, special diets, or nutritional supplements; any recent change in prescription drugs 
with start and stop dates; exposure to environmental chemical agents, or recreational drug 
use.
c.
Perform a full physical exam, with specific comments on:
o
Palpable liver, size, tenderness
o
Palpable spleen, size, tenderness
o
Jaundice
o
Stigmata of chronic liver disease: spider angiomata, gynecomastia, palmar erythema, 
testicular atrophy
d.
Schedule mandatory hepatic/pancreatic ultrasound 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
158
Approved, 25 May 2018
2.
Follow-up Blood Sampling and Ongoing Contact with Medical Monitor
After the initial investigation, regardless of results, serum chemistry is to be performed (using the central 
lab retest kit) per the schedule below (Table 3) and close contact with the medical monitor with a minimal 
contact frequency (as outlined in the table) is also expected.
Table 3:
Minimum Schedule for Follow-Up Blood Sampling and Contact with Medical Monitor
AST or ALT Levels From Most Recent Laboratory Values
>5×ULN
>3, <5×ULN
>1, <3×ULN
WNL
Blood 
sampling 
frequency
2× per week
1× per week
Once 
every 
2 
weeks 
until 
sponsor approves 
reduction to 1× per 
month
1× per month until 3 consecutive months 
within normal limits, then 
Resume the standard, per protocol 
schedule
Frequency of site 
contact 
with 
medical monitor
1× per week
1 x per week
1× per month
Once, just prior to resumption of the 
standard, per protocol schedule
Abbreviations: ALT=alanine aminotransferase, AST=aspartate aminotransferase; ULN=upper limit of normal; WNL=within 
normal limits
3.
Hepatology/Gastroenterology Consult
Mandatory, urgent hepatology/gastroenterology consult must be conducted if any of the following occurs: 

AST or ALT ≥8×ULN

AST or ALT ≥3×ULN with symptoms

AST or ALT ≥3×ULN and total bilirubin ≥2 mg/dL

AST or ALT ≥5×ULN persists for >1 week

AST or ALT ≥3×ULN persists for >2 weeks
4.
Discontinuation of Study Treatment:
For subjects during the first 3 months of treatment with study drug, treatment must be discontinued if any 
of the following occurs:

ALT or AST >5×ULN

ALT or AST >3×ULN and total bilirubin >2×ULN or INR>1.5

ALT or AST >3×ULN with the appearance of fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant 
pain or tenderness, fever, rash, and/or eosinophilia >5%
For subjects that have completed 3 months of treatment with study drug, treatment must be discontinued 
if any of the following occurs:

ALT or AST >8×ULN
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
159
Approved, 25 May 2018

ALT or AST > 5×ULN for more than 2 weeks

ALT or AST >3×ULN and total bilirubin >2×ULN or INR>1.5

ALT or AST >3×ULN with the appearance of fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant 
pain or tenderness, fever, rash, and/or eosinophilia >5%
5.
SAE Reporting
Subjects who meet the criteria for discontinuation of study treatment should have the event reported as an 
SAE and should follow the SAE reporting process, as outlined in Section 12.3.2 of the protocol.
6.
Continuation or Resumption of Study Treatment: 
Study treatment may continue in asymptomatic subjects who do not meet the discontinuation rules, 
however, the investigator/site must adhere to the blood sampling and contact with Medical Monitor 
schedule in Table 3.
For subjects resuming treatment after an interruption of less than 7 days, the blood sampling schedule in 
Table 3 should be followed. In case treatment is resumed after interruption of more than 7 days, 
resumption of treatment must be discussed with and approved by the sponsor medical monitor. In these 
cases, follow-up blood sampling should occur weekly for the first month and thereafter Table 3 should be 
followed. Dosages should be at the same level as before the interruption.
7.
Characterization of T-cell Response in Subjects Previously Treated with atabecestat
Additional blood draws of 120 mL may be taken from subjects with elevated hepatic enzymes for PBMCs 
to be isolated and used in an optional immunologic sub study (see Attachment 4).
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
160
Approved, 25 May 2018
Attachment 4: The Immunological Basis of Drug-Induced Liver Injury
Recent work by the United States Drug-Induced Liver Injury Network has shown that most idiosyncratic, 
non-dose related, and unpredictable drug-induced liver injury (DILI) are due to host immune responses to 
the causative drugs or other agents.2,8,9 The precise mechanism of DILI is still the subject of discussion 
and research, although Maria and Victorino6 have described lymphocyte proliferative responses to drugs 
in over 50% of patients with DILI. More recent data point to human leukocyte antigen (HLA) alleles as 
risk factors for DILI (eg, flucloxacillin [B*57:01]1, ximelagatran [DRB1*07:01]10, lumiracoxib 
[DRB1*15:01]5), lending support to an immune mechanism in DILI.
In an overview of drug-specific T-cells in human DILI, Kim and co-workers4 as well as Monshi and 
co-workers7, showed the involvement or otherwise activation of peripheral blood mononuclear cell 
(PBMC), T-cell clones, antigen specificity, phenotype, HLA restriction, and cytotoxicity on 
flucloxacillin- and co amoxiclav-induced DILI. The drug specific T-cell tests planned for use will be 
conducted at the Liverpool laboratory of Kim, Monshi and Naisbitt. 
The Lymphocyte Proliferation Assay (LPA)
The lymphocytes of most subjects can be stimulated to proliferate nonspecifically by stimulating them in 
vitro with the mitogens phytohemagglutinin or pokeweed mitogen, or an antibody anti-CD3. However, 
these substances provide strong stimuli that are not antigen specific, and usually do not discriminate as 
well as antigens in reflecting different levels of immunodeficiency. Antigen-specific T-cell proliferation 
can be measured in vitro using such antigens as cytomegalovirus antigen, tetanus toxoid, varicella zoster 
virus antigen, and various drugs, if an individual has been previously exposed to these agents. 
The LPA allows an assessment of the role of immunological reactions in drug-induced adverse reactions. 
The assay allows a measurement of the ability of lymphocytes placed in short-term tissue culture to 
undergo a clonal proliferation when stimulated in vitro by a foreign molecule, antigen or mitogen. Several 
studies have shown that CD4+ lymphocytes proliferate in response to antigenic peptides in association 
with Class II major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules on antigen-presenting cells.1 This 
proliferative response of lymphocytes to antigen in vitro occurs only if the patient has been immunized to 
that antigen, either by having recovered from an infection with the microorganism containing that antigen, 
or by having been vaccinated. Therefore, some normal individuals may not respond to a given antigen, 
but most people will respond to at least one of several common microbial antigens.
Study will be conducted to determine whether subjects who had elevated liver enzymes while on 
atabecestat have a atabecestat or atabecestat metabolite specific LPA response.
T-cell Receptor (TCR) Sequencing Studies
A study3 using sequencing of the TCRVb CDR3 region to compare the array of T-cell receptor (TCR) 
sequences present (TCR repertoire) with those in the peripheral blood of the same subject was performed
to correlate these factors in order to generate a predictive model for determining which subjects would 
benefit from dendritic cell vaccination. Examination of the TCR repertoire has previously been used to 
characterize the immune response to systemic, nonspecific immunotherapies, such as cluster of 
differentiation 152 (CTLA-4) and programmed cell death protein 1 (PD-1) blockade. 
In a study to characterize the functionality of drug-responsive CD8+ T-cell clones generated from 
HLA-B*57:01+ drug-naïve subjects and to explore the relationship between abacavir accumulation in 
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
161
Approved, 25 May 2018
antigen presenting cells and the T-cell response, Bell and co-workers2 showed that 74 CD8+ clones 
expressing different Vβ receptors proliferated and killed target cells via different mechanisms when 
exposed to abacavir. Certain clones were activated with abacavir in the absence of antigen presenting 
cells. Analysis of the remaining clones revealed 2 pathways of drug dependent T-cell activation.
Studies will be conducted to determine specific T-cell activation pathways in subjects who had elevated 
liver enzymes while on atabecestat.
Sample Collection
The collection of PBMCs is via a standard blood collection procedure using BD Vacutainer® Cell 
Preparation Tubes with Sodium Heparin (CPT™) that permit the simple isolation and transport of cells 
that retain function. 
Blood samples will be collected via venipuncture directly into BD Vacutainer CPT tubes. In order to 
collect 120 mL of blood, 15 CPT tubes of 8 mL will be filled per subject.
Detailed description of the isolation of PBMCs from blood in CPT tubes, freezing and shipping to 
laboratories are provided in a laboratory manual. Frozen PBMCs are to be sent to Liverpool CDSS for 
drug specific immune response studies (see below) and to Beerse for TCR sequencing.
Activities at Liverpool CDSS
The overall objective is to define the key immunological events involved in DILI. The project is divided 
into 2 parts. In Part 1, drug-specific immune responses in subjects with an elevation in liver enzymes and 
corresponding control subjects will be analyzed. In Part 2 the phenotype and function of drug-responsive 
T-cells will be characterized. The objectives, main deliverables, and methodological approaches for each 
part of the study are described in the following sections. 
Part 1: Drug-Specific Immune Response
Specific objective: To characterize the drug-specific stimulation of PBMCs from subjects with 
atabecestat-associated elevation in liver enzymes.
Deliverables: (1) Diagnosis of DILI using biological tests; (2) characterization of drug-specific PBMC 
responses in subjects with atabecestat-associated elevation in liver enzymes and tolerant controls.
Brief description of work: PBMC samples from subjects will be analyzed to determine whether study 
drug stimulates lymphocytes to proliferate and/or secrete cytokines. Methods: To define the role of 
functional antigen-specific T-cell subsets (T helper [Th]1, Th2, Th17, Th22, CD8+) in DILI, the T-cell 
stimulatory capacity of the parent drug, metabolites, and structurally-related compounds will be profiled 
using the lymphocyte transformation test (endpoint [3H] thymidine) and enzyme-linked immunospot 
(ELIspot) for monitoring effector T-cell responses. The mitogen phytohemagglutinin and recall antigen 
tetanus toxoid will be used as positive controls to confirm the proliferative activity of the PBMCs. The 
negative control will be cell culture medium containing the same quantity of solvent used to dissolve the 
drug. If the frequency of drug-specific T-cells is too low to detect a T-cell response directly, PBMC from 
certain subjects will be cultured with drug for up to 4 weeks to generate drug-responsive T-cell clones
before analysis of antigen specificity.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
162
Approved, 25 May 2018
Part 2: Phenotype and Function of Drug-Responsive T-Cells
Specific objective: To define the phenotype and function of drug-specific T-cells. 
Deliverables: (1) Generation and expansion of drug-specific T-cell clones; (2) characterization of the 
phenotype, function and cross-reactivity with structurally related compounds of T-cell clones; (3) define
mechanistic pathways of drug presentation to T-cells.
Brief description of work: T-cells will be cloned from subjects and characterized in terms of antigen 
specificity, phenotype, and function (proliferation, cytolytic activity, cytokine secretion, and tissue 
homing characteristics). The involvement of the major histocompatibility complex in drug presentation 
will be assessed using (1) human leukocyte antigen (HLA) blocking antibodies and (2) mismatched or 
partially HLA-matched antigen presenting cells. Multiplex cytokine analysis and ELIspot will be used to 
analyze cytokine and effector molecule (eg, perforin, granzyme B, FasL) secretion. The requirement for 
processing in antigen presentation will be measured by assessing the kinetics of T-cell receptor 
internalization and through the use of inhibitors of antigen processing. Chemokine receptors expressed on 
clones will be profiled using flow cytometry.
References
1.
Daly AK, Donaldson PT, Bhatnagar P, Shen Y, Pe'er I, Floratos A, et al. HLA-B*5701 genotype 
is a major determinant of drug-induced liver injury due to flucloxacillin. Nat Genet. 2009;41:816-
819.
2.
Fontana RJ, Watkins PB, Bonkovsky HL, Chalasani N, Davern T, Serrano J, et al. Drug-Induced 
Liver Injury Network (DILIN) prospective study: rationale, design and conduct. Drug Saf 
2009;32:55–68.
3.
Hsu MS, Sedighim S, Wang T, Antonios JP, Everson RG, Tucker AM, et al. TCR Sequencing 
can Identify and Track Glioma Infiltrating T Cells After DC Vaccination. Cancer Immunol Res 
2016; 4 (5); 412-418.
4.
Kim SH, Saide K, Farrell J, Faulkner L, Tailor A, Ogese M, et al. Characterization of 
amoxicillin- and clavulanic acid-specific T cells in patients with amoxicillin-clavulanate-induced 
liver injury. Hepatology. 2015;62:887-99.
5.
Lucena MI, Molokhia M, Shen Y, Urban TJ, Aithal GP, Andrade RJ, et al. Susceptibility to 
amoxicillin-clavulanate-induced liver injury is influenced by multiple HLA class I and II alleles. 
Gastroenterology. 2011;141:338-347.
6.
Maria V, Victorino R. Diagnostic value of specific T-cell reactivity to drugs in 95 cases of drug 
induced liver injury. Gut. 1997.41:534-540.
7.
Monshi MM, Faulkner L, Gibson A, Jenkins RE, Farrell J, Earnshaw CJ, et al. Human leukocyte 
antigen (HLA)-B*57:01-restricted activation of drug-specific T cells provides the immunological 
basis for flucloxacillin-induced liver injury. Hepatology. 2013;57:727-39.
8.
Rochon J, Protiva P, Seeff L, Fontana R, Liangpunsakul S, Hayashi P, et al. The Drug-Induced 
Liver Injury Network (DILIN). The reliability of the Roussel Uclaf causality assessment method 
for assessing causality in drug-induced liver injury. Hepatology. 2008. 48:1175–1183.
9.
Rockey D, Seeff L, Rochon J, Freston J, Chalasani N, Bonacini M, et al. Network USD-ILI. 
Causality assessment in drug-induced liver injury using a structured expert opinion process: 
Comparison to the Roussel-Uclaf causality assessment method. Hepatology. 2010. 51:2117–
2126.
10. Singer JB, Lewitzky S, Leroy E, Yang F, Zhao X, Klickstein L, et al. A genome-wide study 
identifies HLA alleles associated with lumiracoxib-related liver
injury. Nat Genet. 
2010;42:711-714.
NCT02569398


JNJ-54861911 (atabecestat)
Clinical Protocol 54861911ALZ2003 Amendment 6
163
Approved, 25 May 2018
INVESTIGATOR AGREEMENT
NCT02569398

SAP_001.pdf: 
1
Approved, Date: 31 October 2018
Janssen Research & Development
Statistical Analysis Plan
A Phase 2b/3 Randomized, Double-blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel Group, Multicenter 
Study Investigating the Efficacy and Safety of JNJ-54861911 in Subjects who are 
Asymptomatic At Risk for Developing Alzheimer’s Dementia
Protocol 54861911ALZ2003; Phase 2b/3
JNJ-JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)
Status:
Approved
Date:
31 October 2018
Prepared by:
Janssen Research & Development, LLC
Document No.: EDMS-ERI-110315452, 2.0
Compliance: The study described in this report was performed according to the principles of Good Clinical Practice (GCP). 
Confidentiality Statement
The information in this document contains trade secrets and commercial information that are privileged or confidential and may 
not be disclosed unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulations. In any event, persons to whom the 
information is disclosed must be informed that the information is privileged or confidential and may not be further disclosed by 
them. These restrictions on disclosure will apply equally to all future information supplied to you that is indicated as privileged or 
confidential.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................... 2
AMENDMENT HISTORY.............................................................................................................................. 5
ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 6
1.
INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................. 8
1.1.
Trial Objectives ................................................................................................................................ 8
1.1.1.
Primary Objective ......................................................................................................................... 8
1.1.2.
Secondary Objectives................................................................................................................... 8
1.1.3.
Exploratory Objectives.................................................................................................................. 9
1.2.
Trial Design .................................................................................................................................... 10
1.3.
Statistical Hypotheses for Trial Objectives..................................................................................... 10
1.4.
Sample Size Justification ............................................................................................................... 11
1.5.
Randomization and Blinding .......................................................................................................... 11
2.
GENERAL ANALYSIS DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................. 12
2.1.
Subject IDs..................................................................................................................................... 12
2.2.
Treatment Group Labels ................................................................................................................ 12
2.3.
Reference Start Date and Analysis Phases................................................................................... 12
2.4.
Visit Windows................................................................................................................................. 13
2.5.
Pooling Algorithm for Analysis Centers.......................................................................................... 14
2.6.
Analysis Sets.................................................................................................................................. 15
2.6.1.
Efficacy Analysis Sets................................................................................................................. 15
2.6.1.1.
Primary Efficacy Analysis Set.................................................................................................. 15
2.6.2.
Safety Analysis Set..................................................................................................................... 15
2.6.3.
Pharmacokinetics Analysis Set .................................................................................................. 15
2.6.4.
Biomarker Analysis Sets............................................................................................................. 15
2.7.
Definition of Subgroups.................................................................................................................. 16
3.
INTERIM ANALYSIS AND DATA MONITORING COMMITTEE REVIEW....................................... 16
3.1.
Safety Monitoring ........................................................................................................................... 16
3.1.1.
Interim Analyses of Aβ1-40 in CSF............................................................................................... 16
4.
SUBJECT INFORMATION................................................................................................................ 18
4.1.
Demographics and Baseline Characteristics ................................................................................. 18
4.1.1.
Demographics............................................................................................................................. 18
4.1.2.
Baseline Characteristics ............................................................................................................. 18
4.1.3.
Medical History and Baseline General Physical Examination.................................................... 19
4.1.4.
Informant characteristics............................................................................................................. 19
4.1.5.
Rosen-modified Hachinski Ischemic Scale (MHIS) .................................................................... 20
4.1.6.
Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS).............................................................................................. 20
4.1.7.
Assessment of Psychological Well Being................................................................................... 20
4.1.8.
Amyloid Status............................................................................................................................ 21
4.1.9.
Amyloid Disclosure Assessments............................................................................................... 21
4.2.
Disposition Information................................................................................................................... 22
4.3.
Treatment Compliance................................................................................................................... 22
4.4.
Extent of Exposure......................................................................................................................... 22
4.5.
Protocol Deviations ........................................................................................................................ 23
4.6.
Prior and Concomitant Medications ............................................................................................... 23
5.
EFFICACY ......................................................................................................................................... 24
5.1.
Analysis Specifications................................................................................................................... 24
5.1.1.
Level of Significance................................................................................................................... 24
5.1.2.
Data Handling Rules................................................................................................................... 24
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
3
5.2.
Primary Efficacy Endpoint.............................................................................................................. 24
5.2.1.
Primary Estimand and Analysis Set ........................................................................................... 24
5.2.2.
Definition..................................................................................................................................... 24
5.2.3.
Analysis Methods........................................................................................................................ 25
5.2.3.1.
Subgroup Analyses ................................................................................................................. 26
5.3.
Key Secondary Endpoint................................................................................................................ 26
5.3.1.
Definition..................................................................................................................................... 26
5.3.2.
Analysis Methods........................................................................................................................ 27
5.4.
Other Secondary Endpoints........................................................................................................... 27
5.4.1.
Definition..................................................................................................................................... 27
5.4.1.1.
Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test (FCSRT) ............................................................... 27
5.4.1.2.
Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) Logical Memory Subtest ..................................................... 28
5.4.1.3.
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale – IV (WAIS-IV) Coding Subtest......................................... 28
5.4.1.4.
Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) ................................................................................. 29
5.4.1.5.
Cognitive Function Index (CFI)................................................................................................ 29
5.4.1.6.
Clinical Dementia Rating (CDR).............................................................................................. 29
5.4.1.7.
ADCS Activities of Daily Living – Prevention Instrument (ADCS-ADL-PI) .............................. 30
5.4.1.8.
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status (RBANS) .................. 31
5.4.1.9.
Neuropsychological Assessment Battery - Daily Living Tests (NAB-DLTs)............................ 33
5.4.2.
Analysis Methods........................................................................................................................ 35
5.5.
Exploratory Efficacy Variables ....................................................................................................... 35
5.5.1.
Definition..................................................................................................................................... 35
5.5.1.1.
Amyloid Disclosure Assessments............................................................................................ 35
5.5.1.2.
Computerized Cognitive Battery.............................................................................................. 36
5.5.1.3.
Cognitive Function Index-acute (CFI-a) .................................................................................. 37
5.5.1.4.
Financial Capacity Instrument – Short Form (FCI-SF)............................................................ 38
5.5.1.5.
Amsterdam IADL Questionnaire (A-IADL-Q)........................................................................... 39
5.5.2.
Analysis Methods........................................................................................................................ 39
6.
SAFETY............................................................................................................................................. 39
6.1
Adverse Events .............................................................................................................................. 39
6.1.
Clinical Laboratory Tests................................................................................................................ 40
6.1.1
Liver function tests...................................................................................................................... 41
6.2.
Vital Signs ...................................................................................................................................... 42
6.3.
Electrocardiogram (ECG)............................................................................................................... 43
6.4.
Other Safety Parameters ............................................................................................................... 44
6.4.1.
Assessment of Psychological Well Being................................................................................... 44
6.4.2.
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) ................................................................... 45
6.4.3.
MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging).......................................................................................... 46
6.4.4.
Neurological Examination........................................................................................................... 47
6.4.5.
Physical Examination.................................................................................................................. 47
6.4.6.
Dermatological Examination....................................................................................................... 47
7.
PHARMACOKINETICS/PHARMACODYNAMICS ........................................................................... 47
7.1.
Pharmacokinetics........................................................................................................................... 47
7.2.
Pharmacodynamics........................................................................................................................ 47
7.3.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Relationships....................................................................... 48
8.
HEALTH ECONOMICS AND HEALTH OUTCOMES....................................................................... 48
8.1.
SF-36 Health Survey...................................................................................................................... 49
8.2.
EQ-5D-5L ....................................................................................................................................... 49
8.3.
Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire (HRUQ)............................................................... 50
8.4.
Accommodation and Occupational Status..................................................................................... 50
REFERENCES............................................................................................................................................ 52
ATTACHMENTS......................................................................................................................................... 54
Attachment 1: 
Statistical Operational Plan (access to study data and flow of information) .............. 54
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
4
Attachment 2: 
Sample Size Justification for Biomarker Interim Analyses......................................... 65
Attachment 3: 
Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS) ............................................................................. 67
Attachment 4: 
Impact of Events Scale............................................................................................... 68
Attachment 5: 
Rules for Partial Concomitant Medication Dates........................................................ 69
Attachment 6: 
Potentially Clinically Important Criteria for Laboratory Tests ..................................... 70
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
5
AMENDMENT HISTORY
Version 1.0 of the SAP was amended to modify the planned analyses due to the cessation of 
screening, randomization, and dosing in the study as 17 May 2018. ‘JNJ-54861911’ is changed 
throughout to ‘atabecestat’.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
6
ABBREVIATIONS
A
amyloid beta
A-IADL-Q
Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living questionnaire
AD
Alzheimer’s disease
ADCS-ADL-PI
Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study - Activities of Daily Living-Prevention Instrument
ADNI
Alzheimer’s Disease Neuroimaging Initiative
AE
adverse event
AIBL
Australian Imaging, Biomarkers and Lifestyle Flagship Study of Aging
ANCOVA
Analysis of Covariance
APOE ε4
apolipoprotein E, ε4 allele
ARH
Autoregressive heterogeneous
ARIA-E
amyloid-related imaging abnormalities – edema or effusion
ATC
Anatomical-Therapeutic-Chemical
BMI
Body mass index
CDR
Clinical Dementia Rating scale
CDR-SB
Clinical Dementia Rating scale – sum of boxes
CFI
Cognitive Function Index
CI
confidence interval
CRF
case report form
CRO
Clinical Research Organization
CS
Homogeneous compound symmetry
CSF
cerebrospinal fluid
CSH
Compound symmetry heterogeneous
C-SSRS
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale
DMC
Data Monitoring Committee
DRV
Driving scenes
ECG
electrocardiogram
eCRF
electronic case report form
EM
Expectation-maximization
EQ-5D-5L
European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions-5 Levels
FCI
Financial Capacity Instrument
FCSRT
Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test
FTP
Future Time Perspective
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
GDS
Geriatric Depression Scale
HRUQ
Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire
HSI
Health Status Index
IA
interim analysis
IES
Impact of Events scale
IRB
Institutional Review Board
ITT
Intent-to-Treat
IWRS
interactive web response system
JRD
Janssen Research and Development
LFT
Liver function tests
LS
Least squares
MAR
Missing at Random
MCMC
Monte Carlo Markov chain
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MED-drc
Medication instructions – delayed recall
MED-drg
Medication instructions – delayed recognition
MED-irc
Medication instructions – immediate recall
MHIS
Modified Hachinski Ischaemic Scale
MI
Multiple imputation
MMRM
mixed effect model for repeated measurement
MMSE
Mini Mental State Examination
MRI
magnetic resonance imaging
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
7
NAB-DLT
Neuropsychological Assessment Battery–Daily Living Test
NAP-drc
Name, Address, Phone number – delayed recall
NAP-drg
Name, Address, Phone number – delayed recognition
NAP-irc
Name, Address, Phone number – immediate recall
PACC
Preclinical Alzheimer's Cognitive Composite
PCI
Potentially clinically important
PD
pharmacodynamics
PET
positron emission tomography
PK
pharmacokinetics
RBANS
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status
RDO
Retrieved drop-outs
SAE
serious adverse event
SAP
Statistical Analysis Plan
SC
Sponsor Committee
SD
standard deviation
SF
Semantic Fluency
SF-36
Short Form-36 Scale
SSG
Statistical Support Group
SSR
Sample size re-estimation
STAI
State-Trait Anxiety Inventory
SUVr
standardized uptake value ratio
VAS
Visual analog scale
WAIS-IV
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale, version IV
WHO-DD
World Health Organization – Drug Dictionary
WMS
Wechsler Memory Scale
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
8
1.
INTRODUCTION
This statistical analysis plan (SAP) contains definitions of analysis populations, derived variables 
and statistical methods for the analysis of efficacy and safety for study 54861911ALZ2003.
Screening, randomization, and dosing in this study was stopped on 17 May 2018. Randomized 
subjects were to continue in the double-blind treatment phase without treatment (as allowed by 
protocol) for approximately 3 to 6 months from cessation of dosing. This permitted continued 
safety monitoring of the subjects per protocol. The planned last-patient-out date is 17 September 
2018, except for some subjects who may require further follow-up.
At the time of cessation of screening and randomization, 557 (34%) subjects of the planned 1650 
had been randomized. The planned duration of treatment was 54 months. As of the time of 
cessation of dosing, no subject had more than 27 months of treatment and 447 had 12 months of 
treatment or less.
As a result of the significantly reduced sample size, the objectives of the study as stated in the
protocol and in Section 1.1 below cannot be evaluated. Safety outcomes will be summarized with 
descriptive statistics. The planned interim analysis of CSF Aβ1-40 was performed but other 
planned interim analyses will not be performed. Between-group comparisons of selected efficacy 
outcomes will be performed. Other efficacy outcomes will be summarized with descriptive 
statistics
1.1.
Trial Objectives
1.1.1.
Primary Objective
The primary objective of this study is to determine whether treatment with atabecestat slows 
cognitive decline compared with placebo treatment, as measured by a composite cognitive 
measure, Preclinical Alzheimer Cognitive Composite (PACC), in amyloid-positive subjects who 
are asymptomatic at risk for developing Alzheimer’s dementia. 
1.1.2.
Secondary Objectives
The key secondary objective of this study is the following:

To determine if atabecestat will slow the decline of cognitive function and performance of 
everyday activities, compared with placebo, based on the Cognitive Function Index (CFI).
The other secondary objectives of this study are the following: 

To assess the overall safety and tolerability of atabecestat versus placebo.

To determine if a decline in activities of daily living can be detected based on the ADCS-
Activities of Daily Living-Prevention Instrument (ADCS-ADL-PI) scale, and if so, to assess 
the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo.

To compare changes in cognitive performance between atabecestat and placebo based on the 
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status (RBANS).
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
9

To determine if the Neuropsychological Assessment Battery–Daily Living Tests 
(NAB-DLTs) for Memory and Attention can detect decline in cognitive function, and if so, 
to assess the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo.

To assess the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on the Clinical Dementia Rating 
(CDR) scale, including progression from CDR 0 to CDR 0.5 or higher.

To assess the plasma and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) pharmacokinetics (PK) of atabecestat
following chronic treatment using a population PK approach and to explore their 
relationship with efficacy and safety parameters (including biomarkers).

To assess the effects of atabecestat on accumulation of cerebral fibrillar amyloid, as 
measured by amyloid Positron Emission Tomography (PET) imaging.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on markers of neurodegeneration (e.g., tau peptides) in 
CSF compared with placebo.

To assess the maintenance of atabecestat effects on markers of Aprocessing in CSF and 
plasma compared with placebo.
1.1.3.
Exploratory Objectives
The exploratory objectives of this study are the following:

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on brain volume as measured 
by volumetric Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).

To investigate the impact of atabecestat compared with placebo on markers of synaptic 
dysfunction on task-free functional MRI.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on additional downstream markers of neuronal injury, 
neurodegeneration, or inflammation in CSF compared with placebo.

To assess the effects of atabecestat on progression of tau spreading pathology in the brain as 
measured by tau PET imaging.

To explore if baseline markers of neurodegeneration (e.g., volumetric MRI, CSF t-tau or 
p-tau, or tau PET) are related to cognitive decline and response to treatment with 
atabecestat.

To explore the correlation between the effect of atabecestat on biomarkers (e.g., amyloid 
PET, plasma Aβ, CSF Aβ and t-tau or p-tau, tau PET) and clinical outcomes.

To explore the impact of disclosure of amyloid status on questionnaires probing subject 
perception of amyloid imaging and concern about developing Alzheimer’s disease (AD)
dementia.

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on cognition as measured by 
a computerized cognitive battery.

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on function as measured by 
the Financial Capacity Instrument (FCI).

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on medical resource 
utilization as measured by the Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire (HRUQ) scale.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
10

To investigate the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on health outcomes as 
measured by the Short Form-36 (SF-36) and European Quality of Life-5 Dimensions 
(EQ-5D-5L) scales.

To explore the ability of the Cognitive Function Index-acute (CFI-a) to measure decline of 
cognitive function and performance of everyday activities.

To explore the effect of atabecestat compared with placebo on instrumental activities of 
daily life (AIDL) as measured by the Amsterdam IADL questionnaire (A-IADL-Q).
1.2.
Trial Design
This is a multi-center, double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, parallel-group study 
assessing the efficacy and safety of atabecestat over approximately 4.5 years of treatment in 
subjects (60 to 85 years of age) who are asymptomatic and at risk for developing Alzheimer’s 
dementia due to evidence of elevated amyloid accumulation based on CSF or amyloid PET 
imaging.
The study will consist of 3 phases: a screening phase of approximately 90 days during which 
subject eligibility will be assessed; a fixed dose, double-blind treatment phase during which 
eligible subjects will receive randomly assigned study drug once daily for up to 4.5 years; and a 
follow-up phase to be conducted 7 to 28 days after the last dose of study drug. This study will be 
conducted in an outpatient setting. The maximum study duration for a subject will be 58 months 
(3-month screening phase + 54-month double-blind treatment phase + 1-month follow-up phase).
Prior to Amendment 3 of the protocol, the fixed dose, double-blind treatment phase included the 
following treatment groups: placebo, atabecestat 10 mg, and atabecestat 25 mg. Beginning with 
Amendment 3, the double-blind phase treatment groups are: placebo, atabecestat 5 mg, and 
atabecestat 25 mg. A total of 11 subjects were randomized prior to the implementation of 
Amendment 3. Subjects randomized to the atabecestat 10 mg group prior to Amendment 3 and 
still being dosed after implementation of Amendment 3 will be dispensed atabecestat 5 mg 
tablets at visits after implementation of Amendment 3. The dosing regimen for all subjects is 
once-daily, preferably in the morning between 7:00 am and 11:00 am.
1.3.
Statistical Hypotheses for Trial Objectives
This section describes the pre-specified statistical hypotheses. However, given the cessation of 
screening, randomization, and dosing, no formal statistical hypothesis testing will be done.
There are two families of statistical hypotheses: a primary family in which the atabecestat dose 
groups are compared to the placebo group on the primary efficacy endpoint and a secondary 
family in which the atabecestat dose groups are compared to the placebo group on the key 
secondary efficacy endpoint.
The statistical null hypothesis for the primary efficacy endpoint is that there is no difference 
between either atabecestat dose group and placebo for cognitive decline as measured by the 
PACC change score at Month 54 (Year 4.5). The alternative hypothesis is that at least one 
atabecestat dose group is different from placebo for cognitive decline at Month 54 (Year 4.5).
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
11
The statistical null hypothesis for the key secondary efficacy endpoint is that there is no 
difference between either atabecestat dose group and placebo in the decline of cognitive function 
and performance of everyday activities as measured by the Cognitive Function Index change 
from baseline at Month 54 (Year 4.5). The alternative hypothesis is that at least one atabecestat
dose group is different from placebo in the decline of cognitive function and performance of 
everyday activities at Month 54.
A gate-keeping strategy combined with a multiple comparison procedure will control overall 
Type I error over both families of hypotheses at 0.05 (two-sided). Details of the multiple-testing 
strategy are provided in Section 5.1.1.
1.4.
Sample Size Justification
The decline in PACC from baseline was assessed using data from clinically normal populations 
in the Alzheimer’s Disease Neuroimaging Initiative (ADNI); Australian Imaging, Biomarkers, 
and Lifestyle Flagship Study of Aging (AIBL); and ADCS Prevention Initiative studies. The 
average difference in PACC decline at 36 months in AIBL between subjects with and without 
elevated brain amyloid was 1.40 units (95% CI: 0.52 to 2.29), and the standard deviation (SD) at 
Week 144 (Month 36) was estimated at 2.44 units. If a similar decline in PACC at Month 54 is 
seen and the SD is 2.44, then 385 completers per treatment arm would provide 83% power (at 
the 2-sided alpha of 0.05) to detect a difference from placebo of 0.49. The SD at 54 months will 
likely be higher. If the SD at month 54 increases by 20% to 2.93, then 555 completers per group 
would be required in order to maintain the same power. The sample size is estimated based on a 
mixed effects repeated measures (MMRM) model assuming a constant correlation of 0.57. Under 
the above assumptions and assuming the attrition is no more than 30%, a total of 1,650 
randomized subjects (550/treatment arm) will be required at minimum, and 2,400 subjects 
(800/treatment arm) at maximum.  The treatment difference of 0.49 represents 35% of the 1.40-
unit difference, or a 35% slowing of decline in PACC in subjects with elevated brain amyloid. If 
the average time from amyloid positivity to dementia is 15 years166, then, assuming linear 
decline, a 35% slowing of cognition may translate into approximately a 5-year delay in the onset 
of dementia. A 5-year delay could lead to a 57% reduction in the number of patients with 
dementia18. 
A total of 1,650 randomized subjects (550/treatment arm) will be required, if the attrition does 
not exceed 30%. This sample size may be further adjusted for increased variability or attrition 
rate.
1.5.
Randomization and Blinding
Randomization
A stratified permuted block randomization will be used in this study. There are 2 stratification 
factors: country and APOE ε4 carrier status (yes/no). Subjects will be assigned to 1 of 3 
treatment groups in a 1:1:1 ratio based on a computer-generated randomization schedule 
prepared by a CRO under the supervision of the sponsor. The randomization scheme will be 
implemented in an interactive web response system (IWRS). The IWRS will assign a unique 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
12
treatment code for each subject, which will dictate the treatment assignment and matching study 
drug kit(s) for that subject. 
Blinding
Under normal circumstances, the blind should not be broken until all subjects have completed 
the study and the database is finalized. Otherwise, the blind should be broken only if a specific 
emergency treatment or course of action would be dictated by knowing the treatment status of 
the subject. Subjects who have had their treatment assignment unblinded should continue to 
return for scheduled evaluations.
Data that may potentially unblind the treatment assignment (i.e., study drug concentrations in 
serum or CSF; treatment allocation, longitudinal CSF/PET biomarker data, or other specific 
laboratory data) will be handled with special care to ensure that the integrity of the blind is 
maintained and the potential for bias is minimized. This can include making special provisions, 
such as segregating the data in question from view by the investigators, clinical team, or others 
as appropriate until the time of database lock and unblinding.
2.
GENERAL ANALYSIS DEFINITIONS
2.1.
Subject IDs
In some cases, subjects who screen fail for reasons that are subsequently addressed may be 
considered for re-screening after approval by the sponsor’s medical monitor. In addition, subjects 
in screening at the time of a previous temporary pause in screening and randomization could be 
re-screened. In the analysis datasets, data from multiple screening periods for re-screened 
subjects will be mapped to a single unique subject ID. The data handling rules described below 
will be applied to all the data collected for that unique subject ID.
2.2.
Treatment Group Labels
The following treatment group labels will be used in summary tables:

Placebo

Atabecestat 5 mg: This group will include subjects randomized to atabecestat 10 mg prior to 
Amendment 3.

Atabecestat 25 mg
2.3.
Reference Start Date and Analysis Phases
The analysis reference start date (Study Day 1) is defined as the date of the first dose of study 
medication. The Study Day of an event start or stop date is defined relative to the analysis 
reference start date as:

Event date – analysis reference start date + 1, if the visit/event date is on or after the analysis 
reference start date, or
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
13

Event date – analysis reference start date -1, if the visit/event date is before the analysis 
reference start date
Study Days <1 will be considered in the Screening analysis phase; Study Days ≥1 (there is no 
Study Day 0) will be considered in the Double-blind analysis phase.
For visit dates prior to, or on, the date of the last dose of study medication, an Analysis Day will 
be defined as above relative to the analysis reference start date. For visit dates after the treatment 
end date, an Analysis Day is defined relative to the treatment end date as: Visit date – treatment 
end date + 1.

Analysis reference start date (date of first dose as above) for all timepoints after first dose 
(whether before or after last dose)

For assessments after last dose, use last observation before last dose as the reference time 
point.
2.4.
Visit Windows
As subjects do not always adhere to the protocol visit schedule, the following rules are applied to 
assign actual visits to analysis visits. Listed below are the visit windows and the target days for 
each visit. The same definitions will apply to visits before or after the treatment end date using 
the Analysis Day as defined in Section 2.3 above. The time period description will be appended 
with ‘(On-Trt)’ for post-baseline visits on or prior to the treatment end date. The time period 
description will be appended with ‘(Off-Trt)’ for post-baseline visits after the treatment end date.
If a subject has 2 or more actual visits in one visit window, the visit closest to the target day will 
be used as the protocol visit for that visit window. The other additional visit(s) will not be used 
in the summaries or analyses but they can be used for determination of clinically important 
endpoints. If 2 actual visits are equidistant from the target day within a visit window, the later 
visit will be used. 
All assignments will be made in chronological order. Once a visit date is assigned to a visit
window, it will no longer be used for a later time point except for the endpoint. Listed below 
(Table 1) are the visit windows and the target days for each visit defined in the protocol.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
14
Table 1: 
Visit Windows for on and off-treatment Analysis
Scheduled Visit 
Number
Time period
(label on output)
Time Interval
(Day*)
Target Time Point 
(Day)
7
Baseline
-120 to 1
1
8
Week 2
2 to 22
15
9
Week 4
23 to 36
29
10
Week 6
37 to 50
43
11
Week 8
51 to 64
57
12
Week 10
65 to 81
71
13
Month 3
82 to 106
92
14
Month 4
107 to 134
120
15
Month 5
135 to 165
148
16
Month 6
166 to 211
183
17
Month 8
212 to 256
239
18
Month 9
257 to 288
274
19
Month 10
289 to 333
302
20
Month 12
334 to 410
365
21
Month 15 
411 to 501
456
22
Month 18
502 to 592
547
23
Month 21
593 to 683
638
24
Month 24
684 to 774
729
25
Month 27
775 to 865
820
26
Month 30
866 to 956
911
27
Month 33
957 to 1047
1002
28
Month 36
1048 to 1138
1093
29
Month 39
1139 to 1229
1184
30
Month 42
1230 to 1320
1275
31
Month 45
1321 to 1411
1366
32
Month 48
1412 to 1502
1457
33
Month 51
1503 to 1593
1548
34
Month 54
1594 to 1684
1639
Month >54
1685 to 
1685
*
Relative to analysis reference start date if visit date is prior to or on the treatment end date. Relative to 
treatment end date if visit date is after treatment end date.
‘End point (On-Trt)’ is defined as the last available post-baseline result among the on-treatment 
visits. Unscheduled visit results are included in this definition and will be considered as the 
endpoint value if the unscheduled visit result is the last post-baseline result available among all 
on-treatment visits. ‘Baseline (Off-Trt)’ will be defined as the same as ‘End point (On-Trt)’.
‘End point (Off-Trt)’ is defined similarly to ‘End point (On-Trt)’ but based on off-treatment 
visits.
2.5.
Pooling Algorithm for Analysis Centers
Country is a randomization stratification factor and will be used as a factor in the analysis of the 
primary efficacy endpoint.
Countries within a geographical region (as defined by the United Nations Statistics Division 
[http://unstats.un.org/unsd/methods/m49/m49regin.htm#ftnb]) with fewer than 12 subjects in the 
intent-to-treat (ITT) analysis set (see Section 2.6.1.1 below) across all sites within the country 
will be combined to form a single pooled ‘country’ for analysis.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
15
If only one country within a geographical region has fewer than 12 ITT subjects, it will be 
combined with the next smallest country within the geographical region.
If the combination of all countries within a geographical region totals fewer than 12 ITT 
subjects, that geographical region will be combined with an appropriate country from a 
neighboring geographical region.
As of the cessation of randomization, the following countries had fewer than 12 randomized, 
treated subjects: Canada (n = 7), Mexico (n = 9), Germany (n = 8), Finland (n = 7), and Italy (n = 
3). For analysis purposes, Canada and Mexico will be combined with USA (n = 188) and 
Germany, Finland, and Italy will be combined to form a single EU pooled ‘country’.
Unless otherwise noted, the use of ‘country’ in this document refers to pooled countries as 
defined in this section.
2.6.
Analysis Sets
2.6.1.
Efficacy Analysis Sets
2.6.1.1.
Primary Efficacy Analysis Set
The primary efficacy analysis set includes all randomized subjects (intent-to-treat [ITT] analysis 
set).
2.6.2.
Safety Analysis Set
The safety analysis set includes all randomized subjects with at least one dose of study 
medication.
2.6.3.
Pharmacokinetics Analysis Set
The pharmacokinetics (PK) analysis set is defined as subjects who have received at least one 
dose of study medication and have at least one valid blood sample drawn for PK analysis.
2.6.4.
Biomarker Analysis Sets
The CSF Aanalysis set includes all randomized subjects with valid CSF Adata at baseline 
and at ≥1 post-baseline visit. All CSF Avalues will be blindly reviewed for qualification.
The amyloid PET analysis set includes all randomized subjects with valid amyloid PET data at 
baseline and at ≥1 post-baseline visit.
The CSF p-tau and t-tau analysis set includes all randomized subjects with valid CSF p-tau and t-
tau data at baseline and at ≥1 post-baseline visit.
The tau PET analysis set includes all randomized subjects with valid tau PET data at baseline 
and at ≥1 post-baseline visit.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
16
2.7.
Definition of Subgroups
The primary efficacy endpoint and adverse events will be summarized based on the following 
subgroups:

Sex (male, female)

Race (White, Black or African American, Asian, or Other)

Age Group (<65 years, 65 to 74 years, ≥75 years)

Education level

Country (per Section 2.5)

Disease stage: Stage 1, 2, or 3 based on the criteria below:
Amyloid positive
Baseline hippocampal 
volume < median baseline 
hippocampal volume
Baselinea RBANS Total 
Scale <85
Stage 1
Yes
No
No
Stage 2
Yes
Yes
No
Stage 3
Yes
Yes
Yes
a
RBANS assessment performed 5 to 10 days before randomization.
3.
INTERIM ANALYSIS AND DATA MONITORING COMMITTEE REVIEW
An independent, external Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) has been established to perform 
safety monitoring over the entire duration of the study and review interim analysis results for 
futility. An independent, external statistical support group (SSG) will perform the interim 
efficacy analysis and provide statistical reports to the DMC. Of the interim analyses planned in 
the protocol, only the futility interim analysis of Aβ1-40 in CSF was performed because of the 
cessation of screening, randomization, and dosing.
Details of the DMC and its procedures are provided in the DMC Charter1. The names, roles, and 
contact information of the members of the Janssen R&D Sponsor Committee (SC) are also 
available in the DMC charter. Additional details about the timing of the interim analyses and the 
flow of information between the DMC, SSG, SC, JRD, and other involved parties is provided in 
an operational plan (Attachment 1). Note, the operational plan is no longer in effect due to the 
early cessation of the study.
3.1.
Safety Monitoring
The DMC will conduct safety monitoring meetings approximately every 3 months over the entire 
duration of the study. The content of the safety monitoring reports is specified in the DMC 
Charter.
3.1.1.
Interim Analyses of Aβ1-40 in CSF
An unblinded interim analysis of Aβ1-40 in CSF will be performed by the SSG and DMC.  
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
17
The IA for CSF Aβ1-40 will take place when at least 20 subjects per group (60 total subjects) in 
the CSF Aβ1-40 analysis set (Section 2.6.4) meet the following criteria:

The subject has a Month 12 CSF Aβ1-40 result.

The subject was ≥85% compliant with treatment through the Month 12 visit.

The subject was dosed for ≥6 of the 7 days prior to the Month 12 visit.
Justification for this sample size is provided in Attachment 2.
If the proportion of subjects meeting the treatment compliance criteria is low, the IA will be 
repeated including all subjects with a biomarker result at the specified time point. In this case, 
the Sponsor Committee will take both sets of results into account to make a final decision.
There will be no Type I error adjustment for the interim analysis since superiority will not be 
declared.
Tables summarizing data will have columns A, B and C randomly representing the study 
treatments ‘Placebo’, ‘Atabecestat 5 mg’ and ‘Atabecestat 25 mg’. Subjects randomized to the 
atabecestat 10 mg group before implementation of Amendment 3 will be included in the 
atabecestat 5 mg group.
Demographics and APOE ε4 carrier status will be summarized as described in Section 4.1.1 and 
Section 4.1.2. Subject disposition, treatment compliance, and extent of exposure will be 
summarized as described in Section 4.2, Section 4.3, and Section 4.4, respectively.
The objective of this IA is to assess the treatment effect on CSF Aβ1-40. Since screening, 
randomization, and dosing has been stopped, the DMC will not make a recommendation to the 
JRD Sponsor Committee, but will report the results to the JRD Sponsor Committee. 
The following endpoints will be analyzed:

Key endpoint: Percent change from baseline to Month 12 in CSF Aβ1-40.

Supportive endpoint: Percent change from baseline in plasma Aβ1-40.
Absolute values, changes from baseline and percent changes from baseline in Aβ1-40 in CSF and 
plasma will be summarized by time point and treatment group using descriptive statistics (mean, 
standard deviation, median, range, and 95% CI). 
Percent changes from baseline in Aβ1-40 in CSF and plasma at Month 12 will be analyzed based 
on an analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) model that includes treatment group and the baseline 
value as a covariate. The Least Squares (LS) means and treatment differences versus placebo 
with the corresponding 95% confidence intervals will be provided. 
The criterion for lack of effect on Aβ1-40 in CSF is based on the LS mean difference (A-P) in 
percent reduction from baseline in Aβ1-40 between the 25 mg dose (A) and placebo (P):
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
18

If (A – P) < 50%, then conclude lack of effect for atabecestat 

If (A – P) ≥ 50%, then do not conclude lack of effect for atabecestat 
Where P is the LS mean for percent reduction versus baseline in Aβ1-40 in the placebo group, and 
A is the LS mean for percent reduction versus baseline in Aβ1-40 in the 25 mg group.
4.
SUBJECT INFORMATION
The ITT analysis set and the safety analysis set will be used throughout this document. The 
number of subjects screened and the number of subjects in each analysis set will be summarized 
by treatment group and overall. In addition, the distribution of subjects by region, country, and 
site will be presented. Region is defined as found at 
http://unstats.un.org/unsd/methods/m49/m49regin.htm.
4.1.
Demographics and Baseline Characteristics
4.1.1.
Demographics
Table 2 presents a list of the demographic variables that will be summarized by treatment group
and overall for the ITT analysis set.
Table 2:
Demographic Variables
Continuous Variables
Summary Type
Age, years
Descriptive statistics (N, mean, standard deviation [SD], 
median and range [minimum and maximum])
Weight, kg
Height, cm
Body Mass Index (BMI), kg/m2
Categorical Variables
Age (<65years, 65 to 74 years, ≥75 years)
Frequency distribution with the number and percentage 
of subjects in each category
Sex (male, female)
Racea (American Indian or Alaska Native, Asian, Black 
or African American, Native Hawaiian or other Pacific 
Islander, White, Other, Multiple)
Ethnicity (Hispanic or Latino, Not Hispanic or Latino, 
Not Reported, Unknown)
BMI (underweight <18.5 kg/m2, normal 18.5-<25 kg/m2, 
overweight 25-<30 kg/m2, obese ≥30 kg/m2)
a
If multiple race categories are indicated, then Race is recorded as “Multiple.”
4.1.2.
Baseline Characteristics
Previous study participation
Subjects who had previously participated in the Janssen non-interventional studies 
REGISTRYALZ0001 (CHARIOT-PRO) or 54861911ALZ0001 (study to evaluate psychometric 
comparability of translated, culturally adapted versions of the PACC components with the US 
English versions) could participate in the current study. The number and percentage of subjects 
who previously participated in these studies will be summarized by treatment group and overall.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
19
APOE ε4 carrier status
The APOE genotype and the number and percentage of subjects who are APOE ε4 carriers will 
be summarized by treatment group and overall.
Hippocampal volume
Left and right hippocampal volume will be derived from MRI. For each subject, the average of 
the left and right volumes will be calculated. Baseline left, right, and average hippocampal 
volume will be summarized with descriptive statistics by treatment group and overall.
Family history of dementia
The number and percentage of subjects with at least one first degree family member, at least one 
second degree family member, or either a first- or second-degree family member diagnosed with 
dementia will be summarized by treatment group and overall, with additional summaries for each 
type of dementia (mixed, Alzheimer’s, vascular, Lewy body, unknown, or other).
Marital status and education level
The number and percentage of subjects in each marital status category (single, separated, 
married, divorced, widowed) and in each category of highest education level completed (less 
than upper secondary/high school, upper secondary/high school, some education after upper 
secondary/high school, bachelor’s degree or equivalent, master’s degree or equivalent or higher) 
will be summarized by treatment group and overall.
4.1.3.
Medical History and Baseline General Physical Examination
The verbatim terms used in the CRF by investigators to identify medical history diseases or 
conditions will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA). For 
each disease/condition, the number and percentage of subjects with at least 1 past occurrence and 
with at least 1 ongoing occurrence of the disease or condition will be summarized by treatment 
group and overall.
For each general physical examination body system, the number and percentage of subjects with 
an abnormal finding will be summarized by treatment group and overall. A listing of specific 
physical examination abnormalities will be provided.
A listing of pre-planned surgeries or procedures including the specific surgery/procedure, the 
planned date of the surgery/procedure, and the study day of the planned surgery/procedure will 
be provided.
4.1.4.
Informant characteristics
Table 3 presents a list of the informant characteristics that will be summarized by treatment 
group and overall for the ITT analysis set.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
20
Table 3:
Informant Characteristics
Continuous Variable
Summary Type
Age, years
Descriptive statistics (N, mean, standard deviation [SD],
median and range [minimum and maximum])
Categorical Variables
Sex (male, female)
Frequency distribution with the number and percentage 
of subjects in each category
Relationship to subject (spouse or partner, sibling, child, 
cousin, friend, paid companion, other)
Does informant live with the subject? (yes, no)
4.1.5.
Rosen-modified Hachinski Ischemic Scale (MHIS)
The MHIS is an 8-item clinical questionnaire which evaluates items and characteristics typical of 
vascular dementia15. It is collected during screening only. Abrupt onset, history of strokes, focal 
neurological symptoms, and focal neurological signs are scored as 2 if present and 0 if absent. 
Stepwise deterioration, somatic complaints, emotional incontinence, and history of hypertension 
are scored as 1 if present and 0 if absent. A MHIS total score is calculated as the sum of the 8 
individual item scores. Item scores are recorded on an electronic device which will provide the 
total score.
For each item or characteristic, the number and percentage of subjects rated as having the item or 
characteristic (rated as ‘present’) will be summarized by treatment group and overall. The MHIS 
total score will be summarized with descriptive statistics by treatment group and overall.
4.1.6.
Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS)
The GDS is a 30-item measure used to identify depression in elderly individuals23. The 30-item 
GDS is collected during screening only.  Each item is answered ‘yes’ or ‘no’ and scored as 0 or 1 
according to the table in Attachment 3. The GDS-30 total score is the sum of the 30 individual 
item scores. Item scores are recorded on an electronic device which will provide the total score.
The GDS-30 total score will be categorized as follows:

Normal (GDS-30 total score ≤9)

Mildly Depressed (GDS-30 total score 10 to 19)

Severely Depressed (GDS-30 total score ≥20)
The GDS-30 total score will be summarized with descriptive statistics by treatment group and 
overall and the number and percentage of subject in each GDS-30 total score category will also 
be summarized by treatment group and overall.
4.1.7.
Assessment of Psychological Well Being
The Assessment of Psychological Well Being is composed of the 15-item short version of the 
Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS-15) and the 6-item short version of the State-Trait Anxiety 
Inventory (STAI).  See Section 6.4.1 for additional details. The total scores of each scale during 
screening will be summarized with descriptive statistics by treatment group and overall.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
21
4.1.8.
Amyloid Status
At screening, amyloid status will be evaluated in all subjects using either CSF amyloid 1-42
(A1-42) concentrations or brain amyloid burden by PET imaging or both. Study eligibility will 
be determined by a positive result showing evidence of elevated accumulation on either 
evaluation.
For subjects with results of both biomarkers at screening, a cross-tabulation of elevated amyloid 
accumulation status (positive or negative) between the 2 biomarkers will be provided to evaluate 
concordance.
4.1.9.
Amyloid Disclosure Assessments
The Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia Scale and the Future Time Perspective Scale 
are conducted for all subjects during the screening phase prior to and after the amyloid status 
disclosure visit and at regularly scheduled visits during the double-blind phase. For subjects with 
a PET scan performed to assess eligibility, the Views and Perceptions of Amyloid Imaging Scale 
will be assessed during the screening phase prior to and after the amyloid status disclosure visit. 
The Impact of Events Scale will be assessed for all subjects during screening after the amyloid 
status disclosure visit.
Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia Scale
See Section 5.5.1.1 for details about the Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia Scale. 
The distribution of item scores, which range from 1 (strongly agree) to 5 (strongly disagree), for 
each of the 6 questions will be summarized by treatment group and overall for the pre- and post-
amyloid status disclosure visits.
Future Time Perspective Scale
See Section 5.5.1.1 for details about the Future Time Perspective (FTP) Scale and calculation of 
the overall FTP score. Overall FTP score will be summarized with descriptive statistics by 
treatment group and overall for the pre- and post-amyloid status disclosure visits.
Impact of Events Scale
The Impact of Events (IES) scale is a 15-item self-report measure that assesses 2 common 
responses related to a specific stressful life event: intrusion and avoidance3. The IES has been 
adapted for amyloid disclosure-related distress. The scale will be administered during the 
screening phase within 3 days after disclosure of amyloid status.
Subjects will rate how frequently each item was true for them since disclosure of amyloid results 
as “not at all” (0), “rarely” (1), “sometimes” (3), or “often” (5).  The Intrusion sub-scale is the 
sum of the scores of the 7 intrusion-related items and the Avoidance sub-scale is the sum of the 
scores of the 8 avoidance-related items (see Attachment 4 for a list of which items belong to 
which sub-scale). The total score is the sum of all 15 items. If any item is missing, the relevant 
sub-scale and the total score will be missing.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
22
The total IES score and the Intrusion and Avoidance subscales will be summarized with 
descriptive statistics by treatment group and overall.
Views and Perceptions of Amyloid Imaging Scale
Subjects undergoing amyloid PET imaging to determine study eligibility will complete the 
Views and Perceptions of Amyloid Imaging scale during the screening phase prior to and after 
the amyloid status disclosure visit. Subjects will rate how important 9 reasons for seeking results 
of amyloid PET imaging are to them on a 5-point scale with 0 = “not at all important” to 5 = 
“extremely important”. The distribution of scores for each item will be summarized by treatment 
group and overall for the pre- and post-amyloid status disclosure visits.
4.2.
Disposition Information
Screened subjects and reason for screen failures will be summarized overall.
The number of subjects in the following disposition categories will be summarized throughout 
the study by treatment group and overall:

Subjects randomized 

Subjects receiving study medication

Subjects completing the study

Subjects who discontinued study medication

Reasons for discontinuation of study medication

Subjects who terminated study prematurely

Reasons for termination of study
4.3.
Treatment Compliance
Study medication compliance will be calculated as follows: Study medication compliance (%) = 
100 x number of days taking study medication/total treatment duration (including days off study 
medication). For subjects who continue in the double-blind phase after discontinuing study 
medication, compliance will be based only on the days up to the last day of study medication 
dosing.
The number and percentage of subjects who have at least 85% study medication compliance will 
be summarized by treatment group.
4.4.
Extent of Exposure
The number and percentage of subjects who receive study medication will be summarized by 
treatment group.
Study medication duration is defined as: (date of last dose of study medication – date of first 
dose of study medication) +1.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
23
Descriptive statistics for study medication duration (N, mean, SD, median, and range (minimum, 
maximum)) will be presented by treatment group for the safety analysis set. Subject-years of 
exposure are calculated as days of exposure/365.25. Subject-years will be presented by treatment 
group.
Duration of exposure will be summarized in the following duration categories by treatment 
group and presented graphically in a histogram:

<6 months (<180 days)

6 months - <1 year (181 to <365 days)

1 year – <1.5 years (365 to <548 days)

1.5 years - <2 years (548 to <730 days)

2 years - <2.5 years (730 to <913 days)
Cumulative exposure (≥6 months, ≥1 year, ≥2 years) will also be summarized.
4.5.
Protocol Deviations
In general, the following list of major protocol deviations may have the potential to impact 
subjects’ rights, safety or well-being, or the integrity and/or result of the clinical study. Subjects 
with major protocol deviations will be identified prior to database lock and the subjects with 
major protocol deviations will be summarized by category:

Developed withdrawal criteria but not withdrawn

Entered but did not satisfy criteria

Received wrong treatment or incorrect dose

Other
A listing of major protocol deviations will be provided.
4.6.
Prior and Concomitant Medications
Prior and concomitant medications will be coded using the World Health Organization Drug 
Dictionary (WHO-DD). Prior medications are defined as any therapy used before the day of first 
dose of study medication. Concomitant medications are defined as any therapy used on or after 
the same day as the first dose of study medication, including those that started before and 
continued on after the first dose of study medication. Rules for handling partial concomitant 
medication start and stop dates are in Attachment 5.
Summaries of concomitant medications will be presented by Anatomical-Therapeutic-Chemical 
(ATC) class and treatment group. The proportion of subjects who receive each concomitant 
medication will be summarized as well as the proportion of subjects who receive at least one 
concomitant medication. For subjects who continued in the double-blind phase after 
discontinuing study medication, separate summaries of concomitant medications taken while on 
study medication and after discontinuing study medication will be provided.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
24
Prior medications will be summarized by treatment group and ATC class.
5.
EFFICACY
Inferential analyses or descriptive analyses will be performed for the on-treatment period. For 
off-treatment period, only descriptive statistics will be presented.
5.1.
Analysis Specifications
5.1.1.
Level of Significance
At the time of cessation of dosing, 34% of the planned 1650 subjects had been randomized and 
80% of those randomized had no more than 12 months of the planned 54 months of treatment.
As a result, any statistical comparisons will be considered exploratory in nature and will be 
performed at the 0.05 level of significance without adjustment for multiple comparisons.
5.1.2.
Data Handling Rules
Missing data handling rules will be applied to the scales that are included in the composite 
primary efficacy endpoint (see Section 5.2.2). For on-treatment visits, if a scale value is missing 
and the scale value was observed at the previously scheduled visit, the value at the previous visit 
will be carried forward. If a scale value is missing at baseline and the scale value was observed at 
the next scheduled visit, the value at that visit will be used as the baseline value. No observation 
will be carried forward or backward more than one visit. Missing data in the off-treatment period 
will not be imputed. 
5.2.
Primary Efficacy Endpoint
5.2.1.
Primary Estimand and Analysis Set
Given that all analyses are exploratory due to the reduced sample size, no primary estimand is 
specified.
The primary analysis will be based on the ITT analysis set (see Section 2.6.1.1). The ITT 
analysis set includes all randomized subjects. The analysis of the PACC change score will only 
include subjects for whom the PACC change score is non-missing at ≥1 post-baseline time point. 
Measurements collected after initiation of any Alzheimer adjunctive therapy will be included in 
the analysis. Measurements collected after treatment discontinuation will not be included in the 
analysis in the on-treatment analysis.
5.2.2.
Definition
The primary endpoint is the PACC change score. 
The PACC change score at a time point is a composite of 4 standardized changes from baseline 
(two episodic memory tests, one timed executive function test, and a test of global cognition) at 
that time point as follows:
PACC change score = Z1+Z2+Z3+Z4, where
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
25

Z1 = (change from baseline in FCSRT score / SD of the baseline FCSRT score), where the 
FCRST score is twice the number of correct free recalls in 3 trials plus the number of correct 
cued recalls in 3 trials from the Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test (FCSRT). See 
Section 5.4.1.1 for details of the FCSRT. 

Z2 = (change from baseline in WMS test score / SD of the baseline WMS test score), where 
the WMS test score is the total number of correct recalls after a 30-minute delay from the 
Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) Logical Memory subtest (delayed paragraph recall). See 
Section 5.4.1.2 for details of the WMS Logical Memory subtest.

Z3 = (change from baseline in DSS test score / SD of the baseline DSS test score), where the 
DSS test score is the number of correctly drawn symbols completed in 120 seconds from the 
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS)-IV Coding subtest (also known as the Digit 
Symbol Substitution [DSS] test). See Section 5.4.1.3 for details of the WAIS-IV Coding 
subtest.

Z4 = (change from baseline in MMSE total score / SD of the baseline MMSE total score), 
where the MMSE total score is the total number of correctly completed items on the Mini-
Mental State Examination (MMSE). See Section 5.4.1.4 for details of the MMSE.
The PACC baseline score is the sum of the 4 components’ standardized baseline value (baseline 
value / SD of baseline values). The PACC scores will be considered missing if more than 1 of its 
4 components is imputed (see Section 5.1.2). Change from the off-treatment baseline (see 
Section 2.4) will be calculated.  For off-treatment visits, however, the components will not be 
imputed. The PACC scores will be considered missing if any of the components is missing.
The scales contributing to the PACC all follow the same schedule: during screening, at the 
randomization visit, and every 6 months after randomization through Month 54 (or early 
termination).
5.2.3.
Analysis Methods
The primary analysis is based on the primary analysis set defined in Section 5.2.1 and uses an
MMRM model. This relies on the Missing at Random (MAR) assumption: after accounting in 
the model for the effects of the covariates and for the available efficacy scores, the unobserved 
data have the same distribution as the observed data. 
The PACC change score will be analyzed by an MMRM model based on observed data at on-
treatment visits. The fixed terms for this model are treatment group, sex, country, APOE ε4 
carrier status, education level, PACC baseline score, age at study entry, average hippocampal 
volume at baseline, time point (as a factor), and the interaction of treatment and time point.
Subject is included as a random effect.
Comparisons between each atabecestat dose group and placebo will be performed at Months 6, 
12, and 18 by using the appropriate contrasts based on this model. The Kenward-Roger 
approximation will be used to estimate the denominator degrees of freedom. Between-treatment 
differences in LS Means with the corresponding 95% confidence intervals (CIs) and p-values 
will be provided. If the unstructured covariance matrix results in a lack of convergence, starting 
values will be supplied using estimates from simpler structures. If this strategy does not result in 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
26
convergence then the following structures will be used in sequence: heterogeneous 
autoregressive of order 1 (ARH(1)), heterogeneous compound symmetry (CSH),
and
homogeneous compound symmetry (CS).
Plots of mean (±SE) PACC change score over time by treatment group will be provided for 
observed data and for estimates based on the MMRM.
For the off-treatment period, change of PACC and the components from off-treatment baseline 
will be summarized.    
5.2.3.1.
Subgroup Analyses
Certain subgroups of subjects, based on their baseline clinical presentation, may be more 
sensitive to a treatment effect than the population as a whole. PACC change score will be 
summarized in the following subgroups:

APOE ε4 carriers

APOE ε4 non-carriers
In addition, the PACC change score will also be summarized across various other subgroups of 
subjects (as defined in Section 2.7) 
5.3.
Key Secondary Endpoint
5.3.1.
Definition
The key secondary efficacy endpoint is the change from baseline in the subject-reported
Cognitive Function Index (CFI) total score. The CFI is a modified version of the Mail-in 
Cognitive Function Screening Instrument20, a subject- and informant-reported outcome measure 
developed by the ADCS. The subject-reported and informant-reported CFIs are assessed on the 
same schedule: 5 to 10 days before randomization, then annually after randomization through 
Month 48, and at Month 54 (or early termination if not performed at previous visit). This 
assessment includes 14 questions that assess the subject’s perceived ability to perform high-level 
functional tasks in daily life and sense of overall cognitive functional ability (yes=1; no/does not 
apply=0; maybe=0.5 for each question) and 1 additional question about whether the subject has 
seen a doctor in the last year about memory concerns. Study subjects and their informants 
independently rate the subject’s abilities.
The CFI total score is the sum of the first 14 questions, with higher scores indicating greater 
impairment (range = 0 to 14). If there are fewer than 5 (<30%) missing items, an imputed total 
score will be calculated as a prorated total based on the observed items:
14 ∗ Total score of non-missing items
Total number of non-missing items
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
27
Imputed total scores will be rounded to 1 decimal place. If there are 5 or more missing items, the 
total score will be missing. A subject-reported and an informant-reported total score will be 
calculated. Change from baseline in the CFI total score will be calculated at each time point. For 
off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) will also be 
calculated.
5.3.2.
Analysis Methods
Change from baseline in subject-reported CFI total score in the on-treatment period will be 
analyzed using the same MMRM approach as described for the primary efficacy endpoint in 
Section 5.2.3.  For off-treatment visits, change from off-treatment baseline will be summarized. 
If the recall period of an off-treatment CFI assessment overlapped with the on-treatment period, 
then the score will be excluded from the off-treatment summary.
5.4.
Other Secondary Endpoints
5.4.1.
Definition
5.4.1.1.
Free and Cued Selective Reminding Test (FCSRT)
The FCSRT is administered during screening, at the randomization visit, and every 6 months 
after randomization through Month 54 (or early termination, if the RBANS was administered at 
the subject’s previous visit). In the FCSRT, subjects are shown pictures of 16 items in groups of 
4 and the category of each item is identified (for example, “grapes” is an item in the “fruit” 
category). After a controlled learning period, subjects are asked to recall as many of the 16 items 
as they can in 90 seconds (“free recall”). For each item not freely recalled, subjects are cued by 
the category name and the number of items recalled in this way (“cued recall”) is recorded. For 
remaining items not recalled, the subject is reminded of the item and category (“selective 
reminding”). Three trials of free and cued recall with selective reminding are conducted 
approximately 20 seconds apart.
Twenty to 30 minutes after the third trial of free and cued recall, the subject is asked again to 
recall as many of the items as they can in 90 seconds (“delayed free recall”). For each item not 
freely recalled, subjects are cued by the category name and the number of items recalled in this 
way (“delayed cued recall”) is recorded.
Three versions of the FCSRT, using three different sets of items, will be administered in an 
alternating manner during the study.
Total free recall is the cumulative sum of free recall items over the 3 trials (range, 0-48). Total 
recall is the cumulative sum of free and cued recall items from the three trials (range, 0-48).
Total delayed free recall is the sum of delayed free recall items (range, 0-16) and total delayed 
recall is the sum of delayed free recall items and delayed cued recall items (range, 0-16). Higher 
scores indicate better performance. Item scores are recorded on an electronic device which will 
provide the total scores.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
28
The FCSRT score used in the PACC is the sum of Total recall and Total free recall (or two times 
the sum of free recall items plus the sum of cued recall items over the three trials).
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each total score. Values and 
changes of each total score at each time point will also be standardized by dividing by the 
baseline SD. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) 
will also be calculated.
5.4.1.2.
Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) Logical Memory Subtest
The WMS Logical Memory subtest is administered during screening, at the randomization visit, 
and every 6 months after randomization through Month 54 (or early termination, if the RBANS 
was administered at the subject’s previous visit). In the WMS Logical Memory subtest, a short 
story is used that consists of 25 items of information. Free recall of the 25 items of information 
will be elicited immediately after the story is read aloud to the subject and again after 
approximately a 30-minute delay. The total number of items of information from the story that 
are recalled immediately (Immediate Paragraph Recall; range, 0-25) and after the delay interval 
(Delayed Paragraph Recall; range, 0-25) are recorded. Higher scores indicate better performance.
Three versions of the short story, with different items of information, will be administered in an 
alternating manner during the study. Item scores are recorded on an electronic device which will 
provide the total scores.
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for both the Immediate Paragraph 
Recall and Delayed Paragraph Recall total scores. The Delayed Paragraph Recall total score is 
used as the WMS test score in the PACC. Values and changes of each total score at each time 
point will also be standardized by dividing by the baseline SD. For off-treatment visits, change 
from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) will also be calculated.
5.4.1.3.
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale – IV (WAIS-IV) Coding Subtest
The WAIS-IV Coding subtest is administered during screening, at the randomization visit, and 
every 6 months after randomization through Month 54 (or early termination, if the RBANS was 
administered at the subject’s previous visit). WAIS-IV Coding is a subtest of the WAIS-IV 
battery and is also known as WAIS-R Digit Symbol Substitution (DSS) test. In this subtest, the 
subject copies symbols that are paired with numbers as quickly as possible for 120 seconds. 
Specifically, the top of the page has a ‘key’ that contains boxes with the numbers 1 to 9 paired 
with random symbols. The remainder of the page contains 135 boxes with numbers and blank 
boxes below the numbers. The participants are directed to fill in the blank boxes with the symbol 
corresponding to the number as quickly as possible working from left to right without skipping 
numbers or rows.
Three versions of the subtest, utilizing different sets of symbols, will be administered in an 
alternating manner during the study. Item scores are recorded on an electronic device which will 
provide the total scores.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
29
The number of correctly drawn symbols completed in 90 seconds is totaled (Total Correct (90 
seconds); range: 0-135) as is the number of correctly drawn symbols in 120 seconds (Total 
Correct (120 seconds); range: 0-135). Higher scores indicate better performance.
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for both total scores. The Total 
Correct (120 seconds) score is used as the DSS test score in the PACC. Values and changes of 
each total score at each time point will also be standardized by dividing by the baseline SD. For 
off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) will also be 
calculated.
5.4.1.4.
Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)
The MMSE is administered during screening, at the randomization visit, and every 6 months 
after randomization through Month 54 (or early termination, if the RBANS was administered at 
the subject’s previous visit). It consists of 11 items (30 questions) that test 5 areas of cognitive 
function: orientation, registration, attention and calculation, recall, and language. Each question 
is rated as 1 for a correct answer or 0 otherwise. Three versions of the MMSE, which are 
identical except for the list of words used in the registration and recall questions, will be 
administered in an alternating manner during the study.
A total score is computed as the sum of individual scores. The maximum score is 30. If there are 
fewer than 10 (30%) missing items, an imputed total score will be calculated as a prorated total 
based on the observed items:
30 ∗  Total number of correct answers
Total number of non-missing items
Imputed total scores will be rounded to 1 decimal place. If there are 10 or more missing items, 
the total score will be missing.
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for the MMSE total score. Values and 
changes of the MMSE total score at each time point will also be standardized by dividing by the 
baseline SD. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) 
will also be calculated.
5.4.1.5.
Cognitive Function Index (CFI)
See Section 5.3.1 for a description of the CFI. Changes from baseline in informant-reported CFI 
total score at each time point are secondary efficacy endpoints. 
5.4.1.6.
Clinical Dementia Rating (CDR)
The CDR is administered during screening, annually after randomization, and at Month 54 (or 
early termination). Based on semi-structured interviews of both the subject and the subject’s
informant carried out by a trained rater, 3 domains of cognition (memory, orientation, 
judgment/problem solving) and 3 domains of function (community affairs, home/hobbies, 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
30
personal care) are rated on a 5-point scale (no impairment = 0, questionable impairment = 0.5, 
mild impairment = 1, moderate impairment = 2, severe impairment = 3. Note: ‘questionable 
impairment’ is not an available choice for the personal care domain).
The CDR Sum of Boxes (CDR-SB) is the sum of the 6 domain (or “box”) scores. A Global CDR 
is derived from the individual domain scores according to an algorithm10 that yields a rating on a 
similar 5-point scale as each domain (no dementia = 0, questionable dementia = 0.5, mild 
dementia = 1, moderate dementia = 2, severe dementia = 3). The memory domain is the primary 
category driving the Global CDR. Each domain score will be recorded on an electronic device 
and the CDR Sum of Boxes and the Global CDR will be provided by the electronic device.
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each domain score, CDR-SB, and 
the Global CDR. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 
2.4) will also be calculated.
5.4.1.7.
ADCS Activities of Daily Living – Prevention Instrument (ADCS-ADL-
PI)
The ADCS-ADL-PI is administered 5 to 10 days before randomization, then every 3 months 
through Month 54 (or early termination if not performed at the previous visit). The ADCS-ADL-
PI includes 15 questions related to activities of daily living and 3 questions related to high-level
function2. High-level function items ask about the use of electronic devices such as 
cellphones/smartphones, computers/tablets, and e-readers (such as a Kindle or Nook). Study 
subjects and their informants independently rate the subject’s ability to perform each activity
over the past 3 months (with no difficulty = 3, with some difficulty = 2, with a lot of difficulty = 
1, did not do/don’t know = 0). Informants are additionally asked to evaluate whether activities 
were completed less often, required more time to complete, or if any errors were made 
performing the task. High-level function items are rated as “yes” or “no”.
The ADL total score is the sum of the scores of the 15 activities of daily living questions (range: 
0-45) with higher scores indicating less impairment. If there are fewer than 5 (<30%) missing 
items, an imputed total score will be calculated as a prorated total based on the observed items:
15 ∗ Total score of non-missing items
Total number of non-missing items
Imputed total scores will be rounded to 1 decimal place. If there are 5 or more missing items, the 
total score will be missing. Both a subject- and informant-reported ADL total score will be 
calculated. Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each activity of daily 
living (both subject- and informant-reported) and for the subject- and informant-reported ADL 
total scores. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) 
will also be calculated.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
31
5.4.1.8.
Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status
(RBANS)
The RBANS is administered during screening prior to amyloid testing, 5 to 10 days before 
randomization, Month 3 after randomization, then every 6 months through Month 51 (or early 
termination, if the PACC components were administered at the subject’s previous visit). The 
RBANS is a 20- to 25-minute battery developed for cognitive assessment, detection, and 
characterization of dementia in the elderly, as well as for neuropsychological screening for 
younger patients12. Three versions of the RBANS will be administered in an alternating manner 
during the study. The RBANS includes 12 subtests that measure the following 5 indices: 
Immediate Memory
The Immediate Memory index is composed of the List Learning and Story Memory subtests.
In the List Learning subtest, a list of 10 words is read and the subject is asked to immediately 
recall as many of the words as the subject can. Four trials of the same list of words are 
conducted. The List Learning total score is the sum of correctly recalled words over the 4 trials 
(range: 0 to 40).
In the Story Memory subtest, a short story is read and the subject is immediately asked to recall 
as much of the story as the subject can. Two trials of the same story are conducted. The Story 
Memory total score is the total number of items of information (out of 12) the subject correctly 
recalled over the 2 trials (range: 0-24).
Based on the List Learning and Story Memory total scores, an Immediate Memory Index Score 
is determined from a mapping table appropriate for the subject’s age. For example, for a subject 
between 60-69 years with a List Learning total score of 30 and a Story Memory total score of 15, 
the Immediate Memory Index Score is 100. The Immediate Memory Index Score ranges from 40 
to 152.
Visuospatial/Constructional
The Visuospatial/Constructional index is composed of the Figure Copy and Line Orientation 
subtests.
In the Figure Copy subtest, subjects are shown a figure composed of 10 items and are asked to
immediately copy the figure from memory. For each figure item, it is determined whether the 
item was correctly drawn and correctly placed. The Figure Copy total score is the sum of the 
number of correctly drawn and number of correctly placed items (range: 0-20).
In the Line Orientation subtest, subjects are shown a pair of lines and asked to identify the 
matching lines from a set of 13 lines. Ten pairs of lines are shown. The Line Orientation total 
score is the total number of correct responses (range: 0-20).
Based on the Figure Copy and Line Orientation total scores, a Visuospatial/Constructional Index 
Score is determined from a mapping table appropriate for the subject’s age. For example, for a 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
32
subject between 60-69 years with a Figure Copy total score of 18 and a Line Orientation total 
score of 18, the Visuospatial/Constructional Index Score is 100. The Visuospatial/Constructional 
Index Score ranges from 50 to 131.
Language
The Language index is composed of the Picture Naming and Semantic Fluency subtests.
In the Picture Naming subtest, subjects are shown 10 pictures and asked to name the item 
pictured. The Picture Naming total score is the total number of correct responses (range: 0-10).
In the Semantic Fluency subtest, subjects are asked to name all of the fruits and vegetables they 
can think of. The Semantic Fluency total score is the number of correct responses in 1 minute, to
a maximum of 40.
Based on the Picture Naming and Semantic Fluency total scores, a Language Index Score is 
determined from a mapping table appropriate for the subject’s age. For example, for a subject 
between 60-69 years with a Picture Naming total score of 6 and a Semantic Fluency total score 
of 31, the Language Index Score is 100. The Language Index Score ranges from 40 to 134.
Attention
The Attention index is composed of the Digit Span and Coding subtests.
In the Digit Span subtest, subjects are read a string of single-digit numbers and asked to repeat 
the string. The test begins with 2 strings of length 2 then continues with pairs of strings of 
increasing length from 3 to 9. The Digit Span total score is the total number of correctly recalled 
strings (range: 0-16).
In the Coding subtest subjects are shown a ‘key’ that contains boxes with the numbers 1 to 9 
paired with symbols. The remainder of the page contains 89 boxes with symbols and blank boxes 
below the symbols. The subjects are directed to fill in the blank boxes with the number 
corresponding to the symbol as quickly as possible working from left to right without skipping 
numbers or rows. The Coding total score is the total number of correctly entered numbers in 90 
seconds.
Based on the Digit Span and Coding total scores, an Attention Index Score is determined from a 
mapping table appropriate for the subject’s age. For example, for a subject between 60-69 years 
with a Digit Span total score of 13 and a Coding total score of 32, the Attention Index Score is 
100. The Attention Index Score ranges from 40 to 150.
Delayed Memory
The Delayed Memory index is composed of the Delayed List Recall, Delayed List Recognition, 
Delayed Story Recall, and Delayed Figure Recall subtests. These tests are administered after all 
of the above subtests have been administered.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
33
In the Delayed List Recall subtest, subjects are asked to recall as many of the words that were 
read to them in the Immediate List Recall subtest. The Delayed List Recall total score is the 
number of correctly recalled words (range: 0-10).
In the Delayed List Recognition subtest, subjects are read a list of 20 words and asked if the 
word was or was not in the list that was read to them in the Immediate List Recall subtest. The 
Delayed List Recognition total score is the number of correct responses (range: 0-20).
In the Delayed Story Recall subtest, subjects are asked to recall as many details of the short story 
that was read to them in the Immediate Story Memory subtest. The Delayed Story Recall total 
score is the number of the 12 items of information that are correctly recalled (range: 0-12).
In the Delayed Figure Recall subtest, subjects are asked to draw the same figure shown in the 
Figure Copy subtest. The Delayed Figure Recall total score is the sum of the number of correctly 
drawn and number of correctly placed items (range: 0-20).
Based on the sum of the Delayed List Recall, Delayed Story Recall, and Delayed Figure Recall 
total scores and the Delayed List Recognition total score a Delayed Memory Index Score is 
determined from a mapping table appropriate for the subject’s age. For example, for a subject 
between 60-69 years with a Delayed List Recall total score of 9, a Delayed Story Recall total 
score of 10, a Delayed Figure Recall total score of 18 (sum = 37) and a Delayed List Recognition 
total score of 17, the Delayed Memory Index Score is 100. The Delayed Memory Index Score 
ranges from 40 to 133.
Higher scores indicate less impairment. The Sum of Index Scores is the sum of the five index 
scores and the Sum of Index Scores is converted to a Total Scale value via a mapping table.  In 
the examples above, the Sum of Index Scores is 500, which is mapped to a Total Scale value of 
100. The Total Scale is a norm-based t-score based on a distribution with a mean of 100 and 
standard deviation of 15.
The RBANS item scores will be entered on an electronic device and all subtest total scores, all 
index scores, the Sum of Index Scores, and the Total Scale will be provided by the electronic 
device.
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each subtest total score, each of 
the 5 index scores, and the Total Scale. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment 
baseline (see Section 2.4) will also be calculated.
5.4.1.9.
Neuropsychological Assessment Battery - Daily Living Tests (NAB-
DLTs)
The Daily Living tests of the Memory and Attention NAB19 modules are administered during 
screening prior to amyloid testing, 5 to 10 days before randomization, and after randomization at 
Months 9, 21, 33, 45, and 54 (or early termination, if not performed at previous visit). Two 
versions of the NAB-DLTs will be administered in an alternating manner during the study.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
34
Daily Living Memory

Medication Instructions – Immediate Recall (MED-irc): In this test, subjects are shown 
and read a 2-sentence medication instruction including 9 items of information and 
immediately asked to recall as much of the instruction as they can. Three trials are 
conducted. The MED-irc score is the total number of correctly recalled items over the 3 
trials (range: 0-27).

Name/Address/Phone Number – Immediate Recall (NAP-irc): In this test, subjects are 
shown and read a name, address, and phone number, including 8 items of information, and 
immediately asked to recall as much of the information as they can. Three trials are 
conducted. The NAP-irc score is the total number of correctly recalled items over the 3 trials 
(range: 0-24).

Medication Instructions – Delayed Recall (MED-drc): After both immediate recall tests 
are administered, subjects are asked to recall as much of the medication instructions as they 
can. The MED-drc score is the number of correctly recalled items (range: 0-9).

Medication Instructions – Delayed Recognition (MED-drg): In this test, subjects are 
shown several versions of each sentence of the medication instructions and asked to identify 
the correct version. The MED-drg total score is the number of sentences correctly identified 
(0, 1, or 2).

Name/Address/Phone Number – Delayed Recall (NAP-drc): Subjects are asked to recall 
as much of the name, address, and phone number as they can. The NAP-drc total score is the 
number of correctly recalled items (range: 0-8).

Name/Address/Phone Number – Delayed Recognition (NAP-drg): In this test, subjects 
are shown several versions of each item of information in the name, address, and phone 
number and asked to identify the correct version. The NAP-drg total score is the number of 
items correctly identified (range: 0-8).
Daily Living Attention – Driving Scenes (DRV)
In this test, subjects are shown a picture of a driving scene as viewed from behind the steering 
wheel of a car. Then another version of the driving scene is shown and subjects are asked to 
identify any new, different, or missing items compared to the previous scene. This is repeated for 
5 scenes and the DRV total score is the total number of correctly identified new, different, and 
missing items over all of the scenes (range: 0-70).
For all tests, higher scores indicate less impairment. DLT item scores will be recorded on an 
electronic device and the total scores for each test will be provided by the electronic device.
Each total score will be converted to a standardized score based on demographically corrected 
norms. Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each raw total score and 
each standardized score. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see 
Section 2.4) may also be calculated.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
35
5.4.2.
Analysis Methods
Analyses of the changes from baseline of each of the 4 PACC components, the changes from 
baseline of each of the 5 RBANS index scores, the change from baseline of the RBANS Total 
Scale, changes from baseline in informant-reported CFI total score, and change from baseline in 
ADCE-ADL-PI total scores (both the subject- and informant-reported) will be performed using 
a similar MMRM model as described above for the primary efficacy endpoint (Section 5.2.3). 
For each endpoint, baseline score in the model will be the baseline score for the given endpoint. 
For endpoints measured at unequally spaced time points, time (month) will be included as a 
continuous variable. For the individual PACC components, summaries based on both the original 
and standardized scale will be provided. For off-treatment period, changes from the off-treatment 
period baseline will be summarized.
For other secondary efficacy endpoints that are continuous parameters, change from baseline at 
each on-treatment time point will be summarized with descriptive statistics. Inferential analyses 
may be performed.  The distribution of responses to the ADCS-ADL-PI high-level function 
items will be summarized at each time point by treatment group.
Plots of mean (±SE) values and changes over time by treatment group will be provided for 
selected secondary efficacy endpoints. Change from the off-treatment baseline may also be 
summarized for each off-treatment time point and plotted.
For Global CDR ≥0.5, the number and percentage of subjects meeting the criterion at any post-
baseline on-treatment time point will be summarized. A similar summary based on off-treatment 
time points may also be provided. Descriptive statistics of the PACC change score may be 
summarized by treatment group for subjects who did and did not have the Global CDR ≥0.5 
event at Month 12.
Association between the change from baseline in the CFI subject total score and the PACC 
change score, the CFI (actual) subject total score and the PACC change score, and the change 
from baseline in ADCS-ADL-PI subject total score and the PACC change score will be explored. 
Association between the functional measure and other cognitive measures will be similarly 
analyzed.   Association between the total scores of subject-reported functional measures and the 
informant-reported functional measures will be explored as well.
5.5.
Exploratory Efficacy Variables
5.5.1.
Definition
5.5.1.1.
Amyloid Disclosure Assessments
Concerns about Alzheimer's Disease Dementia
The Concerns about Alzheimer’s Disease Dementia scale is administered during screening prior 
to and after amyloid disclosure and after randomization at Months 1, 3, 9, 21, 42, and 54 (or 
early termination). The scale is a short self-report instrument that assesses an individual’s 
concern about developing Alzheimer’s disease dementia. The questionnaire asks subjects to rate 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
36
their agreement with 6 statements related to concerns about AD dementia with ratings that range 
from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree).
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each statement score. For off-
treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) will also be calculated.
Future Time Perspective (FTP) Scale
The FTP scale5 is administered during screening prior to and after amyloid disclosure and after 
randomization at Months 1, 3, 9, 21, 42, and 54 (or early termination). The FTP scale asks 
subjects to rate their agreement with 10 statements related to perception of time with ratings that 
range from 1 (very untrue) to 7 (very true). For the first 7 statements, higher scores indicate a 
positive future time perspective (e.g., “My future is filled with possibilities”). For the last 3 
statements, higher scores indicate a negative time perspective (e.g., “There are only limited 
possibilities in my future”). An overall FTP score is the average of the 10 individual statement 
scores, after reverse-scoring the last 3 statement scores. A higher overall FTP score indicates a
more positive future time perspective.
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each statement score and for the 
overall FTP score. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 
2.4) will also be calculated.
5.5.1.2.
Computerized Cognitive Battery
The CogState Brief Battery6 will be administered during screening prior to amyloid testing and 5 
to 10 days before randomization, and every 6 months after randomization through Month 54 (or 
early termination). The CogState Brief Battery includes tasks that use playing cards as stimuli: 
detection, identification, one card learning, and one back. For each, the test software measures 
the speed and accuracy of the subject’s responses.

The detection task is a measure of information processing speed and uses a well-validated 
simple reaction time paradigm. In this task, the playing cards are all jokers. The subject is 
asked to press the “yes” key as soon as the card in the center of the screen turns face up. The 
reaction time is measured in milliseconds and log10-transformed. The overall score is the 
average of all log-transformed reaction times. A lower score is better.

The identification task is a measure of visual attention and uses a well-validated choice 
reaction time paradigm. In this task, the playing cards are all either red or black jokers. The 
subject is asked whether the card currently being presented in the center of the screen is red. 
The subject responds by pressing the “yes” key when the joker card is red and “no” when it 
is black. The reaction time is measured in milliseconds and log10-transformed. The overall 
score is the average of all log-transformed reaction times of correct responses. A lower score 
is better.

The one card learning task is a measure of visual recognition memory and uses a well-
validated pattern separation paradigm. In this task, the subject is asked whether the playing 
card presented in the center of the screen was seen previously in this task. The subject 
responds by pressing the “yes” or “no” key. Because no card has been presented yet, the first 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
37
response is always “no”. The overall score is the arcsine transformation of the square root of 
the proportion of correct responses. A higher score is better.

The one back task is a measure of working memory and uses a well-validated n-back 
paradigm. In this task, the subject is asked whether the playing card being presented is the 
same as the one presented immediately previously. The subject responds by pressing the 
“yes” or “no” key. Because no card has been presented yet, the first response is always “no”.
The reaction time is measured in milliseconds and log10-transformed. The overall score is 
the average of all log-transformed reaction times of correct responses. A lower score is 
better.
In addition to the CogState Brief Battery above, computerized testing also includes the Face 
Name Associative Memory Exam14:

The Face Name Associative Memory Exam begins with an exposure in which the subject
is shown 16 faces, one at a time, for 2 seconds in a random order. For each face the subject 
is asked to decide whether “the name goes with that face”. Once this is completed, each of 
the 16 faces is presented again. For each face the subject must recall the name that was 
associated with that face on the initial trial and indicate this by typing the name into the 
computer. The correct number of face-name pairs is recorded as an initial learning score. 
After a delay the subject is shown each face in turn with 3 names given beneath that face. 
The subject must select the name that was initially paired with the face. The number of 
correct responses is recorded (range: 0 to 16; higher score is better).
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each score. For off-treatment 
visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) may also be calculated.
5.5.1.3.
Cognitive Function Index-acute (CFI-a)
The CFI-a is a modified version of the CFI, a subject and informant-reported outcome measure 
developed by Janssen. The subject-reported and informant-reported CFI-a’s are assessed on the 
same schedule: 5 to 10 days before randomization, then every 3 months through Month 54 (or 
early termination if not performed at the previous visit). This assessment includes 14 questions 
similar to those in the CFI (see Section 5.4.1.5) that evaluate the subject’s perceived ability to 
perform high-level functional tasks in daily-life and sense of overall cognitive functional ability. 
Study subjects and their informants independently rate the subject’s abilities based on their 
current or most recent experience. The scale uses frequency (never = 0, rarely = 1, sometimes = 
2, often = 3, or always = 4) to measure impairment, with “always” indicating greatest 
impairment. Responses of “I do not drive”, “Does not apply”, or “I do not work or volunteer” 
will be scored as 0.
The CFI-a total score is the sum of the 14 questions, with higher scores indicating greater 
impairment (range = 0 to 56). If there are fewer than 5 (<30%) missing items, an imputed total 
score will be calculated as a prorated total based on the observed items:
14 ∗ Total score of non-missing items
Total number of non-missing items
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
38
Imputed total scores will be rounded to 1 decimal place. If there are 5 or more missing items, the 
total score will be missing. A subject-reported and an informant-reported total score will be 
calculated. Change from baseline in the CFI-a total score will be calculated at each time point. 
For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) will also be 
calculated.
5.5.1.4.
Financial Capacity Instrument – Short Form (FCI-SF)
The FCI-SF is administered at selected centers during screening 5 to 10 days before 
randomization, annually after randomization through Month 48, and at Month 54 (or early 
termination, if not collected at the subject’s previous visit). The FCI-SF is a 37-item 
psychometric instrument that measures financial capacity. Items are summed to form 5 
component performance scores: 

Mental calculation (2 items, range: 0-4), 

Financial conceptual knowledge (4 items, range: 0-8), 

Single checkbook/register (10 items, range: 0-20), 

Complex checkbook/register (14 items, range: 0-28),

Bank statement management (7 items, range: 0-14)
Correct responses are scored as 2 and incorrect responses are scored as 0 (a partial credit score of 
1 is possible for some items). Each item in the mental calculation, financial conceptual 
knowledge, and bank statement management tasks has a time limit for providing a response. For 
the checkbook tasks, there is a time limit to complete all items within the task. If a response was 
given after the time limit, the item was scored as 0 (even if the response was correct).
An FCI-SF total score is calculated as the sum of all 37 items. A component score and the Total 
Score are missing if any item in the component score is missing.
The time, in seconds, to complete the items listed below is recorded. If the completion time 
exceeded the time limit for the item(s), the maximum allowed time was recorded.

Medical deduction problem (maximum time: 90 seconds)

Income tax problem (maximum time: 90 seconds)

Single checkbook/register (maximum time to complete all items: 240 seconds)

Complex checkbook/register (maximum time to complete all items: 300 seconds)
A checkbook/register composite time will be calculated as the sum of the single and complex 
checkbook/register times and a total composite time will be calculated as the sum of all 4 
individual component times.
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for each performance and timing 
parameter. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) may
also be calculated.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
39
5.5.1.5.
Amsterdam IADL Questionnaire (A-IADL-Q)
The A-IADL-Q will be administered at selected centers only during screening, annually after 
randomization through Month 48, and at Month 54 (or early termination, if not collected at the 
subject’s previous visit). The A-IADL-Q is a computerized questionnaire aimed at measuring 
difficulties with complex daily activities. It is completed by the informant of the subject. The A-
IADL-Q consists of 70 items and for each item difficulty is rated on a 5-point scale. To optimize 
individual differences in premorbid IADL activities, items are tailored to individual responses. If 
the patient had not performed the main activity, more detailed items on that activity are skipped.
The total score is calculated using an item response theory method of scoring. Item response 
theory assumes that ordered-categorical item responses represent an underlying construct. In this 
case, the construct is IADL functioning, ranging from disability to ability. The total score is 
normally distributed (mean = 50, standard deviation = 10), with higher scores indicating better 
functioning4. 
Change from baseline at each time point will be calculated for the IADL total score. For off-
treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 2.4) may also be calculated.
5.5.2.
Analysis Methods
All exploratory efficacy endpoints will be summarized with descriptive statistics. Inferential 
analyses may be performed to evaluate the treatment effect. The endpoints may also be 
summarized for the off-treatment period. Association between the endpoints and the cognitive 
endpoints will be explored.
6.
SAFETY
All safety summaries will be presented for the on-treatment period and the off-treatment period, 
6.1
Adverse Events
The verbatim terms used in the CRF by investigators to identify adverse events will be coded 
using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA). Any AE occurring on or 
after the date of the initial administration of study medication through the day of last dose plus 7
days is considered to be treatment emergent. If the event date is recorded as partial or completely 
missing, then the event will be considered to be treatment emergent unless it is known to be prior 
to the first administration of study medication based on a partial onset date or resolution date. All 
reported treatment-emergent adverse events will be included in the analysis. For each adverse 
event, the number and percentage of subjects who experience at least 1 occurrence of the given 
event will be summarized by treatment group. AEs in the off-treatment period are the AEs with 
onset more than 7 days after the last dosing.  
Summary tables will be provided for:

AEs

AEs with a fatal outcome
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
40

Serious AEs (SAEs)

AEs leading to discontinuation of study medication (events with action taken of ‘drug 
withdrawn’)

AEs leading to termination of study participation (events associated with a trial termination 
reason of ‘adverse event’)

AEs by severity
AEs will also be summarized by age group, by gender, and by race. In addition to the summary 
tables, listings will be provided for subjects who:

Died

Had SAEs

Had AEs leading to discontinuation of study medication or termination of study 
participation
The above listings will include events with onset during the screening phase.
Incidence of other treatment-emergent adverse events of special interest will be summarized.
Hypopigmentation related and retinal related adverse events are identified by the investigator on 
the AE eCRF page and include:

Hypopigmentation Related Adverse Events
-
Hair and skin hypopigmentation (events related to lighting hair, skin coloration, or iris 
coloration)

Retinal Related Adverse Events

Retinal changes
Hepatic related treatment-emergent adverse events will also be summarized. Adverse events 
related to abnormal LFTs are defined as follows:
Events belonging to the MedDRA Drug Related Hepatic disorders SMQ – comprehensive search
In addition, other adverse event clinical MedDRA PT clusters will be summarized by treatment 
during the on-treatment phase and off-treatment phase of the study (including but not limited to 
rash related, sleep disorder related, depression related, anxiety related adverse events). 
6.1.
Clinical Laboratory Tests
Clinical laboratory blood samples will be collected at screening; at randomization; after 
randomization every 2 weeks through Month 3, then monthly through Month 6, then every 2 
months through Month 12, then every 3 months through Month 54 (or early termination). 
Urinalysis samples will be collected at screening and after randomization at Months 12, 27, 42, 
and 54 (or at early termination).
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
41
Creatinine clearance will be calculated using the Cockcroft-Gault equation:
(140 −) ∗
72 ∗("#$ 88.4
⁄
) [∗0.85, if female]
Where  is age,  is body weight in kg on the date of the laboratory sample (or on the most 
recent prior visit), and "#$ is creatinine in mol/L. 
Descriptive statistics will be presented for all chemistry, hematology, and urinalysis (pH and 
specific gravity) laboratory parameters at scheduled time points for on-treatment period. 
Change from baseline to each time point and the endpoint in the on-treatment period will be 
summarized for chemistry, hematology, and urinalysis (pH and specific gravity) parameters and 
displayed by treatment group.
Shift tables, by treatment group, will be provided summarizing the shift in laboratory values 
from baseline to each time point and to the endpoint in the on-treatment period with respect to 
the central laboratory reference ranges (low, normal, high).
Number and percentage of subjects with post-baseline potentially clinically important laboratory 
values will be presented by treatment group. Definitions of potentially clinically important 
laboratory values are provided in Attachment 6.
All above summaries will also be presented for the off-treatment period. 
6.1.1 Liver function tests
Change from the baseline in ALT, AST, alkaline phosphatase, total bilirubin, lymphocytes, and 
eosinophils will be summarized. Descriptive statistics, shift tables, and percentage of subjects 
with potentially clinically important values based on change from the baseline will be 
summarized for these tests as well. Box-Whisker plots will be provided.  These summaries and 
plots will also be presented for the off-treatment period. 
The number and percentage of subjects meeting the below liver enzymes criteria during the on-
treatment period will be presented by treatment group:

ALT >8x the upper limit of normal (ULN) or AST >8x ULN.

ALT >5x ULN or AST >5x ULN.

Total bilirubin >2x ULN and either ALT >3x ULN or AST >3x ULN. 

Prothrombin International Normalized Ratio (INR) >1.5 and either ALT >3x ULN or AST 
>3x ULN. 
For the off-treatment period, number and percent of subjects with values within normal range at 
the off-treatment baseline and met the above criteria post baseline will be summarized.
The distribution of the time to first occurrence of an ALT or AST value >ULN while on study 
medication will be displayed with Kaplan-Meier curves. Subjects who complete or prematurely 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
42
discontinue the study medication without an ALT or AST value >ULN will be censored and the 
end of treatment date will serve as the time of censoring. The distribution of the time to first 
occurrence of an ALT or AST value >3x ULN will be summarized in the same way.  The peak 
TB (total bilirubin) times the upper limit of the reference range (ULRR) will be plotted against 
the peak ALT times the upper limit of the reference range (ULRR), on a log10 scale (eDISH 
plot). These time-to-event plots and eDISH plot will be presented for the off-treatment period as 
well.
A listing of subjects with clinically important laboratory values will be provided that displays all
values over time for subjects with at least one post-baseline clinically important laboratory value.
6.2.
Vital Signs
Blood pressure, pulse, and body temperature will be measured at screening; at randomization;
every 3 months after randomization through Month 12, then every 6 months through Month 54 
(or early termination). At each visit, blood pressure and pulse will be measured in both supine 
and standing positions. Weight will be measured at screening; at randomization; then every 6 
months after randomization through Month 54 (or early termination). Height will be measured at 
screening and Month 54 (or early termination).
Continuous vital sign variables including pulse, blood pressure (systolic and diastolic), 
temperature, weight, and Body Mass Index (BMI) will be summarized with descriptive statistics 
at each on-treatment time point and for the on-treatment endpoint. BMI will be calculated as 
[weight (kg) (height (m)).
⁄
] at each time point that body weight is measured. The height 
measurement collected at screening will be used in the calculation. Changes from baseline will 
be summarized for each on-treatment time point and for the on-treatment endpoint. Descriptive 
statistics (mean, standard deviation, median, minimum and maximum) will be presented. Weight 
will be plotted over time for the on-treatment period and for the off-treatment period.
Incidence of treatment-emergent potentially clinically important abnormalities in vital signs 
while on treatment, as defined in Table 4, will be summarized for subjects who had a baseline 
assessment and at least one post-baseline, on-treatment assessment for that vital sign. The 
incidence will also be summarized for the off-treatment visits.  
For off-treatment period, the vital sign variables will be similarly summarized.
Table 4:
Potentially Clinically Important (PCI) Criteria for Vital Signs
Vital sign
Criteria for Low PCI Values
Criteria for High PCI Values
Systolic BP (mmHg)
< 90
>180
Diastolic BP (mmHg)
<50
>105
Pulse (bpm)
<50
>120
Temperature (C)
<36
>38
Weight (kg)
Decrease of 10% relative to baseline
Increase of 10% relative to baseline
Orthostatic hypotension         A decrease in systolic (>20 mm Hg) or diastolic (>10 mm Hg) blood pressure after 
standing for at least 2 minutes relative to supine position with an increase in pulse 
rate of >15 beats per minute.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
43
6.3.
Electrocardiogram (ECG)
ECGs will be performed at screening; at randomization; after randomization at Month 1, Month 
3, and Month 6; then, every 6 months through Month 54 (or early termination).
The ECG variables that will be analyzed are heart rate, PR interval, RR interval, QRS interval, 
QT interval, and QTc using the following correction methods:

Bazett’s formula: QTcB (msec) = QT (msec) / (60/HR(bpm))1/2;

Fridericia’s formula: QTcF (msec) = QT (msec) / (60/HR(bpm))1/3;

Linear Derived formula: QTcLD(msec) = QT(msec) + * (1-60/HR(bpm)), where is the 
estimated slope derived from the linear regression model QT(msec) = + * 60/HR(bpm) 
using all observations prior to treatment initiation of all subjects excluding screen failures;

Sagie formula: QTcl (msec) = QT(msec) + 154 * (1 - 60/HR(bpm)))
QTcB and QTcF will be provided by the central ECG vendor and not recalculated. Triplicate 
ECGs, completed within a 4-minute time period, are collected at each visit. The value for each 
parameter on a given date will be the average of the values obtained from the triplicate ECGs.
Descriptive statistics will be presented by treatment group for the above ECG variables at each 
scheduled time point and for the on-treatment endpoint. Change from baseline to each scheduled 
on-treatment time point and to the on-treatment endpoint will be descriptively summarized by 
treatment group. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 
2.4) will also be calculated.
The number and percentage of subjects with treatment-emergent potentially clinically important 
ECG values as defined in Table 5 below will be presented for each on-treatment time point by 
treatment group.
Table 5:
Potentially Clinically Important (PCI) Criteria for Selected ECG Parameters
Parameter
Criteria for Low PCI Values
Criteria for High PCI Values
HR
< 50
> 100
PR
< 120
> 200
QRS
< 70
> 120
QT
> 500
The number and percentage of subjects with corrected QT values within each of the categories 
defined below will be presented for the maximum post-baseline, on-treatment value and for each 
on-treatment time point by treatment group.

QTc Interval:

Males
o
≤450 msec
o
>450 to ≤480 msec
o
>480 to ≤ 500 msec
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
44
o
>500 msec

Females
o
≤470 msec
o
>470 to ≤ 500 msec
o
>500 msec

QTc change from baseline 

≤30 msec

>30 – 60 msec

>60 msec
The distribution of the investigator interpretations (not evaluable; normal; abnormal, not 
clinically significant; abnormal, clinically significant) will be summarized at each on-treatment 
time point and for the on-treatment endpoint.
In addition, the number and percentage of subjects with ECG abnormalities according to the 
central ECG vendor interpretation will be summarized by type of abnormality (conduction, 
rhythm, etc.) and specific diagnosis for the double-blind phase. Listings for subjects with a 
corrected QT value >450 for males or >470 for females or change from baseline >30 will be 
provided.
Similar analyses will be performed for the off-treatment period.
6.4.
Other Safety Parameters
6.4.1.
Assessment of Psychological Well Being
The Assessment of Psychological Well Being, which includes the 15-item short version of the 
Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS-15)23 and the 6-item short version of the state scale of the 
State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI)9, will be performed during screening; at randomization; 
and after randomization at Month 3, Month 9, then every 3 months through Month 39, then at 
Months 45, 48, and 54 (or early termination).
The GDS-15 is a subset of items from the GDS-30 (see Section 4.1.6). The items included in the 
GDS-15 and the scoring for each item are shown in Attachment 3. The GDS-15 total score is the 
sum of the 15 individual item scores. Higher scores indicate greater levels of depression.
For the STAI, subjects are read 6 statements related to anxiety (“I feel calm”, “I am tense”, “I 
feel upset”, “I am relaxed”, “I feel content”, and “I am worried”) and asked to rate how they feel 
“right now, at this moment” on a 4-point scale (“not at all” = 1, “somewhat” = 2, “moderately” = 
3, “very much” = 4). The STAI total score is the sum of the individual scores after reverse-
scoring the “calm”, “relaxed”, and “content” items. Higher scores indicate more anxiety.
Item scores for both scales are recorded in an electronic device which will provide the total 
scores for both scales.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
45
Change from baseline will be calculated for both total scores at each time point. Values and 
changes from baseline at each time point will be summarized for both total scores with 
descriptive statistics by treatment group. For off-treatment visits, change from the off-treatment 
baseline (see Section 2.4) will also be calculated and summarized with descriptive statistics.
6.4.2.
Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)
The C-SSRS is conducted during screening; at randomization; and after randomization every 2 
weeks through Month 3, then every month through Month 6; at Months 8, 9, 10, and 12; then 
every 3 months through Month 54 (or at early termination). The C-SSRS is a measure of the 
spectrum of suicidal ideation and behavior that was developed in the National Institute of Mental 
Health Treatment of Adolescent Suicide Attempters Study to assess severity and track suicidal 
events through any treatment11. It is a semi-structured clinician-administered questionnaire 
designed to solicit the occurrence, severity, and frequency of suicide-related ideation and 
behaviors during the assessment period.
The following are C-SSRS categories and have binary responses (yes/no). Each category is based 
on a direct question in the C-SSRS. The categories are ordered by increasing seriousness.
Suicidal Ideation (1-5)

Category 1: Wish to be dead

Category 2: Non-specific active suicidal thoughts

Category 3: Active suicidal ideation with any methods (not plan) without intent to act

Category 4: Active suicidal ideation with some intent to act, without specific plan

Category 5: Active suicidal ideation with specific plan and intent
Suicidal Behavior (6-10)

Category 6: Preparatory acts or behavior

Category 7: Aborted attempt

Category 8: Interrupted attempt

Category 9: Non-fatal suicide attempt

Category 10: Completed suicide
Self-injurious behavior without suicidal intent is also a C-SSRS outcome (although not suicide-
related) and has a binary response (yes/no).
The Suicidal Ideation Score at a time point is the maximum suicidal ideation category with a 
“yes” response at that time point. A score of 0 is assigned if no suicidal ideation is present. The 
Suicidal Ideation Score ranges from 0 to 5.
The number and percentage of subjects with “yes” responses will be summarized for each 
category at each time point by treatment group. In addition, the number and percentage of 
subjects with any suicidal ideation, with any suicidal behavior, with either suicidal ideation or 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
46
behavior, and with any non-suicidal, self-injurious behavior will also be summarized at each 
time point and over the on-treatment period by treatment group.
The number and percentage of subjects meeting the following criteria will be summarized by 
treatment group:

An increase in Suicidal Ideation Score from baseline at any post-baseline, time point in the // 
on-treatment period (treatment-emergent suicidal ideation compared to baseline).

An increase in Suicidal Ideation Score from <4 at baseline to ≥4 at any post-baseline, time 
point in the on-treatment period (treatment-emergent serious suicidal ideation compared to 
baseline).

An increase in Suicidal Ideation Score from 0 at baseline to ≥4 at any post-baseline, time 
point in the on-treatment period (emergence of serious suicidal ideation compared to 
baseline).
In these summaries, the denominator is the number of subjects meeting the baseline criterion.
Listings including additional C-SSRS details will be created for subjects with any suicidal
ideation or behavior. 
The above summaries will be presented for off-treatment time points, using the off-treatment 
baseline as the reference time point.
6.4.3.
MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging)
All subjects will have an MRI during screening and after randomization at Months 6, 12, 24, 36 
and 54 (or at early termination, if not performed at the previous visit). MRI image evaluation will 
be performed by a core imaging laboratory.
The number and percentage of subjects with evidence of a finding at any time during the double-
blind period and at each time point will be summarized by treatment group for each of the 
following:

ARIA-E (Amyloid-related imaging abnormalities which represent vasogenic edema and 
related extravasated fluid phenomena), including parenchymal hyperintensity, sulcal 
hyperintensity, and gyral swelling.

ARIA-H (Amyloid-related imaging abnormalities which represent microhemorrhages and 
hemosiderin deposits), including microhemorrhages (mH), macrohemorrhages, and 
superficial siderosis.

Lacunar infarct

Territorial infarct outside of the cerebellum

Full territory cerebellar infarct
Similar summaries for ARIA-E and ARIA-H finding will be provided. A listing of the subjects 
with any of the findings listed above will be provided.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
47
Similar analyses will be performed for the off-treatment period.
6.4.4.
Neurological Examination
A neurological examination will be performed during screening; at randomization; after 
randomization at Month 6 and Month 12, then annually through Month 48, and at Month 54 (or 
early termination). The neurological examination includes an evaluation of mental status, cranial 
nerves, motor ability (including strength, tone, and involuntary movements), coordination 
(including finger-to-nose, gait, and postural reflexes), and sensation (including proprioception, 
cold, light touch, and deep tendon reflexes). The number and percentage of subjects with 
abnormal findings will be summarized by category and by treatment group for both on and off-
treatment periods.
6.4.5.
Physical Examination
Physical examination will be performed during screening; at randomization; after randomization 
at Month 6 and Month 12, then annually through Month 48, and at Month 54 (or early 
termination). The number and percentage of subjects with abnormal findings will be summarized 
by body system and by treatment group for both on and off-treatment periods.
6.4.6.
Dermatological Examination
A dermatological examination will be performed during screening and after randomization at 
Month 12 (or early termination if no Month 12 examination).
The distribution of the dermatological examination result (normal; abnormal, not clinically 
significant; abnormal, clinically significant) will be summarized at screening, Month 12, and 
double-blind phase endpoint. A listing of subjects with changes from normal at screening to 
abnormal during the double-blind phase will be provided and will include the description of the 
abnormality. 
7.
PHARMACOKINETICS/PHARMACODYNAMICS
7.1.
Pharmacokinetics
Blood samples for pharmacokinetics (PK) will be collected at randomization and after 
randomization at Month 3, Month 6, and then every 6 months until Month 54. Collection at 
randomization is pre-dose, collection at post-randomization time points is both pre-dose and 
within 1 to 4 hours post-dose. For subjects participating in CSF collection, samples are collected 
during screening and post-randomization at Month 12 and Month 36 (and early termination if not 
collected at the previous visit). Concentrations below the limit of quantification (LOQ), will be 
treated as zero. No analysis is planned for PK parameters.
7.2.
Pharmacodynamics
Biomarkers measured in this study include the following:

Fluid biomarkers
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
48

CSF: A subset of subjects will have longitudinal CSF samples taken during the study at 
randomization (if a CSF screening sample was taken, it was not necessary to have a 
repeat sample at randomization), Month 12, Month 36 (or early termination if not 
collected at the previous visit). After the biomarkers interim analyses (Section 3.1.1), 
the Month 12 sample could be taken any time between baseline and Month 36. The key 
parameter of interest is Aβ1-40. Aβ1-37, Aβ1-38, Aβ1-42, p-tau, and t-tau will also be 
measured.

Imaging biomarkers

Amyloid PET: A subset of subjects will have longitudinal amyloid PET scans during 
the study at randomization (if an amyloid PET scan was performed during screening, it 
was not necessary to have a repeat scan at randomization), Month 24 and Month 48 (or 
early termination). The parameters of key interest are the composite region of interest 
(ROI) SUVr and regional SUVr’s.

MRI: All subjects will have an MRI during screening and after randomization at 
Months 6, 12, 24, 36 and 54 (or early termination, if not performed at the previous 
visit). The parameters of key interest are brain volumes of the cortical and sub-cortical 
regions.
Biomarker analyses will be based only on those subjects with at least 85% treatment compliance 
(see Section 4.3) at the analysis time point.
Changes from baseline and percent changes from baseline will be calculated for all parameters.
Values of each parameter will be summarized with descriptive statistics at each time point by 
treatment group. Change from baseline will also be summarized for each parameter, at each time 
point by treatment group. Percent change from baseline in CSF and plasma Aβ1-40 will be 
summarized at each time point by treatment group.  Plots of mean (±SE) values, changes, and/or 
percent changes over time by treatment group will be provided for selected biomarkers.
For off-treatment visits, change and percent change from the off-treatment baseline (see Section 
2.4) may also be calculated and summarized with descriptive statistics.
Exploratory evaluations of an association between biomarker data and changes in cognitive 
endpoints may be performed graphically with: 1) plots of biomarker results over time with mean 
(±SE) change score of the cognitive endpoints over time overlaid; 2) scatterplots of the change 
score of the cognitive endpoints versus baseline values of selected biomarkers by treatment 
group; and 3) scatterplots of the change scores of the cognitive endpoints versus changes in 
biomarkers by treatment group at corresponding time points.
7.3.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Relationships
No analysis is planned for PK/PD relationships, 
8.
HEALTH ECONOMICS AND HEALTH OUTCOMES
Only on-treatment analyses will be performed for health economics and health outcomes. 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
49
8.1.
SF-36 Health Survey
The SF-36 Health Survey is a self-administered, generic, 36-item questionnaire designed to 
measure 8 domains of functional health status and well-being. It is collected during screening 
and after randomization at Months 12, 27, 42, and 54 (or early termination).
Eight subscales are calculated from the 36 items: physical functioning (PF), role functioning 
(RF), bodily pain (BP), general health (GH), vitality (VT), social functioning (SF), role 
emotional (RE), and mental health (MH). Higher scores indicate better health. Following the
algorithm by Ware, et al21, the subscales are sums of selected items in the survey. The sums are 
then transformed to a 0-100 scale and the transformed values are converted to z-scores using the 
US population mean and standard deviation for the subscale. Finally, the z-scores are converted 
to norm-based scores by multiplying by 10 and adding 50 (this gives the corresponding quantile 
for the z-score from a normal distribution with mean 50 and standard deviation 10). 
Two additional subscales, the Physical Component Summary (PCS) and Mental Component 
Summary (MCS), will be calculated as weighted linear combinations of the 8 subscale z-scores 
with weights as defined by Ware, et al21. The resulting value is also a z-score which is converted 
to a norm-based score as described above.
Derivation of the 8 subscales and 2 summary scores will be performed using Quality Metrics’ 
proprietary software.
Change from baseline will be calculated for each of the 8 subscales and the 2 summary scores at 
each time point. Values and changes from baseline at each time point will be summarized for 
each SF-36 subscale and the 2 summary scores with descriptive statistics by treatment group. 
8.2.
EQ-5D-5L
The EQ-5D-5L (EuroQol – 5 dimensions – 5 levels) is a self-administered, standardized measure 
of health status. The EQ-5D-5L is collected during screening and after randomization at Months 
12, 27, 42, and 54 (or early termination).
The EQ-5D-5L includes 5 items that each rate a single dimension of health status (Mobility, 
Self-Care, Usual Activities, Pain/Discomfort, and Anxiety/Depression) on a 5-point scale with 1 
= no problems, 2 = slight problems, 3 = moderate problems, 4 = severe problems, and 5 = unable 
or extreme problems. Subjects select an answer for each of the 5 dimensions considering the 
response that best matches their health “today”. The frequency distribution of scores for each 
item will be summarized at each time point by treatment group.
EQ-5D-5L also includes a visual analog scale (VAS) on which subjects rate their health from 0 = 
“Worst imaginable health state” to 100 = “Best imaginable health state”. Change from baseline 
will be calculated for the VAS. Values and changes from baseline at each time point for the VAS 
will be summarized with descriptive statistics by treatment group.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
50
8.3.
Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire (HRUQ)
A Healthcare Resource Utilization Questionnaire (HRUQ) will be administered during 
screening, after randomization at Months 1, 2, and 3, and then every 3 months through Month 54 
(or early termination). At each visit whether or not a subject was hospitalized, visited an 
emergency room (ER), required the service of a day hospital, required the service of an adult day 
center, or had an outpatient consultation related to the subject’s disease or treatment since the 
subject’s last visit (or in the previous 6 months for the screening visit) will be recorded. 
Additional information about each healthcare resource utilized will be collected:

Hospitalizations: Type of hospital, type of ward, reason for hospitalization (psychiatric, 
neurologic, social reason, or other medical reason), and start and end dates.

ER visits: Reason for visit (psychiatric, neurologic, social reason, or other medical reason) 
and date of visit.

Day hospital: Type of hospital, frequency/week, reason for visit (psychiatric, neurologic, 
social reason, or other medical reason), and start and end dates.

Adult day center: Frequency/week, reason for visit (psychiatric, neurologic, social reason, or 
other medical reason), and start and end dates.

Outpatient consultation related to the subject’s disease or treatment: Kind of healthcare 
professional consulted (psychiatrist, neurologist, home care nurse, primary care physician, 
social worker, personal care assistant, other) and number of consultations.
The number and percentage of subjects with any healthcare resource use and with each type of 
healthcare resource use in the recall period will be summarized at each time point by treatment 
group. The number and percentage of subjects with new hospitalizations (with a start date after 
the previous visit) will be summarized at each time point by treatment group. Number of ER 
visits, frequency of use of a day hospital, frequency of use of an adult day center, and number of 
outpatient consultations will be summarized at each time point with descriptive statistics by 
treatment group.
8.4.
Accommodation and Occupational Status
Subjects’ usual accommodation status and current occupational status will be collected during 
screening. Changes in usual accommodation status or current occupational status, and the reason 
for the change (psychiatric, neurologic, social reason, other), will be collected after 
randomization at Months 1, 2, and 3, and then every 3 months through Month 54 (or early 
termination). Choices of accommodation status are: at home, alone; at home, with family or 
friends; homeless; psychiatric institution; sheltered living; prison; or other. Choices of 
occupational status are: full-time employment or gainfully self-employed; part-time 
employment; casual employment; sheltered work; unemployed, but seeking work; unemployed, 
but not seeking work; retired; housewife or dependent husband; or other.
For subjects who are employed (full-time employment or gainfully self-employed; part-time 
employment; casual employment; or sheltered work), whether or not the subject lost any working 
days because of the subject’s disease since the last visit (or in the previous 6 months at 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
51
screening) and, if so, how many, will be recorded. For unemployed subjects, the number of 
weeks unemployed in the recall period will be recorded.
The number and percentage of subjects who changed accommodation status from living at home 
(alone or with family or friends) at the previous visit to not living at home will be summarized at 
each time point by treatment group. The number and percentage of subjects who changed 
occupational status from employed (as defined above) to unemployed (unemployed and either 
seeking or not seeking work) and to retired will be summarized at each time point by treatment 
group. The number of working days lost and the number of weeks unemployed will be 
summarized at each time point with descriptive statistics by treatment group.   
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
52
REFERENCES
1.
Data Monitoring Committee Charter, 54861911ALZ2003. Janssen Research & Development (29 August 
2016). 
2.
Galasko D, Bennet DA, Sano M., et. al. ADCS Prevention Instrument Project: Assessment of instrumental 
activities of daily living for community-dwelling elderly individuals in dementia prevention clinical trials. 
Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders; 2006; 20:S152-S169.
3.
Horowitz M, Wilner N, Alvarez W. Impact of Event Scale: A measure of subjective stress. Psychosomatic
Medicine; 1979; 41:209-218.
4.
Koster N, Knol DL, Uitdehaag BM, Scheltens P, Sikkes SA. The sensitivity to change over time of the 
Amsterdam IADL Questionnaire. Alzheimer’s & Dementia; 2015; 11:1231-1240.
5.
Lang FR, Carstensen LL. Time counts: future time perspective, goals and social relationships. Psychology and
Aging; 2002; 17:125-139.
6.
Lim YY, Ellis KA, Harrington K, Ames D, Martins RN, Masters CL, Rowe C, Savage G, Szoeke C, Darby D, 
Maruff P & the AIBL Research Group. Use of the CogState Brief Battery in the assessment of Alzheimer's 
disease related cognitive impairment in the Australian Imaging, Biomarkers and Lifestyle (AIBL) study. 
Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology; 2012; 34:345-358
7.
Lu K, Luo X, Chen PY. Sample size estimation for repeated measures analysis in randomized clinical trials 
with missing data. International Journal of Biostatistics; 2008; 4:Article 9.
8.
Marson DC, Sawrie SM, Snyder S, et. al. Assessing financial capacity in patients with Alzheimer disease: A 
conceptual model and prototype instrument. Archives of Neurology; 2000; 57:877-84.
9.
Marteau T, Bekker H. The development of a six-item short-form of the state scale of the Spielberger State-
Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI). British Journal of Clinical Psychology; 1992; 31:301-306.
10.
Morris J. The Clinical Dementia Rating (CDR): Current version and scoring rules. Neurology; 1993; 43:2412-
2414.
11.
Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et. al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and 
internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. American Journal of
Psychiatry; 2011; 168:1266-1277.
12.
Protocol, REGISTRYALZ0001. Cognitive Health in Ageing Register: Investigational, Observational, and Trial
studies in dementia research (CHARIOT): Prospective Readiness Cohort Study (PRO). Janssen Research & 
Development (30 June 2016).
13.
Randolph, C. Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status (RBANS); 1998; San 
Antonio: Harcourt, TX: The Psychological Corporation.
14.
Rentz, DM, Amariglio RE, Becker JA, et. al. Face-name associative memory performance is related to amyloid 
burden in normal elderly. Neuropsychologia; 2011; 49:2776-2783.
15.
Rosen, WG, Terry RD, Fuld PA, Katzman R, & Peck A. Pathological verification of ischemic score in 
differentiation of dementias. Annals of Neurology; 1980; 7:486-488.
16.
Rowe CC, Ellis KA, Rimajova M, et al. Amyloid imaging results from the Australian Imaging, Biomarkers and 
Lifestyle (AIBL) study of aging. Neurobiology of Aging; 2010; 31:1275-1283.
17.
SAS Institute Inc. SAS/STAT ® 9.2 User’s Guide, Second Edition. Cary, NC.; 2009;.3839-3890.
18.
Sperling RA, Aisen PS, Beckett LA, et al. Toward defining the preclinical stages of Alzheimer's disease: 
recommendations from the National Institute on Aging-Alzheimer's Association workgroups on diagnostic 
guidelines for Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's & Dementia; 2011; 7:208-292.
19.
Stern RA, & White T. Neuropsychological Assessment Battery. In L. FL, & F. L. Lutz, Psychological 
Assessment Resources; 2003.
20.
Walsh SP, Raman R, Jones KB, & Aisen PS. ADCS Prevention Instrument Project: the Mail-In Cognitive 
Function Screening Instrument (MCFSI). Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders, 2006; 20:S170-S178.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
53
21.
Ware J, et al. User’s Manual for the SF-36v2 Health Survey (Second Edition). Lincoln, RI: QualityMetric 
Incorporated, 2007.
22.
Yesavage JA, Brink TL, Rose TL, et. al. Development and validation of a geriatric depression screening scale: 
a preliminary report. Journal of Psychiatric Research; 1982-3; 7:37-49
23.
Yesavage J. Geriatric depression scale. Psychopharmacology Bulletin; 1988; 24:709-711.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
54
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1: Statistical Operational Plan (access to study data and flow of information)
The operational procedures between the independent external Data Monitoring Committee 
(DMC)/Statistical Support Group (SSG) and Janssen Research and Development (JRD) to 
perform interim data monitoring and interim analyses are described below including the roles 
and responsibilities for each party involved in the data flows.
Of the interim analyses planned in the protocol, only the futility interim analysis of Aβ1-40 in CSF 
was performed because of the cessation of screening, randomization, and dosing.
The operational plan describes how it will be ensured that no post-baseline data from Study 
54861911ALZ2003 (ALZ2003) will be used in the evaluation of external data for potential
optimization of the primary efficacy endpoint, changing the time point of the primary efficacy 
analysis, or changing or removing the key secondary efficacy endpoint.
The operational plan also protects against operational bias by not allowing access to blinded, 
post-baseline cognitive data to those individuals with access to potentially unblinding safety data 
who interact frequently with investigators and investigative site staff to discuss patient safety. At 
the same time, certain R&D operations functions will have access to all blinded data to allow for 
quality study monitoring, data management, and analysis planning.
Certain internal and/or external functions are permitted to be unblinded to randomization group 
assignment under conditions defined in Janssen R&D Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) 
(e.g., Global Medical Safety, Clinical Supply, Bioanalytical Laboratories). Unblinded access for 
these functions is governed and documented according to those SOPs and is not covered in this 
operational plan.
Figure A1 below depicts the general timing of interim blinded and unblinded data monitoring 
and interim analyses. 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
55
Figure A1:
Chronologic Summary of Potential Decisions
Key: pAD = prodromal Alzheimer’s disease; SSR = sample size re-estimation
The level of access to ALZ2003 study data depends on the activity an individual performs. 
Groups of individuals defined by their activity and level of access are described in the table 
below. An ‘X’ indicates that the group has access to the data in that column, otherwise the group 
does not have access to that data.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
56
Group
Activity
Access to ALZ2003 Dataa
Unblinded
Blinded
Any subject 
level data
Subject level 
baseline data 
(cognitive, safety, 
and biomarker)
Subject level, 
post-baseline 
biomarker data
Subject level 
post-baseline 
cognitive data
Subject level 
post-baseline 
safety data
QC summaries 
of aggregated
cognitive data
A
External data 
statisticians/clinicians
Optimization of the primary efficacy 
endpoint; change/remove key secondary 
endpoint; estimate placebo decline; 
decide on mitigations due to non-
compatible PACC translations. All based 
on sources external to ALZ2003
Xc
X
X
B
Independent external Data 
Monitoring 
Committee(DMC)/Statistical 
Support Group (SSG)
Safety monitoring; conduct interim 
analyses of biomarkers and cognitive 
endpoint (if performed) and make 
recommendations based on 
prospectively planned criteria 
Xb
C
Independent external
Secure Data Office
Receive unblinded randomization and 
unblinded biomarker results from 
vendors; transfer unblinded data to
Group D and SSG. No involvement in the 
conduct of the study
X
D
Biomarker scientists
Outlier detection/quality review of 
biomarker assay results
X
X
E
Sample size re-estimation
statistician (one individual)
JRD statistician independent of the study 
team: Calculate sample size increase
using variance estimate provided by 
Group F and revised estimate of placebo 
decline provided by Group A. 
X
X
F
Study team statisticians/data 
managers/programmers
Analysis planning; data quality review; 
estimate variance of PACC from 
aggregated study data (efficacy and 
safety)
X
X
X
X
G
Cognitive data central 
monitoring
Quality review of cognitive scale data
X
X
X
H
Study team clinicians/Trial 
management
Data quality review; trial conduct 
monitoring; medical monitoring; site 
interaction
X
X
X
I
Clinical research 
associates/Medical science 
liaisons
On-site source document verification 
X
Xd
X
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
57
Table footnotes
a Statistical programming support may be shared among Groups A, E, F, and G.
b Per the DMC Charter, the JRD Sponsor Committee may request unblinded results from the DMC Chair, but this would only be expected if the DMC recommends a major change in the study 
conduct or design.
c Group A will not have access to baseline PACC, RBANS, CFI, or ADCS-ADL-PI data.
d Group I will not have access to post-baseline PACC, RBANS, or CDR scores, but may have access to secondary cognitive and functional measures collected on the eCRF at their assigned sites.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
58
Definitions

‘Unblinded/Blinded’ refers to access to randomization group assignments. Only Groups B 
and C will have access to unblinded data.

Cognitive data includes: PACC components (FCSRT, WAIS, WMS, MMSE), CDR, 
RBANS, CFI, ADCS-ADL-PI, CFI-a, FCI, NAB-DLT, A-IADL-Q, CogState Battery.

QC summaries of blinded, aggregated cognitive data (which could incorporate post-baseline 
data) would include descriptive statistics (n, mean, standard deviation) and/or proportions 
only. Summaries of post-baseline will not describe a longitudinal trend. Summaries of post-
baseline data shared with Group A will not include any information that could identify a site 
or subject.
The appropriate level of access is maintained by the following measures:

Management of randomization and biomarker data, including documentation of what data is 
blinded, is governed by trial-specific Data Transfer Agreements (tsDTAs) between the 
vendors and the independent external Secure Data Office (Group C) and between the 
vendors and IQVIA data management.

The flow of randomization codes and biomarker results between the independent external 
Secure Data Office (Group C) and the independent external DMC/SSG (Group B) is 
documented in the DMC Charter. Transfer of data between the Secure Data Office and the 
DMC/SSG is via a shared location that only Groups B and C have access to.

The subject level, post-baseline biomarker data provided to Biomarker scientists (Group D)
by the vendor will be anonymized by replacing ALZ2003 subject identifiers with dummy 
identifiers and Group D will not have access to subject-level, post-baseline ALZ2003 data. 
Group D will not share subject level, post-baseline biomarker data with any other group.

Read access to ALZ2003 study data on JRD-managed platforms is restricted to Study team 
statisticians/data managers/programmers (Group F). Group F will provide screening/baseline 
summaries to other groups, provide post-baseline cognitive data to Cognitive data central 
monitoring (Group G) via secure communication (e.g., password-protected files), and 
provide the estimated standard deviation of the PACC to the SSR statistician (Group E).
Group F will not share data with any other group that that group is not allowed access to. 

Groups A, E, and H (External data statisticians/clinicians, SSR statistician, Study team 
clinicians/trial management, respectively) are prevented from viewing subject-level, post-
baseline cognitive data in the following ways:

Group G (cognitive data central monitoring) will provide only QC summaries of 
aggregated cognitive data to Group H (study team clinicians/trial management).

They do not have read privileges to ALZ2003 subject-level data on JRD-managed 
platforms. 

They do not have access to cognitive data that may be available in any vendor’s portal. 
Only members of Group G will have user accounts on such portals. Cognitive data will 
not be available in any data visualization tool members of Groups A, E, and H have 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
59
access to. Reports generated by vendors that may list subject-level, post-baseline 
cognitive data will not be provided to Groups A, E, or H. 

They do not have access to eCRF pages on which cognitive data is recorded. 

Clinical research associates and Medical science liaisons (Group I) are responsible for only a 
select few sites each and are not involved in any decision related to the modification of the 
primary outcome.
Individual members of each group (from JRD, IQVIA, and ATRI) will be identified in separate 
documentation. They will be trained on this operational plan and records of that training will be 
maintained.
Documentation indicating that the above measures were implemented will also be maintained.
Further details about the interim analyses and study-external analyses are outlined below.
Continuous Safety Monitoring:
Timing
Quarterly throughout the double-blind portion of the study
Data
Limited to safety data (blinded or potentially unblinded):
AE, clinical lab tests, electrocardiograms (ECG), vital signs, physical 
examination, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), and other safety data
Conduct the 
monitoring 
Group B: Independent external statistical support group (SSG) will prepare the 
safety monitoring reports.
Independent external Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) will review the data 
and make recommendations.
Potential 
recommendations
1.
Continue the study unmodified
2.
Continue the study with modifications
3.
Discontinue or halt the study 
Approval of the 
recommendations 
and documentation
The sponsor committee (SC) will decide whether to adopt the 
recommendations. The SC is not involved in the day-to-day conduct of the 
study.
Dissemination of the 
decision
Decisions (2) and (3) will be communicated to the study team, the study sites, 
and all necessary parties. 
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
60
Interim analysis of biomarkers:
CSF A
Timing
Expected to occur around 2 years after First Subject Dosed (FSD), when 60 
subjects (20/group) have 12 month CSF Adata. 
Data
unblinded CSF and plasma Adata and baseline characteristics
Conduct the IA 
Group B: Independent external SSG and DMC
Potential 
recommendations
Stop the study due to futility 
Approval of the 
recommendations 
and documentation
The sponsor committee (SC) will decide whether to adopt the recommendations.
The SC is not involved in the day-to-day conduct of the study.
Dissemination of 
the decision
If no action required, communication will be limited to key members of the study 
team. No further communication unless the decision is to stop the study.
Other biomarkers
Timing
Expected to take place between 2-3 years after first subject dosing and possibly 
again approximately 3 months before the tentative cognitive endpoint IA. 

Amyloid PET: approximately 168 subjects (56 /group) with 2-year data.

CSF p-tau: approximately 56 subjects/group with 1 year CSF p-tau data.  

Tau PET: approximately 56 subjects/group with 18 months data.
The number of subjects may change depending on the emerging external data. A 
second IA could include biomarker results from subsequent time points (e.g., 
Month 48 amyloid PET).
Data
Unblinded biomarker data and baseline characteristics
Conduct the IA 
Group B: Independent external SSG and DMC
Potential 
recommendations
First IA:

Conduct a subsequent additional futility analysis on biomarkers.

Do not conduct a subsequent additional futility analysis on biomarkers or a 
futility analysis on cognitive endpoints.
Second IA:

Conduct a subsequent futility analysis on cognitive endpoints.

Do not conduct a subsequent futility analysis on cognitive endpoints.

No recommendation if no biomarker is technically feasible.
Approval of the 
recommendations 
and documentation
The sponsor committee (SC) will decide whether to adopt the recommendations.
The SC is not involved in the day-to-day conduct of the study.
Dissemination of 
the decision
Key members of the study team will be informed.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
61
Sample size re-estimation:
Timing
During the enrollment period
Data
Blinded, aggregated study data:  PACC, the revised PACC, RBANS, and dropout 
rate
Conduct the IA 
Group E: A JRD statistician independent of the study team, will perform the SSR 
assessment using the provided information:
Group F (Study team statisticians/data managers/programmers) will obtain 
standard deviation estimates from blinded, aggregated study data and 
provide to Group E. 
Group A (External data statisticians/clinicians) will provide a revised 
estimate of placebo decline, based on external data, to Group E. 
Potential 
recommendations
No sample size increase or increase by x number of subjects.
Approval of the 
recommendations 
and documentation
The JRD study team and JRD management will approve the sample size 
adjustment recommendation.
Dissemination of 
the decision
If JRD study team and JRD management decide to increase the sample size (with 
enrollment capped at 2,400 subjects) as specified in the protocol, the SC, DMC, 
IWRS, drug supply, and key GCO personnel will be informed. There will be no 
communication to the IRBs or the sites since this is not a change to the protocol.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
62
Modify time point of primary efficacy analysis; modify components and/or component 
weights of PACC score based on external data:
Optimize PACC
Timing
During the study period, before the unblinded futility IA of the cognitive 
endpoints if sufficient external data is available. 
Data
External data only
Conduct the 
assessment 
Group A: Janssen R&D statisticians and clinicians and external experts with 
limited access to ALZ2003 study data (access to baseline data, safety data, and 
outcome measure QC findings).
Potential 
recommendations
Switch to the optimized PACC
Approval of the 
recommendations 
and documentation
Group A
Dissemination of 
the decision
The JRD study team, SC, and DMC will be informed. There will be no further 
communication. 
Modify time point of primary efficacy analysis
Timing
During the study period, before the unblinded futility IA of the cognitive 
endpoints if sufficient external data is available.
Data
External data only
Conduct the 
assessment 
Group A: Janssen R&D statisticians and clinicians and external experts with 
limited access to ALZ2003 study data (access to baseline data, safety data, and 
outcome measure QC findings).
Potential 
recommendations
Shorten the timing of primary endpoint to 3.5 years treatment, and plan for an 
early filing
Approval of the 
recommendations 
and documentation
Group A
Dissemination of 
the decision
Regardless of the decision, there will be no communications to the study sites. 
The SC and DMC will be notified.
The logistics in the 
event of an early 
filing 

A separate detailed operational plan will be in place for the logistics of the 
early filing. 

Two teams will be formed. All filing related activities (i.e. prepare the 
database, the analyses, and the dossier) will be handled by the filing team. A 
separate team will assume the execution of the remaining on-going study. 
This team will remain blinded. The filing team will be unblinded. However, 
they will not be involved in the conduct of the remaining on-going study. 

There will be no changes to the conduct of the study due to the filing. The 
remaining on-going study will still be conducted blindly according to the 
protocol. All subjects will still be treated as planned for 4.5 years before they 
can enter the long-term follow-up trial.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
63
Futility interim analysis of cognitive endpoint:
Timing
If triggered by biomarker IA, may occur at 40 months after first subject dosing, or 
a later time. Will require at least 240 subjects/group with 4-year treatment.
Data
Unblinded study data: PACC, RBANS, other cognitive endpoints, and baseline 
characteristics. 
Conduct the IA 
Group B: Independent external SSG and DMC
Potential 
recommendations 

Stop the study due to lack of efficacy 

Continue the study with no changes
Approval of the 
recommendations 
and documentation
The sponsor committee. 
Dissemination of 
the decision
Key members of the study team will be informed. No further communication 
unless the decision is to stop the study.
The separation of responsibilities, data flows, and which groups have access to blinded and 
unblinded data are shown in Figure A2 below for the interim data monitoring and interim 
analyses performed using ALZ2003 study data.
Procedures for maintaining the integrity of blinded data and reports, and for providing interim 
data monitoring/interim analysis documentation after study completion, are outlined in the DMC 
Charter. The SSG is responsible for adhering to these procedures.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
64
Figure A2: Data Flow Between DMC and Sponsor
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
65
Attachment 2: Sample Size Justification for Biomarker Interim Analyses
CSF A1-40 interim analysis
Twenty subjects per group was chosen to provide adequate control of false positive and false 
negative error for the interim futility analysis, assuming the SD in each treatment is 20% or less, 
as shown in the Figure A1 below.
Figure A1:
Operating characteristics of the CSF Aβ1-40 futility criterion
Assumptions: 
N=20 per group, SD=20%.
Interim analysis of other biomarkers
In the latest Alzheimer's Disease Neuroimaging Initiative (ADNI) database, the (Mean/SD) ratio 
for change from baseline in amyloid accumulation at Month 24 was around 0.5 in ADNI subjects 
with positive AV45 amyloid PET baseline status (see Error! Reference source not found.). 
Assuming amyloid PET accumulation in 24 months, tau PET accumulation in 18 months and 
CSF p-tau increase in 12 months in the study population are similar to the amyloid accumulation 
data in ADNI, a total of 168 subjects in the IA dataset for each of the biomarkers (56 subjects per 
group) are expected to provide adequate control of false positive and false negative error for the 
interim analysis as shown in the Figure A2 below.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
66
Figure A2:
Operating characteristics of the futility criterion for amyloid PET
Assumptions:
(Mean/ SD) ratio of change in placebo is 0.5.
2-sample t-test with N=56 per group
% Amyloid Accumulation Slowdown = (LS mean change in pbo – LS mean change in active)/ 
LS mean change in pbo x100%
Prob (lack of effect) = Prob (% amyloid accumulation slowdown < cutoff | Assumed % amyloid 
accumulation slowdown)
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
67
Attachment 3: Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS)
Scoring
Item (bolded items belong to the 15-item GDS short version)
Yes
No
Are you basically satisfied with your life?
0
1
Have you dropped many of your activities and interests?
1
0
Do you fell that your life is empty?
1
0
Do you often get bored?
1
0
Are you hopeful about the future?
0
1
Are you bothered by thoughts you can’t get out of your head?
1
0
Are you in good spirits most of the time?
0
1
Are you afraid that something bad is going to happen to you?
1
0
Do you feel happy most of the time?
0
1
Do you often feel helpless?
1
0
Do you often get restless and fidgety?
1
0
Do you prefer to stay at home, rather than going out and doing new things?
1
0
Do you frequently worry about the future?
1
0
Do you feel you have more problems with memory than most?
1
0
Do you think it is wonderful to be alive now?
0
1
Do you often feel downhearted and blue?
1
0
Do you feel pretty worthless the way you are now?
1
0
Do you worry a lot about the past?
1
0
Do you find life very exciting?
0
1
Is it hard for you to get started on new projects?
1
0
Do you feel full of energy?
0
1
Do you feel that your situation is hopeless?
1
0
Do you think that most people are better off than you are?
1
0
Do you frequently get upset over little things?
1
0
Do you frequently feel like crying?
1
0
Do you have trouble concentrating?
1
0
Do you enjoy getting up in the morning?
0
1
Do you prefer to avoid social gatherings?
1
0
Is it easy for you to make decisions?
0
1
Is your mind as clear as it used to be?
0
1
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
68
Attachment 4: Impact of Events Scale
Subscale
Item
Intrusion
Avoidance
I thought about it when I didn’t mean to.
X
I avoided letting myself get upset when I thought about it or was reminded of it.
X
I tried to remove it from my memory.
X
I had trouble falling asleep or staying asleep because of pictures or thoughts about it 
that came to my mind.
X
I had waves of strong feelings about it.
X
I had dreams about it.
X
I stayed away from reminders of it.
X
I felt as if it hadn’t happened or wasn’t real.
X
I tried not to talk about it.
X
Pictures about it popped into my mind.
X
Other things kept making me think about it.
X
I was aware that I still had a lot of feelings about it, but I didn’t deal with them.
X
I tried not to think about it.
X
Any reminder brought back feelings about it.
X
My feelings about it were kind of numb.
X
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
69
Attachment 5: Rules for Partial Concomitant Medication Dates
Impute incomplete concomitant medication start date:

If both the year and month are known but the day is missing, impute the day by the first day 
of the month.

If only the year is known, impute the month and day by January 1st.

If the year is missing, then the date will be considered missing.
Impute incomplete concomitant medication end date:

If both the year and month are known but the day is missing, impute the day by the last day 
of the month.

If only the year is known, impute the month and day by December 31st.

If the year is missing, then the date will be considered missing.
NCT02569398


JNJ:54861911 (atabecestat)  
Statistical Analysis Plan 54861911ALZ2003
70
Attachment 6: Potentially Clinically Important Criteria for Laboratory Tests
Test
Criteria for Low PCI Values
Criteria for High PCI Values
Hematology
WBC Leukocytes (x10E9/L)
<3
>16
Eosinophils (x10E9/L)
NA
> 0.6
Lymphocytes (x10E9/L)
<0.8
NA
Monocytes (x10E9/L)
NA
> 1.0
Neutrophils, Segmented (x10E9/L)
<1.5
> 8.0
Platelets (x10E9/L)
< 75
> 700
Hematocrit (fraction)
<0.3
> 0.5 females, 
> 0.55 males
Hemoglobin (g/L)
value <100 or 
change from baseline <= - 20
>165 females,
>185 males
MCV (fL)
< 75
>105 
Chemistry
Serum Albumin (g/L)
< 30
NA
Alkaline Phosphatase (U/L)
NA
> 3 ULN
ALT (U/L)
NA
> 3 ULN
AST (U/L)
NA
> 3 ULN
Bicarbonate (mmol/L)
< 17 
> 32 
Bilirubin (umol/L)
NA
> 3 ULN
BUN (mmol/L)
NA
> 1.5 ULN
Calcium (mmol/L)
< 2.0
> 2.7
Chloride (mmol/L)
< 94 
> 112 
Creatine Kinase (U/L)
NA
> 1.5 ULN
Creatinine (umol/L)
NA
> 1.5 ULN 
GGT (U/L)
NA
> 3 ULN
Glucose (mmol/L)
< 3.9
> 5.6
Phosphate (mmol/L)
< 0.7
> 1.7
Potassium (mmol/L)
< 3
> 5.5
Protein (g/L)
< 60
> 80
Sodium (mmol/L)
< 135
> 145
Urate (umol/L)
< 150
> 500
Urinalysis
pH
< 4
> 8
Specific Gravity
NA
> 1.035
NCT02569398